Environmental and Social Impact Assessment of Pagla STP and Trunk Mains

Public Disclosure Authorized
MINISTRY OF LOCAL GOVERNMENT, RURAL DEVELOPMENT AND CO-OPERATIVES (LGRD&C)
Dhaka Water Supply and Sewerage Authority (DWASA)

Dhaka Sanitation Improvement Project (DSIP)
Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA)

of
Pagla STP and Trunk Mains
May 2019
Environmental & Social Impact Assessment (ESIA)
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
Introduction
DWASA (Dhaka Water Supply and Sanitation Authority) proposes to implement the DSIP (Dhaka
Sanitation Improvement Project) with the financial support of the World Bank (WB). The Sewerage
Master plan of Dhaka identifies US$1.7 billion worth of investments in wastewater collection and
treatment infrastructure over the next 20 years - to be implemented in a phased manner. The
proposed Dhaka Sanitation Improvement Project (DSIP) represents the first phase of the investment
program. This will include the provision of comprehensive sanitation infrastructure that combines
wastewater treatment, sewerage and improved non-network sanitation systems in the Pagla
catchment area. The components, which are currently envisaged under phase-I, can be briefed as
follows:
• Component 1: Institutional Support for Sanitation Service Delivery, which aims to strengthen
the Dhaka Water Supply and Sewerage Authority (DWASA, the executing agency) for
sustainable sanitation service delivery.
• Component 2: Sewerage and Wastewater Treatment, which consists of investments for
replacement, rehabilitation or reconstruction of existing sewerage and wastewater treatment
facilities of Pagla Sewerage Treatment Plant (STP), and to improve its sewerage network.
• Component 3: Non-Network Sanitation, which consists of investments for development of
non-network sanitation services in the Pagla STP network area, where sewers are not feasible.
• Component 4: Project Implementation and Management Support, which intends to support
DWASA to establish a Project Management Unit to prepare and implement this Project.
In order to ensure that all project activities to be implemented under the project are environmentally
sound, socially acceptable and sustainable, an environmental and social assessment needs to be done
as per World Bank OP 4.01. For the project components involving the development of non-network
sanitation and sewerage network, the actual location on the interventions will only be known during
implementation and therefore an Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) has been
prepared by DWASA. The project components that involve rehabilitation and construction of trunk
mains and sewage treatment plant at Pagla, the location and nature of interventions are known and
an Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) has been conducted. This is also a mandatory
regulatory requirement as it is a “Red” category project (as per DoE classification)
The specific objectives of the ESIA are to:
• Provide insight to existing environmental and social issues with regards to the activities to be
implemented under the relevant activities of the DSIP at the pre-construction, construction
and operation phases of the proposed project.
• Identify the beneficial and adverse impacts of the relevant activities of the DSIP activities on
the physical, biological and socio-economic environments.
• Undertake suitable mitigation measures for potentially adverse environmental and social
impacts, and measures for enhancement of positive impacts. This will be accomplished
through a comprehensive Environmental and Social Management Plan for the project and a
viable Monitoring Plan for evaluating ESMP implementation.
• Define the specific actions required, roles and responsibilities for these actions, and
associated costs and,
• Define a proposed institutional structure to govern the implementation of the ESMP.
Page | i
Environmental and Social Baseline

An overall environmental and social baseline data and information of Pagla STP catchment and
adjoining areas has been incorporated in this document and the prime factors are illustrated below:
Environmental Baseline
The annual maximum temperature of the site varies from 31.0⁰C to 42.3⁰C. Maximum temperature
occurs in the month of April to June and minimum temperature in January. The mean annual rainfall
in Dhaka city area is 1946 mm, with peak rainfalls occurring in July and August. Maximum average
relative humidity in Dhaka city is found as 86% in July, whereas minimum relative humidity is 55% in
February and March. Total annual hours of bright sunshine are about 2,866 hrs. May is the month
with highest number of average daily sunshine (9.7 hrs.).
Around the periphery of Dhaka city there are 6 rivers, namely, Tongi Khal on the north, Turag and
Buriganga Rivers on the west, Balu and Lakhya Rivers on the east and Dhaleswari River on the south.
Tongi Khal is 15 km long and is connected to Turag River at its upstream and to the Balu River at its
downstream. Turag River is 75 km in length and is connected to the Bangshi River at its upstream and
to the Buriganga River at its downstream. The Buriganga River is connected to Dhaleswari River at its
downstream. The Dhaleswari River is 178 km in length and is connected to the Jamuna River at its
upstream. The Balu River is 30 km in length and is connected to the Lakhya River at its downstream.
The Lakhya River is 120 km in length and is connected to the Old Brahmaputra River at its upstream
and to the Dhaleswari River at its downstream.
The proposed Pagla STP sites fall under seismic Zone-II on the earthquake map and the shocks of
intensity of VIII are possible here. A section of the proposed Pagla STP site (e.g. old Dhaka) may be
very susceptible to the earthquake.
It is observed that the PM10 and PM2.5 values are quite below the DoE Standard (Amended 19 July,
2005) in all four locations in the proposed project site. This indicates that the present air is not
polluted in terms of PM10 and PM2.5.
It is observed that in case of DO, the value is relatively lower compared with other two upstream and
downstream locations for all the samples taken in each consecutive months. In case of BOD 5, COD,
NH4-N, TDS and EC, the values are relatively higher for Pagla STP point. This leads to this conclusion
that, water quality of Buriganga-Dhaleswari system is deteriorated due to the outfall of Pagla STP.
Existing data on groundwater quality show elevated and increasing levels of dissolved solids, both in
the upper (5 to 200 meters below surface) and the lower (below 200 meters) aquifers. This is causing
major concerns, as groundwater abstraction covers about 80% of the total monitored water supply to
Dhaka City.
Within Pagla catchment both daytime and night time highest noise level is found at Beside National
Nursing Institute beneath the over bridge (110dB and 98dB respectively) and lowest daytime data
founds at Shyampur Boroitola WASA road (53.3dB). On the other hand night-time lowest noise level is
found in front of Maniknagar Model High School (50.2dB).
Bio-ecologically the proposed Eastern Trunk Main alignment is located in area under the
Brahmaputra-Jamuna Floodplains (IUCN-BD, 2002). Agro-ecologically it falls under the Young
Brahmaputra – Jamuna Floodplain (BARC/UNDP/FAO, 1995). The proposed trunk main is proposed to
be laid by micro-tunnelling under existing roads. These roads exist within the areas namely
Madhubag, East Hazipara, East Rampura, Bashabo nChayabith R/A, South Goran, Golapbag, Saidabad,
etc. The major floral diversity covers the following species (in Bengali): Debdaru, Am, Kodom, PuiShak,
Page | ii
Kath Badam, Korolla, Lau, Papaya, Durbaghas, Tulsi, Rendi, Krishnachura, Banana, Lazzaboti,
Mehagoni, Neem, Bot, Kakdumur, Sajna, Narikel, Sarkachu, Dhekishak etc. In and around the site few
aquatic vegetation was found; like Kachu, Kalmi, Arail and Malancha etc. No ECA exists at or near the
proposed Trunk Main areas. However, the Buriganga river banks have been designated as ecologically
critical areas because of the indiscriminate industrial and sewage pollution occurring in the river.
Social Baseline
Total 18 (Eighteen) Thana (Police Station) are within the Pagla Catchment area. The total population of
the 18 thanas are 3,202,213. As per socio-economic survey, average household size is 4.48. Diverse
occupational groups are found in the project area. Among the sampled HHs about 48.0% are engaged
in business, while 31.66% in service, and 3% are day laborers. Only 0.51%% of the HH head are found
unemployed. The survey revealed that about 33% of women headed HHs are housewife while
business and services are 28% and 20% respectively. Among the 1,378 HHs surveyed, about 90.3% use
piped water supply by DWASA whereas; 4.9% use hand tube-wells; 3.20% use bottled water; and only
1.5% use deep tube-wells. Among the sampled HHs, 62.7 % use sanitary toilet, 36.80% use water
sealed toilet and only 0.50% use Non-Sanitary/Katcha Toilet. About 84.50% of the HHs along the trunk
main get the DWASA sewerage facility. Remaining 15% of the HHs have connected their sewerage line
with drain/canal (10.30%), storm sewage line (0.70%) or with septic tank (4.50%). Among the total
population (6176) in the 1378 sampled HHs, 844 (13.67%) were affected by water borne diseases
during last one year followed by Typhoid (226), Cardiac (96) and Rheumatic Fever (58).
Analysis of Alternatives
Without Project Alterative
Over the design horizon of the master plan, Pagla STP requires to be augmented to a capacity of
500MLD; however the facultative pond system would consume land in excess of available. An
alternative land intensive treatment process which minimizes both capital and OandM costs is
required.
Alternatives for STP Rehabilitation/ Reconstruction
Existing Pagla STP can be rehabilitated with a capacity of around 100 MLD, if Sequential Batch Reactor
(SBR) technology is adopted in construction of 200 MLD plants, bringing the total capacity to 300 MLD.
But as per the latest aide memoire, a decision was made that a new treatment plant with a capacity of
250 MLD will be constructed utilizing the lands of the existing treatment plant and thus there will be
no scope of keeping the existing treatment plant in operation by rehabilitation. Under these
circumstances, there is no scope to compare the STP rehabilitation and replacement options.
Alternatives for STP Treatment Technologies

Multi Criteria Assessment for Decision making has been carried out based on few key criteria like
removal of BOD, SS, Ammonia, sludge management, micro-organism, Aerosol, Activated Sludge,
Surplus land, Buffer zone, Noise control, Odour control, Support to ecosystem Consumption Efficiency,
cost of construction, operational and maintenance the result shows that as per ranking, Sequential
Batch Reactor ranks as the number one among the four alternative treatment technologies, while
Trickling Filter ranks as second. These estimates are based on conceptual design and the final selection
of the treatment process will be made by the employer based on proposals from DBO contractors.
Alternatives for STP Sludge Management and Disposal

Sludge treatment facilities shall be capable of satisfying guidelines which to be indicated in bidding
documents such as water content of sludge cake and solid capture rate. Bidders will have liberty to
Page | iii
propose the appropriate process during bidding stage. However, biogas generation facility with
anaerobic digestion process may be indicated in the bidding documents in the objective of stabilizing
the sludge, reducing the volume and utilizing biogas generated.
Alternatives for Construction Methods for Laying of Trunk Mains

For laying trunk mains, open excavation method could also be an alternative. In case of narrow roads,
open cut construction would be the preferred one despite anticipated disturbance to the public life.
Open cut construction would also be adopted in areas with comparatively lower population density
and lower traffic. Despite the relative advantages and disadvantages of open excavation and micro
tunnelling, for construction of both eastern and western trunk mains, exclusively micro tunnelling will
not be feasible in all road sections. A combination of micro tunnelling and open excavation may need
to be adopted for the construction of the trunk mains. The optimum construction method for
individual pipes will be decided during the detailed design process after investigating the subsurface
condition and availability of sufficient road width in different areas.
Environmental and Social Impacts

Impact assessment in the Pre-Construction Phase
Impacts along Trunk Mains
Approximately three pieces of land of 400 m2 each will be required to construct three new SLSs. The
existing Swamibagh SLS will need to be abandoned and an area in Golapbagh open ground, under
DSCC, will be used to construct the replacement SLS. Stack yards, site offices will need to be built. The
land and premises required will be rented. No land acquisition will be required.
Impact of expansion/ rehabilitation of the existing Pagla STP
Expansion/ rehabilitation of the Pagla STP will be confined within the existing plant area, owned by
DWASA, therefore, no acquisition will be required.
Air quality impact
Long-term operation of vehicles and equipment during the site preparation, stack yards and labour
shed construction, hauling of equipment creates pollution of dust, VOC, SO2, NO2.etc.
Noise
There will be several types of vehicles to be used during pre-construction phase, these are, roller,
excavator, bulldozers and scrappers etc. The impact of noise from these vehicles will be within 50m.
As the area surrounding the Pagla STP is not heavily populated, the impact due to noise will be low.
Water Quality:
The total volume of waste water from the work site is estimated to be 2100 litre per day. The
generated waste water from the domestic sources needs to be treated through proper arrangement
before discharge into drains.
Solid waste
As estimated, the total volume of vegetation and debris to be removed is approximately 50 tons or 5
tons per day during 10 days of clearance of vegetation and debris. These solid waste needs to be
Page | iv
disposed to some land fill site. Domestic solid waste generated from by around 30 workers per day is
about 10.5 kg/day (at 0.35kg /person/day).
Other impacts
Other potential impacts during site preparation in the pre-construction phase may be; change in water
quality, change in temperature and humidity, modification of soil structure, waste water pollution,
security of workers and traffic.
Impact assessment in the Construction Phase
Impacts of Eastern and Western Trunk Main Construction
Both eastern trunk main and western trunk main is planned to be constructed new abandoning the
existing trunk main totally. The entire work will be executed by adopting micro-tunnelling technology.
In some places, the trunk main will need to cross, culvert, bridge, storm water drains/channels and
railway tracks etc. Special technical options have been proposed to address the issues. There are some
general impacts, which is applicable in all reaches of the trunk main. Whereas, there are some
environment concerns which are site specific. However, generally the works will have negative
impacts on air, noise, water quality, traffic, risk of accident, public health, livelihoods, influx of workers
and occupational health and safety.
Impacts of Expansion of Pagla STP
The total volume of raw materials to be transported to the Pagla STP for construction during the 12
months’ period of construction is approximately 100,000 tons. The maximum in one day is
approximated as 25 tons. This transportation may cause impact on dust, NO2, SO2, CO and VOC.
Impact assessment in the Operation Phase
Impacts of Trunk Main
Various kinds of gases like H2S, NH3, amino acid and mercaptan will be released from manholes and
trunk mains during the dredging and repair works during operation phase. These gases are likely to
cause local discomfort to the people near the maintenance sites but unlikely to cause any public
health concerns. Apart from impact on air, sewage sludge, solid waste, temporary flooding (during
heavy rainfall), impacts or risk and accidents and occupational health workers impact might be
anticipated.
Cumulative Impact Assessment
The ESIA also focuses on cumulative effects that are caused by an action in combination with other
past, existing or potential future projects or human activities. Which involves past projects and
activities: effects that are likely to result from the Pagla STP Project in combination with other projects
or activities that have been carried out in the past. To analyse future project activities the study
projected 2025 scenario for DSIP.
Social Impacts
The project will have both permanent and temporary impacts on the HHs, shops and community
properties, local people, women and children and other road users. The potential impacts will be
finally identified after detailed engineering design. The impacts identified during social studies, carried
out during July-August, 2018 are given below:
Page | v
Impact on Small Ethnic Communities

The survey did not find any peoples of Small Ethnic Communities on the plant site, or in its vicinities.
Land Acquisition and Resettlement Impact
It is assumed that no private land acquisition will be required for the implementation of the lifting
pump stations. Land acquisition may be required for construction of trunk main. A total of 50 decimal
private land has been provisioned for acquisition for the trunk main while another 50 decimal public
land has been provisioned for inter-ministerial transfer to DWASA for three new lifting pump stations.
In case of adverse impacts, a resettlement policy framework will be prepared that will lead to prepare
resettlement action plan.
Use of Structures along Trunk Main
As per the field study, no premises beside the trunk main alignment will be affected permanently by
the project during the implementation of the project. The study shows that a total of 1,836 structures
will be temporarily impacted including 758 (40%) commercial, 271(14%) residential, and 752 (40%)
residential cum commercial premises and DWASA and other government structures/offices.
Impact on Residential Household

According to the survey results, about 11,195 HHs are using the structures along the trunk main line
which will be temporarily affected during the construction period. Among the structures Pucca
structures, Semi-pucca structures and Tin-made structures are available.
Impact on Business Units
The ESIA identified that there are about 3,540 shops along the trunk main alignment of the proposed
DISP. These business shops could be temporarily affected during the construction period.
Impact on community properties
The social survey reveals that there are about 43 community properties along the alignment. None of
the CPRs will be affected by the project but the users will face inconveniences in accessing them.
Impact on vulnerable groups
Along the Trunk main some low income earning people are living in small houses particularly from
Narinda to Pagla STP. They live on vending (vegetable, fruits, fish, butcher, chicken, boiled eggs,
pancake, chatpoti/fuska etc.) on the trunk main alignment. They may suffer by the project. It is
expected that poor and vulnerable people will get opportunity to do work in the civil construction that
will help to enhance their quality of life.
Temporary Impact on Vendors and other shops

As per ESIA, total 188 shops including 134 different categories of vendors, 38 squatters and 16
encroachers will be temporarily displaced during the project implementation period as they have
been doing their business on the trunk main alignment.
Environmental Management Plan (EMP)

The primary objective of environmental management and monitoring is to record environmental
impacts resulting from the project activities and to ensure implementation of the “mitigation
measures” in order to reduce adverse impacts and enhance positive impacts from specific project
activities. Environmental management and monitoring activities for the project could be divided into
management and monitoring: (a) during construction phase, and (b) during operation phase.
Organization of Environmental Management and Responsibility
Page | vi
Local governments, stakeholder agencies, consultants and contractors should follow the EMP during
the design, pre-construction, construction and operation phase to mitigate the anticipated adverse
impacts and enhance the positive impacts. Following matrix shows the Key roles and responsibilities
of various organizations:
Key roles and responsibilities of various organizations

No. Organization Responsibility
1. LGD, LGRDandC LGD is the implementing line ministry which approves the project,
provides instruction to executing agency DWASA on administrative and
contractual issues.
2. Department of • Department of Environment is the authority for overall protection
Environment (DOE) and conservation of the environment in Bangladesh, approve EIA
report of the project and issue Environment Clearance Certificate
(ECC).
3. Dhaka WASA • The executing agency will be the DWASA. The work under the
DSIP will be executed through a Project Management Unit (PMU)
to be constituted by DWASA. PMU is responsible for managing
and supervising overall DSIP activities
3. Dhaka South City DSCC will oversee that all solid waste generated by DSIP are properly
Corporation (DSCC) removed and disposed; collaborate with DWASA in traffic management
and provide road cutting permission and oversee that the city drainage
system are not hindered by the project; oversee that the wetlands are not
affected by project activities.
4. RAJUK Oversee that DSIP is conforming to the Detailed Area Plan (DAP) of Dhaka
city i.e. not encroaching into areas which are flood plains/flood zones,
solid waste/sludge are not dumped in ecological critical areas like wet
lands or on agricultural lands or water retention areas
5. Titas Gas TandD Oversee that the existing power and gas lines are not disturbed during
Company construction works; if necessary, cooperate in re-locating the gas and
DPDC power lines.
6. Dhaka Transport Participate in consultation during design of underground micro-tunnels to
Coordination avoid conflict with the MRT 6 foundation works.
Authority (DTCA)
7. Dhaka Cooperate in traffic management during construction works
Metropolitan
Police
8. Construction • The DB/DBO contractor shall develop site specific EMP before
Contractor construction, ensure that the construction work will complied
(DB/DBO)
with the approved EIA/EMP and the site EMP and ensure
environmental hygiene.
9. Project • PMC should ensure the construction process is conforming to the

Management EMP, review and recommend to PMU for approval of the site
Consultants (PMC)
specific EMP prepared by the DB/DBO contractor and supervise
and monitor construction work including safeguard
Page | vii
implementation by contractors on daily basis.
10. MandE Consultant In order to ensure proper environmental management of DSIP, a third
party monitoring will be done by MandE Consultant.
Social, Environmental and Communication Divisions under DWASA

There are five divisions within DWASA which are engaged and responsible to address the social,
environment and communication issues. These divisions together have 41 persons presently
employed. A training program would however be needed to update the knowledge base and skills of
concerned staff.
Coordination among Stakeholder Agencies
To coordinate among different stakeholder agencies for development projects, there is an established
high power committee headed by the Mayors of two City Corporations to coordinate such project
execution involving other utility organizations. Before starting of any such work, representatives from
all the utility organizations sit together to discuss regarding strategies of smooth execution of the
project without disturbing operation of other utilities.
Training Programs for EMP implementation
It is important that the project authority makes effort to sensitize the Engineers and Environmental
Team on management of environmental issues, in providing guidance, and encourages them to build
requisite capacities. Following are the proposed capacity building schedule:
• Training program for existing staff;

• Technical Assistance: knowledge sharing with consultants, having requisite expertise.
• Capacity building training programs should be undertaken in the following areas:
Consultation and Disclosure

DWASA will consult the city dwellers specially the project-affected groups and local nongovernmental
organizations (NGOs) about the project's environmental aspects and takes their views into account. In
this regard the EMP document will be made available for public review in both English and Bengali.
The summary EMP will be published on the DWASA and WB websites, and the full environmental
report will be available upon request from the WB and will be accessible in DWASA website.
Environmental Mitigation Measures Plan
The summary of the mitigation measures against anticipated negative impacts during different phases
are as follows:
Mitigation measures against anticipated negative impacts during pre-construction phase
Potential Proposed key Mitigation and Enhancement Measures
Impacts
Emission of dust • Ensure that all trucks, vehicles, and electrical devices used in the project area will
and gases comply with technical and environmental safety regulations
• Install dust cover on vehicles at the construction sites and during transportation
in the city. Dust control (watering dusty areas) on non-paved access roads
• Schedule the operation times for vehicles, machines working in the construction
area to reduce air emissions
• Use of adapted Protective Personal Equipment (ear plugs, goggles, helmets,
gloves, masks) where necessary
Page | viii

Impacts
Noise pollution • Perform pre-construction activities within day time and minimize work done
during night
• Regulate the speed limitation for traffic inside the site and construction sites
• Construct the sound walls as feasible in selected areas
• Regularly carry out maintenance and routine inspections on vehicles
• Noise volume should not exceed 55 dBA at the nearest off-site reception location
Water pollution • Arrange mobile toilets at work sites
• Channelize water from labour sheds and work place to nearby drains after
passing through settling ditches to segregate sediments and solids
Soil pollution The solid waste to be generated (demolition waste or cleared vegetation etc.)
should be collected and disposed to land fill sites properly following guidelines
Mitigation measures during construction phase

Potential Impacts Proposed key Mitigation and Enhancement Measures
Pollution of water and Construction of temporary septic tank/sewage treatment plant to
soil serve the temporary work site facilities, or temporary sewer
connection to existing sewer/drainage system
Health of labour Conduct health screening and management
Conflict with locals Ensure equitable opportunity for employment for the locals and
continue consultation with local representatives and community
regarding social issues.
Temporary disruption to Open trench segments would be temporarily covered to allow
the local community for residents and service vehicles to access driveways and loading areas.
sewer works in terms of Trench segments would be excavated and closed promptly, minimizing
access to roads, shops the time that trenches are open in front of residence driveways and
and residences businesses.
Impacts on With proper waste water management and spill prevention/ control
groundwater and measures, these impacts could be controlled/minimized during the
surface water from fuel construction phase
storage, waste handling,
etc.
Noise pollution • Construction specifications would provide that noise levels for
scrapers, pavers, graders, and trucks should not exceed 90 dBA, and
pile drivers should not exceed 95 dBA. For all other equipment,
specifications would provide that noise levels should not exceed 85
dBA.
High dust and other• Water unpaved surfaces, limit on-site vehicle speed to 15 mph,
particle concentration in prohibit activities during high winds, sweep streets, remove deposits
air on road ASAP, cover construction materials and restore disturbed
areas as soon as practicable
CO, CO2, SO2, NO2• Adopt engineering design approach which shall avoid or minimize
emission emissions to the atmosphere, apply good engineering practice in the
choice of methods and equipment specification to minimize fugitive
emissions and fit vehicles with appropriate exhaust system and
emission control devices
Vibration • Activities which may generate significant vibration should be limited
Page | ix
Potential Impacts Proposed key Mitigation and Enhancement Measures

during day-time, identification of vulnerable structure and proper
engineering practices should be adopted to avoid any damage to the
structure
Change in soil structure, Proper engineering practices adopted during backfilling and
degradation of soil reinstatement. The stripped top soil will be backfilled carefully in
quality. position after the completion of the pipe laying. Excess excavated
material to be removed and disposed of in line with regulations.
Suffering to local The impacts are of temporary nature. Proper engineering planning and
community design standards should be followed to complete the work within
minimum duration. Efficient management practices need to be
followed.
Construction activity would be phased, and traffic would be rerouted

Traffic disruption during construction. Traffic plans would describe traffic operations in
detail during the construction period.
The dewatering and Surface runoff from construction sites should be discharged into storm
trenching activities may water drain via suitable sediment removal facilities
generate water, having
high suspended solids
concentration due to
turbidity.
Disruption of utility Submit plan and drawings for relocation of the utilities and obtain
services in the locality permission from the agency concerned, employ suitable equipment
and qualified personnel for utility relocation, make provision of water,
electricity, gas or other utilities as necessary for the affected people.
Social life will be The impacts are temporary in nature. Proper engineering planning and
impacted additional design standards should be followed to complete the work within
traffic of trucks and minimum duration. Efficient management practices need to be
other project vehicles, followed.
concentration of Materials delivery or removal during peak traffic hours along major
labours, generation of arterials would be avoided when possible.
solid waste and waste Abide by the construction specifications which would provide limit to
water from construction noise levels due to different activities.
works, elevated noise
and dust levels etc.
There would be major The impacts are of temporary nature. Proper engineering planning and
disturbance of social life design standards should be followed to complete the work within
during the micro minimum duration. Efficient management practices need to be
tunnelling activities, followed.
particularly, existing Construction activity would be phased, and traffic would be rerouted
traffic flow will be during construction. Traffic plans would describe traffic operations in
disrupted requiring re- detail during the construction period. Construction would be scheduled
routing, pedestrian to minimize disruption of existing traffic patterns to area residents and
movement will be businesses. Affected neighbourhoods would be provided with
restricted, and business appropriate information.
and commerce may be
affected.
Excavation activities The removed soil in the form of slurry should be proper extracted and
may result in damage to transported to some land fill site as permitted by the DoE and the City
these vulnerable Corporations. The EMP should be followed.
structures.
Page | x
Mitigation measures during operation phase

Impacts
Clogging of the The man-holes need to be regularly checked and protected from solid waste
trunk mains dumping.
The collected sludge will be disposed on identified waste disposal sites regularly
by packed tractor trolley, mounted tanker and other environmental friendly
collection and disposal sources.
Clogging of trunk • Regular checking of protection of the drop shafts against any dumping of
mains solid waste or debris or entry of overland flow
• Annual monitoring of deposition of sludge in the trunk mains by remotely
controlled devices and cleaning of sludge in the trunk mains
Water quality • Establish operational procedures, monitoring the parameters input and
change output of the plant with automatically monitoring and management
program and provide operational guidelines of each system
Contamination of The DBO contractor should design proper sludge management methods which
water and soil may include composting, landfill, recycling or incineration. The method to be
chosen should be decided on the composition of the sludge.
The trucks hauling used for transportation of sludge to landfill sites through highly
populated city areas care should be covered.
Risk to health • Training of workers to deal with unexpected situation when working in a
and safety hazardous environment;
• Plant managers to ensure that all workers comply with regulations on
labour protection and safety;
• special protective clothes and gears are provided to workers working in
areas exposed to hazardous chemicals/gases;
• Ear buds, headphones are provided to workers who are working in areas
with high noise level;
• Special working schedule to workers who are working in hazardous
environment which includes high temperature, noise or dust to minimize
impacts on their health;
• Emergency plan and medical help to be made available to workers
working in hazardous condition like sludge removal from tunnels or
sludge beds etc.;
• Regular medical check-up of workers working at the treatment plant;
• Provide adequate air circulation and oxygen while working underground
sites like tunnel cleaning.
Treatment • Compliance with noise, vibration, air quality and occupational health
quality
Page | xi

Impacts
protection standards
• Influent to the pumping station to be monitored semi-annually to verify
the quantity and quality of the wastewater collected from the Pagla
catchment.
• Pump station flow and water quality will be estimated based on pump
operation logs and flow measurement devices. The following parameters
will be monitored: flow, BOD, DO, faecal coliform, suspended solids,
ammonia and pH.
• Keep records of the quantity and type of scum, grease and oil skimmed
from water surface of the pump station. Measurements are to be taken
during all maintenance activities;
• Quality of effluent from the treatment plant should be recorded and
remedial measures undertaken if it does not meet the quality standards;
this should be carried out once daily.
Environmental Monitoring Program

The main monitoring activities are briefly described below:
Different types of Monitoring Activities

Monitoring Location Parameters to be Monitoring Frequency and
Monitored Responsibility
Noise Level At construction sites of Equivalent Sound Measurement during night-
drop shafts for micro Level (Leq) with GPS time and day-time by the
tunnelling, earth location of contractor
excavation sites for measuring site and
trenches, pump station wind speed and
sites, treatment plant site, direction
sludge disposal site
Air Quality At general area of PM2.5, PM10 with GPS At least 8 hours continuous
construction works location, wind speed in wet season and dry season
and direction by the DWASA/contractor
Surface Water Water sample from natural TDS, Turbidity, pH, One set each during dry
Quality khals or water bodies DO, BOD, COD, season and wet season by
adjacent to the Ammonia, E.coli the DWASA/contractor
construction sites.
During baseline monitoring Monthly by contractor
Groundwater Water samples from EC, E.coli One set by the
Quality DWASA production wells DWASA/contractor
adjacent to the
construction sites. Monthly by contractor
During baseline monitoring
Site Condition At general area of General site condition, Once before preparatory
Page | xii

construction works traffic condition, work for construction
pedestrian movement, commences by the
vegetation clearance DWASA/contractor
etc. by visual survey
(photographs)
Air Quality At construction sites of PM2.5, PM10 with GPS At least 8 hours continuous
drop shafts for micro location, wind speed in wet season and dry season
tunnelling, earth and direction by the DWASA/contractor
excavation sites for
trenches, pump station
sites, treatment plant site,
sludge disposal site
Site Condition At all construction sites General site Minimum weekly report or
condition, traffic as may be directed by the
condition, pedestrian PMU/Supervision Consultant
movement,
vegetation clearance
etc. by visual survey
(photographs)
Treated At all construction sites EC, E.coli Weekly by contractor
wastewater
including septic
wastes
Sanitation and Labour shed, site offices Visual inspection of Weekly by contractor,
Waste sanitation situation, PMU/Supervision Consultant
Management collection, and
disposal of solid
waste as per
guidelines
Reinstatement All work sites Visual inspection of After completion of works by
of work sites reinstatement works the PMU/ Supervision
as per guidelines Consultant
(photographs)
Occupational All construction sites, Routine health Health check-up every one
Health and labour shed check-up year, random inspection of
Safety Usage of personal safety requirements
protective gears and
equipment
Noise Level At pumping stations, Equivalent Sound Yearly by DWASA
treatment plants Level (Leq) with GPS
location of
measuring site and
wind speed and
direction
Air Quality At pumping stations, PM2.5, PM10 with GPS Yearly by DWASA
treatment plants location, wind speed
and direction
Surface Water Water sample from same TDS, Turbidity, pH, Monthly by DWASA
Quality locations during baseline DO, BOD, COD,
Page | xiii

monitoring Ammonia, E.coli
Groundwater Water sample from same EC, E.coli Monthly by DWASA
Quality locations during baseline
monitoring
Site Condition At pumping stations, General condition Monthly by DWASA
treatment plants (photographs)
Environmental Reporting
The contractor should submit a baseline survey report on basic environmental parameters in the area
surrounding the proposed project before construction begins. The contractor should submit impact
monitoring report during construction phase and during operation (for DBO contractors) on the
biophysical and socio-economical (including public health) parameters within the project area.
Estimated Budget for Implementing the EMP
The estimated budget for EMP implementation is given in below:
Estimated Budget for Implementing EMP
Social Management Plan

Considering the potential adverse impacts associated with the use of private lands and displacement
of private activities from public lands, including its own, DWASA will adhere to the following
guidelines:
Page | xiv
• Prior to finalizing the sewer line layouts and details of the civil works for lifting pump stations,
DWASA will undertake community and stakeholder consultations – separately with men and
women – on the project’s objectives, scopes and social safeguard and non-safeguard implications.
As noted above, safeguard impacts may also consist of displacement / closure of business
activities that may have encroached into the public lands along the Trunk Mains. While
consultations will remain open to all, DWASA will ensure participation of the following entities and
peoples.
• All formal/informal local entities and persons with interests and concerns about sanitation and
water supply, as well as others with stakes in the project and are deemed key actors to influence
design and implementation of the project activities.
• The persons, such as public land users, private landowners, business owners and others, who
would be affected by the project activities.
• Project design will most certainly consider avoiding/minimizing land acquisition from private
ownerships. In cases of absolute necessity, DWASA will use private lands and lay the pipelines, to
the extent feasible, in ways so that temporary displacement / closure of commercial and other
activities from public and private lands remain at a minimum.
• Installation of pipelines of Trunk Main will be completed in a timeframe that would be shortest
required by construction works (e.g, curing time required for RRC works), in order to minimize
disruptions to commercial activities and, pedestrian and vehicular movements.
• DWASA will prepare and implement the mitigation plans in consultation with the
communities, including those who would be affected, living along the travel path of the
pipelines.
• As required for safeguard compliance, DWASA will prepare and fully implement the mitigation
plans like RP / ARP, before commencement of the civil works under a given Contract package.
• DWASA will undertake social screening of all construction activities to identify potential social
safeguard issues and adopt and implement impact mitigation measures consistent with the Bank’s
OP 4.12 and any other applicable operational policies.
Addressing Gender Issue

The project will address gender as the project will be gender tagged. The main gender issues are; (a)
gap in access to safe and reliable sanitation facilities and the time spent in addressing the health
burden of poor sanitation; and (b) gender gap in employment in the sector. In this regard the project
will determine gender-disaggregated data on access and participation and will encourage DWASA to
employ as many women as possible in the sector as a whole, and especially in the new jobs that the
project would create.
Documentation, Monitoring and Reporting

DWASA, assisted by the DSM consultant, will ensure preparation and availability of the following and
any other documentation as and when requested by the World Bank:
• Keep minutes of all community/stakeholder consultations. Consultations during social screening
will focus on more substantive issues like the following:
• Travel paths of the Trunk Main pipelines, as shown in the layout plan, and the pump stations, as
well as the social safeguard impacts
• Record inventory of different categories of affected persons, based on the census of affected
persons / households and assets, which were used for preparation of the resettlement budget.
• Records of complaints and grievances, and the decisions - both positive and negative - given by
the project and PMU level GRCs. The information will contain the details described above under
GRM.
Page | xv
Implementation Arrangements and Capacity Building

DWASA will appoint an experienced Social Development Specialist to perform the tasks required to
deal with social safeguard and other issues that are to be addressed to comply with the corporate
requirements. The specialist will assist the PD to oversee implementation of this RSMF, which
includes, among other tasks, (i) Social screening of all project sites; (ii) Census of the project affected
persons/households and assets; (iii) Preparation and implementation of the impact mitigation plans
like RP / ARP; (iv) Preparation of land acquisition proposals and track progress in the acquisition
process; and (v) Preparation of the bi-monthly updates and those required by the Bank's
Implementation Support Missions. The social development specialist of DSM consultant, as indicated
below, will actively assist the PMU Social Specialist to build up capacity to perform above the tasks.
Land Requirements and Resettlement Issues
Considering the potential impacts, DWASA proposes to obtain private and public lands, which may
have been under authorized and unauthorized private uses, by using the following means:
Private Lands:
Wherever found absolutely necessary, DWASA will use the present Acquisition and Requisition of
Immovable Properties Act, 2017, and mitigate the associated adverse impacts in compliance with the
Bank’s OP 4.12 on Involuntary Resettlement.
Public Lands (Including DWASA’s Own Lands):
Under Authorized Use: If the required lands are presently under lease from DWASA or any other
GOB agencies, DWASA may seek to use them by fulfilling the lease conditions. DWASA would
obtain the lands owned by other agencies through inter-governmental transfer that will also
involve a cost.
Under Unauthorized Use: Such lands may belong to DWASA itself or other GOB agencies. Subject
to inter-governmental transfer, DWASA will use the lands by mitigating the associated adverse
impacts consistent with the Bank’s OP 4.12 on Involuntary Resettlement.
Impact Mitigation
Where adverse impacts are found unavoidable, DWASA will plan to mitigate the impacts. Based on the
impact mitigation principle an Entitlement Matrix is proposed by WB that defines the specific
entitlements for different types of losses, entitled persons, and the institutional responsibility to
implement.
Land Acquisition and Resettlement Budget
Considering the land requisition need and situation DWASA has decided that it would propose a lump
sum of BTD 1201 million/USD 14.30 million) in the DPP for the project. This could be revised as and
when required during implementation of the civil works. DWASA will include a budget for land
acquisition and resettlement in the RP / ARP which will be subjected to Bank review and clearance,
prior to requesting Bank clearance for financing.
Key Recommendations from Stakeholder and Public Consultation
Consultation with the Stakeholder Organisations
Page | xvi
To share the issues concerning, alignment of eastern and western trunk main and modality of
reconstruction or replacement, perceived advantage and disadvantage of open cut construction and
micro tunnelling and prevailing situation along the route of trunk mains consultations was made with
following stakeholder: Dhaka Mass Rapid Transit Development Project, Titas Gas Transmission and
Distribution Company Limited, Power Development Board (PDB), Bangladesh Railway, Bangladesh
Telecommunications Company Limited (BTCL) and Dhaka South City Corporation (DSCC). Cooperation
from above agencies was at the highest level and they have provided useful information and
suggestions which assisted the study.
Key recommendations and suggestions from consultations
• City Corporation and DWASA implement some similar types of activities including storm sewer
line in the same area but there is lack of cooperation between these agencies and therefore
city dwellers suffer from inundation and overflow of sewage water.
• Households pay bills for the water and sanitation services but they don’t get always proper
services.
• After completion of the pipe installation the concern agencies do not repair the road. DSIP
should plan to reconstruct the road pavement after completion of the project.
• Community wanted immediate implementation of the project. They are also eager to know
the time period of the project.
• During the implementation of the project a committee must be formed with DWASA, DSM
consultants and LGI representatives for proper monitoring and supervision of the construction
works.
• If there are any resettlement impacts on the local community, the project should ensure
proper compensation for the affected HHs
Grievance Redress Mechanisms (GRMs)

DWASA will establish two Grievance Redress Mechanisms (GRMs) for the project as a whole, and
constitute multiple Grievance Redress Committees (GRCs) at locations that would be easily accessible
to the people who are likely to be affected by the project. The GRCs will deal with complaints and
grievances about any irregularities in applying the provisions adopted in any issues transpiring from
the project activities. GRC memberships will be gender-representative. Female members will account
for at least a third of the total number of GRC members.
Conclusions and Recommendations

The ESIA reveals that there will be both negative and positive impacts due to the proposed operation,
construction of the rehabilitation and expansion of the Pagla Sewage Treatment Plant and Trunk
Mains. The positive environmental impacts of the Project are improvement of overall sanitation
system of DWASA. The project also will have long-term positive impact on the public health in the
catchment area and reduce the waste water management costs at the household level. Contrary to
the present situation, all waste water and sewage will be discharged into the Buriganga River after
adequate treatment at Pagla Sewage Treatment Plant. As a result, the water quality in the Buriganga
River will improve.
Minimal relocation or land acquisition might be needed for the project. Exact impacts are addressed in
the Resettlement Policy Framework (RPF). All other negative impacts are temporary, mostly occurring
Page | xvii
in the pre-construction and construction phase. These impacts can be mitigated by implementing the
environmental management plan (EMP), which has been formulated. Most of the potential impacts
are short-term that can be avoided or mitigated by adopting mitigation measures and relevant ECoPs.
To keep the project influence area environmentally friendly, DWASA should ensure that the
contractor prepare site specific EMPs including Emergency response plan, Oil Spill Contingency Plan
and Workers Health and Safety plan and Environmental Pollution Abatement and Mitigation Measures
Plan, regular and effective monitoring of environmental quality parameters as indicated in this ESIA.
The implementation of the project is suggested to proceed following the recommended mitigation
measures as outlined in the EMP (Environmental Management Plan). The EMP shall be included in the
bid document of civil works and need to become part of the civil works contracts. The timely
implementation of EMP will reduce negative impacts.
Page | xviii
Table of Contents
1 Introduction ................................................................................................................................... 2
1.1 Background ................................................................................................................................ 2
1.2 The Proposed Project................................................................................................................ 2
1.3 Objective of ESIA ....................................................................................................................... 4
1.4 Methodology of ESIA................................................................................................................. 5
2 Project Description ....................................................................................................................... 7
2.1 Study area .................................................................................................................................. 7
2.2 Dhaka Sanitation Improvement Project (DSIP) ....................................................................... 9
2.3 Description of Existing Sewerage Facilities ......................................................................... 10
2.3.1 Existing Pagla STP Facilities ........................................................................................... 10
2.3.2 Existing Trunk Mains ..................................................................................................... 16
2.3.3 Existing Situation of Sewage Lift Stations (SLSs) in Pagla Catchment ........................... 19
2.4 Description of Proposed STP Works ..................................................................................... 22
2.4.1 Background ................................................................................................................... 22
2.4.2 Options for Different Treatment Processes .................................................................. 22
2.4.3 Proposed New 250 MLD Capacity STP Works ............................................................... 24
2.4.4 Associated Facilities ...................................................................................................... 33
2.4.5 Resource Requirements ................................................................................................ 35
2.4.6 O&M of STP Facilities .................................................................................................... 35
2.5 Description of Proposed Trunk Main Works......................................................................... 36
2.5.1 Background ................................................................................................................... 36
2.5.2 Proposed Eastern Trunk Main....................................................................................... 36
2.5.3 Proposed Western Trunk Main ..................................................................................... 39
2.5.4 Construction Methodology for Trunk Mains ................................................................ 42
2.5.5 Observations during Site Inspection ............................................................................. 43
2.5.6 Choice of Method of Trunk Main Construction under DSIP ......................................... 47
2.5.7 Resource Requirements During Construction .............................................................. 55
2.5.8 O&M of Trunk Mains..................................................................................................... 55
2.6 Construction Schedule ........................................................................................................... 55
3 Policies, Legislative and Regulatory Framework .................................................................... 57
3.1 Applicable World Bank Environmental Safeguard Policies ................................................ 57
3.2 Activities Triggering World Bank Safeguard Policies ......................................................... 60
3.3 Applicable National Environmental Safeguard Policies, Legal and Institutional Framework
61
3.4 Environmental Clearance........................................................................................................ 69
3.5 Key Responsibilities of Relevant Government Institutions ................................................ 70
4 Environmental and Social Baseline .......................................................................................... 77
4.1 Project Influence Area ............................................................................................................. 77
4.2 Physical Conditions ................................................................................................................ 78
4.2.1 Meteorological Conditions............................................................................................ 78
4.2.2 Wind Regime ................................................................................................................. 80
4.2.3 Hydrological Conditions ................................................................................................ 82
4.2.4 Geology ......................................................................................................................... 84
4.2.5 Seismicity ...................................................................................................................... 85
4.2.6 Air Quality ..................................................................................................................... 86
4.2.7 Water Quality ................................................................................................................ 88
4.2.8 Noise Level .................................................................................................................... 95
Page | xix
4.2.9 Soil Quality .................................................................................................................... 98

4.2.10 Sub-soil Information...................................................................................................... 99
4.2.11 Existing Utilities ........................................................................................................... 101
4.2.12 Influent Wastewater Characteristics of Pagla STP ...................................................... 102
4.2.13 Effluent Standards....................................................................................................... 102
4.3 Biological Condition .............................................................................................................. 102
4.3.1 Biological Condition in Pagla STP ................................................................................ 102
4.3.2 Biological Condition along Trunk Mains...................................................................... 110
4.3.3 Threatened flora & fauna and ecologically important sites under Pagla STP catchment
.................................................................................................................................... 121
4.4 Traffic Situation ..................................................................................................................... 121
4.5 Socio-Economic and Cultural Profile .................................................................................. 124
4.6 Physical and Cultural Resources ......................................................................................... 124
4.7 Social Baseline ...................................................................................................................... 125
4.7.1 Population and Household Demographic Information ............................................... 125
4.7.2 Demographic Characteristics of the Sample Households ........................................... 126
4.7.3 Male and Female headed Households ........................................................................ 126
4.7.4 The education level of the people .............................................................................. 127
4.7.5 Occupation of the HH head......................................................................................... 127
4.7.6 Prominent Economic Activities and Income Level ...................................................... 128
4.7.7 Access to Civic Facilities .............................................................................................. 128
4.7.8 Access to Water Supply............................................................................................... 128
4.7.9 Access to the Toilet facility ......................................................................................... 129
4.7.10 Access to Sewerage Facilities ...................................................................................... 129
4.7.11 Disposal of Faecal Sludge ............................................................................................ 130
4.7.12 Use of Trunk main by the local residents.................................................................... 130
4.7.13 Health Status of the population .................................................................................. 131
4.7.14 HIV/AIDS awareness.................................................................................................... 132
4.7.15 People’s expectation from the DSIP ........................................................................... 132
5 Analysis of Alternatives ........................................................................................................... 136
5.1 Without Project Alterative ..................................................................................................... 136
5.1.1 Pagla Sewage Treatment Plant ................................................................................... 136
5.1.2 Trunk Mains ................................................................................................................ 136
5.1.3 Project Benefit ............................................................................................................ 137
5.2 Alternatives for STP Rehabilitation/ Reconstruction ......................................................... 137
5.3 Alternatives for STP Treatment Technologies ................................................................... 138
5.3.1 Criteria for Selection of Treatment Technologies ....................................................... 138
5.3.2 Brief Description of Different Types of Treatment Processes .................................... 138
5.3.3 Comparative analysis of different treatment technologies in respect to technical,
financial, environmental and social perspectives ...................................................... 140
5.4 Alternatives for STP Sludge Management and Disposal ................................................... 141
5.4.1 Sludge Treatment Process .......................................................................................... 141
5.5 Alternatives for Construction Methods for Laying of Trunk Mains .................................. 142
5.5.1 Open Cut Construction................................................................................................ 142
5.5.2 Micro Tunnelling ......................................................................................................... 143
5.5.3 Recommended Construction Method for Trunk Mains .............................................. 145
6 Environmental and Social Impacts ......................................................................................... 147
Page | xx
6.1 Impact assessment in the Pre-Construction Phase ........................................................... 147

6.1.1 Impacts along Trunk Mains ......................................................................................... 147
6.1.2 Impact of expansion/ rehabilitation of the existing Pagla STP ................................... 148
6.2 Impact assessment in the Construction Phase .................................................................. 151
6.2.1 Impacts of Eastern Trunk Main Construction ............................................................. 151
6.2.2 Impacts of Western Trunk Main Construction............................................................ 156
6.2.3 General Impacts of Trunk Main Construction............................................................. 157
6.2.4 Impacts of Expansion of Pagla STP .............................................................................. 161
6.3 Impact assessment in the Operation Phase ....................................................................... 162
6.3.1 Impacts of Trunk Main ................................................................................................ 162
6.3.2 Impact of Pagla STP in Operation Phase ..................................................................... 164
6.4 Climate Change Impact ......................................................................................................... 165
6.5 Environmental Impact Assessment of the project ............................................................. 167
6.6 Cumulative Impact Assessment .......................................................................................... 175
6.6.1 Past, Existing & Future Projects and Activities............................................................ 175
6.6.2 Mathematical modelling for a cumulative impact assessment on Buriganga-Turag River
Water .......................................................................................................................... 178
6.6.3 Cumulative Impact due to the overlapping of routes of Western Trunk Main and MRT
Line 6 .......................................................................................................................... 187
6.6.4 Cumulative Impact on utility works ............................................................................ 187
6.7 Social Impacts ........................................................................................................................ 187
6.7.1 Impact on Small Ethnic Communities ......................................................................... 188
6.7.2 Land Acquisition and Resettlement Impact ................................................................ 188
6.7.3 Use of Structures along Trunk Main ........................................................................... 188
6.7.4 Impact on Residential Household ............................................................................... 188
6.7.5 Impact on Business Units ............................................................................................ 189
6.7.6 Impact on community properties ............................................................................... 189
6.7.7 Impact on vulnerable groups ...................................................................................... 189
6.7.8 Temporary Impact on Vendors and other shops ........................................................ 190
7 Mitigation Measures for Potential Negative Impacts ............................................................. 192
7.1 Mitigation Measures in the Pre-Construction Phase ......................................................... 192
7.2 Mitigation Measures in the Construction Phase ................................................................ 193
7.3 Mitigation Measures in the Operation Phase ...................................................................... 198
8 Environmental and social Management Plan ......................................................................... 203
8.1 Scope of EMP ......................................................................................................................... 203
8.2 Organization of Environmental Management and Responsibility .................................... 203
8.2.1 Coordination among Stakeholder Agencies ................................................................ 209
8.3 Training Programs ................................................................................................................. 209
8.4 Consultation and Disclosure ................................................................................................ 212
8.5 Environmental Mitigation Measures Plan ........................................................................... 213
8.5.1 Mitigation Measures in the Pre-Construction Phase .................................................. 213
8.5.2 Mitigation Measures in the Construction Phase ........................................................ 214
8.5.3 Mitigation Measures in the Operation Phase ............................................................. 221
8.6 Environmental Monitoring Program .................................................................................... 224
8.6.1 Environmental Reporting ............................................................................................ 228
8.7 Guidelines on environmental and social conditions in the BOQ/contract documents .. 229
8.8 Environmental and Social Staff Requirement of the Contractor ...................................... 232
8.9 Labour Employment, Accommodation & Treatment ......................................................... 232
Page | xxi
8.10 Estimated Budget for Implementing the EMP .................................................................... 233

9 Social Management Plan .......................................................................................................... 238
9.1 Basic Planning Principles and Impact Minimization .......................................................... 238
9.2 Addressing Gender Issues ................................................................................................... 238
9.3 Citizen Engagement Strategy ............................................................................................... 239
9.4 Community/Stakeholder Consultation ................................................................................ 240
9.5 Documentation, Monitoring and Reporting ........................................................................ 240
9.6 Implementation Arrangements & Capacity Building ......................................................... 241
9.7 Guidelines for Land Acquisition and Impact Mitigation .................................................... 241
9.7.1 Land Requirements & Resettlement Issues ................................................................ 241
9.7.2 Impact Mitigation Principles ....................................................................................... 242
9.7.3 Eligibility for Compensation/Assistance...................................................................... 243
9.7.4 Compensation Payment .............................................................................................. 245
9.8 Preparation of Mitigation Instruments ................................................................................. 247
9.8.1 Community/Stakeholder Consultations ...................................................................... 248
9.8.2 Documentation ........................................................................................................... 248
9.8.3 Monitoring and Reporting .......................................................................................... 249
9.9 Land Acquisition & Resettlement Budget ........................................................................... 249
9.10 Social Monitoring Program ................................................................................................... 250
10 Stakeholder and Public Consulation ...................................................................................... 252
10.1 Introduction ............................................................................................................................ 252
10.2 Consultation with the Stakeholder Organisations ............................................................. 252
10.3 Community/Stakeholder Consultation ................................................................................ 254
10.4 Outcomes of FGDs ................................................................................................................ 256
10.5 Concern raised by the women in the consultation meetings and FGDs ......................... 256
10.6 Outcomes of KII ..................................................................................................................... 257
11 Grievance Redress Mechanism ............................................................................................... 260
12 Conclusions and Recommendation ........................................................................................ 264
12.1 Conclusions ........................................................................................................................... 264
12.2 Recommendations ................................................................................................................. 265
References ......................................................................................................................................... 266
Appendices
Appendix A: Budgetary cost for TF Treatment process
Appendix B: Budgetary cost for SBR Treatment process
Appendix C: Drawings for TF Treatment Process
Appendix D: Drawings for SBR Treatment Process
Appendix E: Existing Situation of Sewerage System in Dhaka city
Appendix F: Approved ToR from DoE
Appendix G: Team for the EIA Study
Appendix H: Completed Environmental Screening Forms of Pagla STP and Trunk Mains
Appendix I: ToR of PMU Environmental and Social Specialist
Appendix J: Attendance Sheets of the Participants
Appendix K: Socioeconomic Survey Questionnaires
Appendix L: Stakeholder Consultation Meetings and Focus Group Discussions
Appendix M: Traffic Management Plan
Page | xxii
Page | xxiii
Figures
Figure 2-1: Study area in Dhaka city .......................................................................................................................... 7
Figure 2-2: Study area along Buriganga River ............................................................................................................ 8
Figure 2-3: Flow Diagram of Pagla Sewage Treatment Plant................................................................................... 11
Figure 2-4: Aerial View of Pagla STP ........................................................................................................................ 13
Figure 2-5: Summary of Existing Facultative Lagoon Treatment Process Diagram ................................................. 14
Figure 2-6: Existing Sewer Network in Pagla Catchment ......................................................................................... 17
Figure 2-7: Existing semi-circular shaped trunk sewers........................................................................................... 17
Figure 2-8: Existing longitudinal profile of eastern trunk main ............................................................................... 18
Figure 2-9: Schematic diagram of existing sewerage system under Pagla catchment showing present SLSs......... 21
Figure 2-10: Square Trickling Filter tank in operation (Typical) ............................................................................... 23
Figure 2-11: Circular Trickling Filter tank in operation (Typical) .............................................................................. 23
Figure 2-12: Typical view of activated sludge reactor tank (Suspended Growth Method) ..................................... 24
Figure 2-13: Trickling Filter Process Flow Description ............................................................................................. 28
Figure 2-14: Conceptual Diagram of CAS ................................................................................................................. 29
Figure 2-15: Flow diagram of an Extended Aeration System .................................................................................. 30
Figure 2-16: Sequencing Batch Reactor Stages in 24 Hour Operation .................................................................... 31
Figure 2-17: Sequencing Batch Reactor Process Flow Description .......................................................................... 32
Figure 2-18: Proposed Imported Sludge Management Process flow ...................................................................... 34
Figure 2-19: Sample of Imported Sludge Reception Point....................................................................................... 34
Figure 2-20: Sample of Sludge Tanker & Reception point ....................................................................................... 34
Figure 2-21: Densely built community with overloaded sewage collection networks render the stoppage or
diversion of sewage flow to accommodate rehabilitation or repair works of existing mains impossible to
implement. The obvious solution is to build new trunk mains ............................................................................... 37
Figure 2-22: Alignment of the Eastern Trunk Main ................................................................................................. 38
Figure 2-23: Proposed Western Trunk Main ........................................................................................................... 40
Figure 2-24: Schematic diagram of sewerage system under Pagla catchment by micro tunnelling approach ....... 41
Figure 2-25: Sewer pipe installation by open excavation method (a typical picture) ............................................. 42
Figure 2-26: Schematic diagram of micro-tunnelling .............................................................................................. 43
Figure 2-27: Open excavation for laying of new pipes is unlikely viable option due to confined road space and
traffic congestion, as well as obstruction due to existence of many buried services below the road .................... 46
Figure 2-28: Open drain entering into box culvert mixed sewers with stormwater. The box culvert occupied
substantial width of road, making open excavation to reach the new proposed trunk mains below an arduous
task .......................................................................................................................................................................... 46
Figure 2-29: Open excavation for laying pipes shall be limited to crossing green-filed stretches such across this
park and the university ground ............................................................................................................................... 47
Figure 2-30: Using deep tunnels can reduce the need for lifting or pumping stations like this, which can be used
as maintenance manholes for other purposes ........................................................................................................ 49
Figure 2-31: Drive Shaft with lifting facilities and equipment ................................................................................. 50
Figure 2-32: Drive Shaft with lifting facilities and equipment ................................................................................. 51
Figure 2-33: The receiving shaft can be much smaller, required to accommodate size of incoming pipes ............ 51
Figure 2-34: A bigger shaft needed for bigger pipes ............................................................................................... 52
Figure 2-35: Nilkhet road through Dhaka University ............................................................................................... 52
Figure 2-36: Suhrawardy Udyan .............................................................................................................................. 53
Figure 2-37: IEB-Matsya Bhaban road ..................................................................................................................... 54
Figure 2-38: IEB to Press Club road.......................................................................................................................... 54
Figure 2-39: Topkhana-Motijheel Road ................................................................................................................... 55
Figure 3-1: Steps to be followed to obtain environmental clearance from Department of Environment (DoE) .... 70
Figure 4-1: Project Influence Area ........................................................................................................................... 77
Page | xxiv
Figure 4-2: Variation of Monthly Maximum, Average and Minimum Surface Air Temperature at Dhaka .............. 78
Figure 4-3: Monthly Rainfall Pattern at Dhaka ........................................................................................................ 79
Figure 4-4: Distribution of (i) wind direction and (ii) wind speed of Dhaka during Winter Season ......................... 80
Figure 4-5: Distribution of (i) wind direction and (ii) wind speed of Dhaka during Pre-monsoon Season .............. 81
Figure 4-6: Distribution of (i) wind direction and (ii) wind speed of Dhaka during Monsoon Season .................... 81
Figure 4-7: Distribution of (i) wind direction and (ii) wind speed of Dhaka during Post-monsoon Season ............ 81
Figure 4-8: Hydrological Network of Dhaka City showing Pagla STP Catchment .................................................... 83
Figure 4-9: Geological Map of the Bangladesh showing Pagla STP Project Area .................................................... 85
Figure 4-10: Seismic and Soil Tract Map of Bangladesh showing Pagla site ............................................................ 86
Figure 4-11: Air Quality Result in Pagla Catchment ................................................................................................. 87
Figure 4-12: Location of air quality monitoring stations ......................................................................................... 87
Figure 4-13: Water quality results of three locations of Buriganga-Dhaleswari river system ................................. 91
Figure 4-14: Representation of DO level in the peripheral rivers ............................................................................ 92
Figure 4-15: Khal water quality sampling locations ................................................................................................. 93
Figure 4-16: Groundwater sampling sites in Pagla catchment ................................................................................ 94
Figure 4-17: Noise Level Measurement Sites .......................................................................................................... 96
Figure 4-18: Soil Sampling Sites ............................................................................................................................... 98
Figure 4-19: Lithological Characteristics of Eastern Trunk Main (top and middle) Western Trunk Main (bottom)
............................................................................................................................................................................... 100
Figure 4-20: A representative picture of different utility lines found after cutting a trial pit ............................... 101
Figure 4-21: Plan and section view of a trial pit in Goran area under Pagla catchment ....................................... 101
Figure 4-22: Faunal diversity observed within and outside of the proposed Pagla Sewage Treatment Plant (STP)
site : (a) Black Drongo - Dicrurus macrocercus, (b) Pariah Kite - Milvus migrans, (c) Little Cormorant -
Phalacrocorax niger, and (d) Pond Heron - Ardeola grayii,. .................................................................................. 103
Figure 4-23: Floral diversity observed within and outside of the proposed Pagla Sewage Treatment Plant (STP)
site ......................................................................................................................................................................... 104
Figure 4-24: Terrestrial faunal diversity observed within and outside of the proposed Pagla Sewage Treatment
Plant site: (a) Red-vented Bulbul - Pycnonotus cafer, and (b) Black Drongo - Dicrurus macrocercus. ................. 104
Figure 4-25: Distribution of terrestrial faunal habit (%) within and outside of the proposed Pagla Sewage
Treatment Plant site .............................................................................................................................................. 104
Figure 4-26: Terrestrial floral diversity observed within and outside of the proposed Pagla Sewage Treatment
Plant site : (a) to (d) Mixed terrestrial flora exist within the Pagla STP site. ....................................................... 106
Figure 4-27: Distribution of terrestrial floral habit (%) within and outside of the proposed Pagla Sewage
Treatment Plant site .............................................................................................................................................. 106
Figure 4-28: Aquatic faunal diversity observed within and outside of the proposed Pagla Sewage Treatment Plant
site : (a) Little Cormorant - Phalacrocorax niger and (b) Pond Heron - Ardeola grayii. ....................................... 107
Figure 4-29: Distribution of aquatic faunal habit (%) within and outside of the proposed Pagla STP site. ........... 107
Figure 4-30: Floral diversity observed within and outside of the proposed Pagla Sewage Treatment Plant site :
(a) Kachuripana - Eichhornia crassipes, and (b) Katchu - Colocasia esculenta ...................................................... 108
Figure 4-31: Distribution of aquatic floral habit (%) within and outside of the proposed Pagla STP site ............ 109
Figure 4-32: Floral diversity observed within and outside of the proposed sewer water outlet point at Buriganga
River site: (a) Bot - Ficus benghalensis and (b) Kachuripana - Eichhornia crassipes. ............................................. 109
Figure 4-33: Distribution of terrestrial floral habit (%) within and outside of the proposed site ......................... 110
Figure 4-34: Faunal diversity observed within and outside of the proposed Eastern Trunk Main: (a) Black Drongo
– Dicrurus macrocercus, (b) House Sparrow - Passer domisticus (c) House Crow- Corvus splendens, and (d)
Common Myna- Acridotheres tristis. ..................................................................................................................... 111
Figure 4-35: Floral diversity observed within and outside of the proposed Eastern Trunk Main: (a) Coconut Tree -
Coccos nucifera, (b) Bot - Ficus benghalensis. ....................................................................................................... 111
Page | xxv
Figure 4-36: Faunal diversity observed within and outside of the proposed Eastern Trunk Main : (a) House Lizard
– Hemidactylus flaviviridis, (b) Den of Indian Mole Rat - Bandicota bengalensis, (c) Asian Pied Starling - Sturnus
contra and (d) Jungle Crow. ................................................................................................................................... 112
Figure 4-37: Distribution of terrestrial faunal habit (%) within and outside of the proposed Eastern Trunk Main
............................................................................................................................................................................... 112
Figure 4-38: Floral diversity observed within and outside of the proposed Eastern Trunk Main: (a) Bot - Ficus
benghalensis, , (b) Neem - Azadirachta indica ...................................................................................................... 113
Figure 4-39: Distribution of terrestrial floral habit (%) within and outside of the proposed Eastern Trunk Main 113
Figure 4-40: Floral diversity observed within and outside of the proposed Eastern Trunk Main : (a) Mixed aquatic
flora exist beside a road at Bashabo and (b) Katchu - Colocasia esculenta, an aquatic flora, exist in a low land
beside a road at Bashabo, ..................................................................................................................................... 114
Figure 4-41: Distribution of aquatic floral habit (%) within and outside of the proposed Eastern Trunk Main .... 115
Figure 4-42: Faunal diversity observed within and outside of the proposed Western Trunk Main: (a) Three-
Striped Palm Squirrel - Funambulus palmarum, (b) Rose Ringed Parakeet – Psittacula krameri, (c) Oriental
Magpie Robin - Copsychus saularis, and (d) Common Myna- Acridotheres tristis. .............................................. 116
Figure 4-43: Floral diversity observed within and outside of the proposed Western Trunk Main: (a) and (b) mixed
terrestrial flora exist in the middle and peripheral sides of a road at Moghbazar, (c) mature terrestrial flora exist
in the peripheral side of Dhaka University road near Nilkhet, and (d) non-mature terrestrial flora exist in the
middle of a road at Nilkhet. ................................................................................................................................... 116
Figure 4-44: Faunal diversity observed within and outside of the proposed Western Trunk Main site of: (a)
House Sparrow - Passer domisticus, (b) Red–whiskered Bulbul - Pycnonotus jocosus, (c) House Crow- Corvus
splendens, and (d) Jungle Crow - Corvus macrorhynchos,. .................................................................................... 117
Figure 4-45: Distribution of terrestrial faunal habit (%) within and outside of the proposed Western Trunk Main
............................................................................................................................................................................... 117
Figure 4-46: Floral diversity observed within and outside of the proposed Western Trunk Main: (a) and (b) mixed
terrestrial flora exist in middle and peripheral sides of roads at Dhaka University Doel Chattor and TSC Moor . 118
Figure 4-47: Floral diversity observed within and outside of the proposed Western Trunk Main: (a) Mixed
terrestrial flora exist on both peripheral side of a road near Matshyabhaban, (b) Mixed terrestrial flora exist on
both peripheral side of a road at Narinda. ............................................................................................................ 118
Figure 4-48: Distribution of terrestrial floral habit (%) within and outside of the proposed Western Trunk Main
............................................................................................................................................................................... 119
Figure 4-49: Fish diversity observed outside of the proposed Western Trunk Main: (a) and (b) various types of
small fish cultured at a man-made shallow water reservoir at Suhrawardy Udyan. ............................................. 120
Figure 4-50: Distribution of aquatic faunal habit (%) within and outside the proposed Western Trunk Main ..... 120
Figure 5-1: General Sludge Treatment Technologies ............................................................................................ 142
Figure 5-2: Sewer Construction Using Open Cut Method (Source: UNITRACC); Trench with Vertical Sides (Left)
and Trench with Embanked Sides (Right) .............................................................................................................. 143
Figure 5-3: Setup of Micro Tunnelling (Source: as cited by Burden & Hoppe, 2015) ............................................ 144
Figure 6-1: Locations of existing Swamibagh SLS & proposed Golapbagh SLS ...................................................... 147
Figure 6-2: Existing Pagla STP site .......................................................................................................................... 148
Figure 6-3: Most suitable route to Matuail landfill site from Pagla STP ................................................................ 150
Figure 6-4: Proposed eastern trunk main from Madhubagh to DIT road crossing ................................................ 152
Figure 6-5: Micro-tunnelling at DIT road junction ................................................................................................. 153
Figure 6-6: A typical emergency access and egress components of the shaft ...................................................... 153
Figure 6-7: The proposed eastern trunk main crossing the Khilgaon-Bashabo Khal at Chhayabithi R/A .............. 154
Figure 6-8: The proposed eastern trunk main crossing the Segunbagicha Khal at North Manik Nagar ................ 155
Figure 6-9: Proposed eastern trunk main cross the Dayaganj rail crossing ........................................................... 155
Figure 6-10: Proposed Western Trunk Main through Dhaka University and Suhrawardy Udyan areas ............... 156
Figure 6-11: Proposed Western Trunk Main from Suhrawardy Udyan to Shapla Chattar .................................... 157
Figure 6-12: Dewatering example from a construction site .................................................................................. 158
Page | xxvi
Figure 6-13: Flood inundation in Dhaka under 2004 flood condition.................................................................... 163
Figure 6-14: Manhole constructed over low-lying area in existing eastern trunk main ........................................ 164
Figure 6-15: Flood map for 2004 hydrological condition ...................................................................................... 166
Figure 6-16: Flood depth comparison of greater Dhaka area for five scenarios ................................................... 167
Figure 6-17: Changes in Peak River Water Levels of Rivers around Dhaka City for A1FI Scenarios ...................... 167
Figure 6-18: A map showing location of Pagla STP and its outfall ......................................................................... 179
Figure 6-19: Dissolved oxygen (DO) and EC profile along Buriganga-Dhaleswari River (February 2017).............. 179
Figure 6-20: Predicted DO concentrations in the Turag-Buriganga Rivers in different scenarios ......................... 186
Figure 6-21: Predicted Ammonia concentrations in the Turag-Buriganga Rivers in different scenarios............... 186
Figure 6-22: Predicted BOD concentrations in the Turag-Buriganga Rivers in different scenarios ....................... 186
Figure 6-23: Predicted Nitrate concentrations in the Turag-Buriganga Rivers in different scenarios ................... 187
Figure 8-1: Institutional setup for environmental management ........................................................................... 204
Figure 8-2: DWASA’s Intuitional Arrangement for DSIP Implementation ............................................................. 208
Page | xxvii
Tables
Table 2-1: Various features of sewerage master plan and DSIP compared with existing situation ..........9
Table 2-2: Design capacity of existing Pagla STP......................................................................................11
Table 2-3: Key design characteristics of Pagla STP ..................................................................................11
Table 2-4: Water quality and removal rate of BOD5 and SS ....................................................................11
Table 2-5: Pagla STP Infrastructure ..........................................................................................................11
Table 2-6: Current Land Use at Pagla Treatment Works .........................................................................13
Table 2-7: Installed and operating capacity of SLS’s and Sewage Pumping at Present ...........................19
Table 2-8: Treated Effluent Standards in Bangladesh..............................................................................22
Table 2-9: Trickling Filter Treatment Process Parameters .......................................................................27
Table 2-10: Phase One Sludge Generation Rates for Pagla Sewerage Catchment ..................................35
Table 2-11: Different reaches of proposed eastern trunk main ..............................................................38
Table 2-12: Different reaches of proposed western trunk main .............................................................39
Table 3-1: World Bank Policies Relevant to DSIP .....................................................................................57
Table 3-2: World Bank policies triggered by activities under DSIP ..........................................................60
Table 3-3: Applicable National Policies, Legal and Institutional Framework ...........................................61
Table 3-4: Institutional responsibilities, environmental protection and compliance..............................71
Table 4-1: Relative Humidity in Dhaka .....................................................................................................79
Table 4-2: Sunshine Duration in Dhaka city .............................................................................................79
Table 4-3: List of Khals in Dhaka city ........................................................................................................82
Table 4-4: Air Quality Parameter (PM10 and PM2.5) Value at Four Locations ...........................................86
Table 4-5: Locations of surface water sample collection points..............................................................88
Table 4-6: Khal water quality ...................................................................................................................93
Table 4-7: Water quality monitoring data of deep tube wells along eastern trunk main .......................94
Table 4-8: Water quality monitoring data of deep tube wells along western trunk main ......................95
Table 4-9: Standards of noise level as per ECR 1997 ...............................................................................95
Table 4-10: Noise Level at Different Sites of Pagla Catchment ...............................................................96
Table 4-11: Test Result of Soil Samples ...................................................................................................99
Table 4-12: Analysis of Influent Characteristics in Pagla STP .................................................................102
Table 4-13: Identified terrestrial fauna within & outside of the proposed Pagla Sewage Treatment
Plant site . .............................................................................................................................................104
Table 4-14: Identified terrestrial flora within & outside of the proposed Pagla Sewage Treatment Plant
site..........................................................................................................................................................106
Table 4-15: Identified aquatic fauna within & outside of the proposed Pagla STP site. .......................108
Table 4-16: Identified aquatic flora within and outside of the proposed Pagla STP site.......................109
Table 4-17: Identified terrestrial flora within and outside of the proposed site ...................................110
Table 4-18: Identified terrestrial fauna within & outside of the proposed Eastern Trunk Main...........112
Table 4-19: Identified terrestrial flora within & outside of the proposed Eastern Trunk Main ............113
Table 4-20: Identified aquatic fauna within & outside of the proposed Eastern Trunk Main ...............114
Table 4-21: Identified aquatic flora within and outside of the proposed Eastern Trunk Main .............115
Table 4-22: Identified terrestrial fauna within & outside of the proposed Western Trunk Main sites .117
Table 4-23: Identified terrestrial flora within & outside of the proposed Western Trunk Main...........119
Table 4-24: Identified aquatic fauna within & outside of the proposed Western Trunk Main site of
DSIP of DWASA.......................................................................................................................................120
Page | xxviii
Table 4-25: Population of the Pagla catchment areas ...........................................................................125

Table 4-26: Area and Population Distribution of Trunk main alignment...............................................126
Table 4-27: Sex-wise distribution of household heads ..........................................................................126
Table 4-28: Distribution of educational level of the Trunk main area (5 years above) .........................127
Table 4-29: Occupation of the heads of households .............................................................................127
Table 4-30: Status of income and expenditure ......................................................................................128
Table 4-31: Sources of drinking water ...................................................................................................129
Table 4-32: Access to Toilet Facilities ....................................................................................................129
Table 4-33: Existing Sewage Facilities of the HH in the Trunk main area ..............................................129
Table 4-34: House Hold Disposal of Faecal Sludge ................................................................................130
Table 4-35: Type of Transport usually used ...........................................................................................131
Table 4-36: Frequency of movement of the people through Trunk Main Road....................................131
Table 4-37: Major illness of the HH members .......................................................................................132
Table 4-38: Knowledge about HIV/AIDs.................................................................................................132
Table 4-39: Expectation of the people from the project .......................................................................133
Table 5-2: Advantages and Disadvantages of Open Cut Method ..........................................................143
Table 5-3: Advantages and Disadvantages of Micro Tunnelling ............................................................144
Table 6-1: Air pollution loading due to treatment plant site preparation .............................................149
Table 6-2: Other potential impacts during pre-construction phase ......................................................151
Table 6-3: Air pollution loading due to trunk main construction ..........................................................158
Table 6-4: Concentration of toxic gases during welding........................................................................159
Table 6-5: Maximum noise level from the construction sites ...............................................................159
Table 6-6: Other potential impacts during construction phase .............................................................160
Table 6-7: The maximum load of emission by hauling trucks during expansion of Pagla STP ..............161
Table 6-8: Generation of sludge.............................................................................................................164
Table 6-9: Air pollution due to sludge transportation during plant operation......................................165
Table 6-10: Consequence Levels ............................................................................................................168
Table 6-11: Likelihood of Occurrence and Rankings ..............................................................................169
Table 6-12: Impact significance rankings ...............................................................................................169
Table 6-13: Risk assessment ..................................................................................................................169
Table 6-14: Environmental Impacts .......................................................................................................170
Table 6-15: Past, Existing & Future Projects and Activities ...................................................................175
Table 6-16: Domestic and industrial pollution loads from Amin Bazar to Muktarpur Bridge for Base
2005 and 2018 condition .......................................................................................................................180
Table 6-17: Pollution load of Pagla STP .................................................................................................181
Table 6-18: Pollution load of other proposed STPs ...............................................................................181
Table 6-19: Simulated water quality parameters at the outfall of Pagla STP under different scenarios
...............................................................................................................................................................185
Table 6-20: Use of structures .................................................................................................................188
Table 6-21: HHs by category of structure ..............................................................................................189
Table 6-22: Number of business in the structures.................................................................................189
Table 6-23: Category of shops affected by trunk main alignment ........................................................190
Table 6-24: Particulars of Affected Vendors ..........................................................................................190
Table 7-1: Mitigation measures in the pre-construction phase ............................................................192
Table 7-2: Mitigation measures during construction phase ..................................................................193
Page | xxix
Table 7-3: Mitigation measures during operation phase ......................................................................198

Table 8-1: Roles and responsibilities of various organizations ..............................................................204
Table 8-2: Social, Environmental and Communication Division under DWASA ....................................208
Table 8-2: Capacity Building Programs ..................................................................................................210
Table 8-3: Mitigation measures against anticipated negative impacts during pre-construction phase
...............................................................................................................................................................213
Table 8-4: Mitigation measures against anticipated negative impacts during construction phase ......214
Table 8-5: Mitigation measures against anticipated negative impacts during operation phase ..........221
Table 8-6: Types of monitoring activities ...............................................................................................224
Table 8-7: Tentative cost of monitoring ................................................................................................228
Table 8-8: Estimated budget for implementing EMP ............................................................................233
Table 8-9: List of equipment to be procured for DWASA lab capacity development............................234
Table 9-1: Entitlement Matrix ................................................................................................................245
Table 9-2: Estimated Land Acquisition and Resettlement Cost of DSIP ................................................250
Page | xxx
Acronyms and Abbreviations

BDT Bangladeshi Taka
BIWTA Bangladesh Inland Water Transport Authority
BMD Bangladesh Meteorological Department
BNBC Bangladesh National Building Code
BOD5 5-day Biochemical Oxygen Demand
BUET Bangladesh University of Engineering and Technology
COD Chemical Oxygen Demand
CPCR Community Program and Consumer Relation
DAP Detailed Area Plan
DBO Design-Build-Operate
DMCH Dhaka Medical College Hospital
DNCC Dhaka North City Corporation
DoE Department of Environment
DOHS Defence Officers Housing Society
DSCC Dhaka South City Corporation
DSIP Dhaka Sanitation Improvement Project
DTCA Dhaka Transport Coordination Authority
DTW Deep Tubewell
DWASA Dhaka Water Supply and Sewerage Authority
EA Environmental Assessment
ECA Environmentally Critical Area
ECoP Environmental Code of Practice
ECR Environment Conservation Rule
EGL Existing Ground Level
EHS Environmental, Health and Safety
EIA Environmental Impact Assessment
EMF Environmental Management Framework
EMP Environmental Management Plan
ERP Emergency Response Plan
FGD Focus Group Discussion
GoB Government of Bangladesh
GRC Grievance Redress Committee
ha Hectare
IEB Institution of Engineers, Bangladesh
IEE Initial Environmental Examination
IFC International Finance Corporation
IWM Institute of Water Modelling
KII Key Informant Interview
LGD Local Government Division
LPCD Litres Per Capita Per Day
MLD Million Litres per Day
MoEFCC Ministry of Environment, Forest & Climate Change
NGO Non-Government Organization
OP Operational Policy
Page | xxxi
PAP Project Affected Person

PD Project Director
PLC Programmable Logic Control
PM Particulate Matter
Particulate Matter with aerodynamic diameter ≤ 10
PM10
micrometres
Particulate Matter with aerodynamic diameter ≤ 2.5
PM2.5
micrometres
PMU Project Management Unit
RAJUK Rajdhani Unnayan Kartipokkho
SIA Social Impact Assessment
SLS Sewage Lifting Station
SPM Suspended Particulate Matter
SPS Sewage Pumping Station
STP Sewage Treatment Plant
TDS Total Dissolved Solids
ToR Terms of Reference
WARPO Water Resources Planning Organization
WB World Bank
Page | xxxii
Chapter 1: Introduction
Page | 1
1 INTRODUCTION
1.1 Background
The existing sewerage system in Dhaka city serves only about 20 percent of the city’s total population.
Even in areas where sewerage exists, inadequate maintenance has hampered its effectiveness.
Currently, the city has only one wastewater treatment plant at Pagla, which operates at less than half
its capacity due to deficiencies/ breakages in the collection network. A major portion of Dhaka’s
households are supposed to have on-site sanitation systems, but in reality, as much as about 30
percent of Dhaka’s population dispose of their sewage by connecting to the drainage networks and
open channels which enters the city’s surface waters untreated. The city does not have a well-
developed faecal sludge management system. The disposal of faecal sludge and septage from Septic
tanks is very sporadic. A negligible amount (3-4%) of the wastewater generated in the city is treated.
As a result, the total health system in the city is tremendously affected through the impact of
improper sewage treatment system. As estimated the total wastewater and sewage generation in
2020 would be around 250 MLD. Currently, Pagla Sewage Treatment Plant (STP) is treating only 40
MLD of sewage instead of its designed capacity of 120 MLD. This is due to mainly improper and
inadequate maintenance both in the sewer main, sewer collecting lines and in the lifting pump
stations etc. At present, the sewerage system in Dhaka consists of 882 km sewer lines, 27 pumping
stations and an STP at Pagla.
Dhaka Water and Sewerage Authority (DWASA) have prepared a Sewerage Master Plan in 2012 in
order to bring the whole city under planned sanitation system. The plan identified US$1.7 billion
worth of investments in wastewater collection and treatment infrastructure over the next 20 years -
to be implemented in a phased manner. Accordingly, Dhaka WASA has undertaken a project named
Dhaka Sanitation Improvement Project (DSIP) with the financing support from the World Bank.
According to Sewerage Master Plan (2012), the total city area has been divided into five core areas
and suggested a phased investment plan. The first phase includes; (i) Rehabilitation of Pagla
wastewater treatment plant, (ii) Rehabilitation of eastern trunk main from Madhubagh to Pagla to
improve containment, transportation and treatment of faecal sludge in the Pagla treatment plant, (iii)
Capacity building of DWASA on Sewerage treatment and sewerage system development,
improvement of on-site sanitation system (in the non-sewer areas), coordination among DWASA, the
Dhaka City Corporations (DNCC and DSCC), and Department of Environment (DoE) to improve the
total sanitation system in the city.
1.2 The Proposed Project

The proposed ‘Dhaka Sanitation Improvement Project’ (the Project) aims to implement Phase 1 of the
Dhaka Sewerage Master Plan. The Project has four following components, in which Components 1 and
2 will have potential environmental and social impacts:
• Component 1. Institutional Support for Sanitation Service Delivery: The component will
provide institutional support to DWASA for sustainable sanitation service delivery. The
component will include:
o Establishment of a strengthened sanitation function in the DWASA’s organizational
structure;
o Commercial strengthening of DWASA;
o Citizens Engagement; and
o Measures for coordination with other city stakeholders.
Page | 2
• Component 2. Sewerage and Wastewater Treatment: This component is expected to include

the following investments, which are further explained in detail in Chapter 2:
o Replacement of Pagla STP with the latest treatment technology (for primary and
secondary treatment capacity of 250 MLD);
o Construction and replacement of Eastern and Western Trunk Mains, and,
o Rehabilitation/Replacement & new construction of sewers in the Pagla catchment,
including the establishment of new sewer connections
• Component 3. Non-Network Sanitation. This component will help DWASA in providing
solutions for non-network sanitation services in hard to reach areas where sewers are not
feasible, and/or where there are tenurial barriers, such as in low-income settlements. This will
include conventional septic tanks, decentralized wastewater treatment facilities, and septage
management including emptying services, decanting stations, and co-/treatment of fecal
sludge.
• Component 4. Project Implementation and Management Support: This component will help
DWASA establish a Project Management Unit (PMU) that will be responsible for overall
project management including procurement, financial management, safeguards, public
communication, and Monitoring and Evaluation (M&E) and reporting
Figure 1-1 shows the Pagla STP catchment and proposed alignment of the Trunk Mains according to
the Sewerage Master Plan for Dhaka 2012.
Since the World Bank is financing the project, the environmental and social assessment of the
proposed project should comply with the policies and legislative requirement of the World Bank and
the GoB. The environmental and social assessment has been conducted following such rules and
policies.
Figure 1-1: Pagla STP catchment and proposed alignment of the Trunk Mains according to the Sewerage
Master Plan for Dhaka 2012
Page | 3
1.3 Objective of ESIA

According to the national ECA 1995 and rules 1997 and subsequent amendments, the project falls
under the Red category and must require a complete environmental and social impact assessment. As
stipulated under the ECA, the project promoter must obtain Environmental Clearance from the
Director General (DG), Department of Environment (DoE). For the purpose, the DoE would require a
full ESIA before clearing the project. On the other hand, according to the safeguard policies of the
World Bank the project falls under the Category A as per OP4.01. Therefore, they will automatically
trigger EA safeguards. The World Bank requires environmental assessment (EA) of projects proposed
for Bank financing to ensure that they are environmentally sound and sustainable. Therefore, the ESIA
followed the guidelines in the national ECR and the World Bank safeguard policies to conduct a full
environmental and social impact assessment.
This ESIA covers the following investments under Component 2:
i. Rehabilitation/ Reconstruction of 13.16 km eastern trunk main from Madhubagh to Pagla STP
(including 0.635 km trunk main connecting Narinda SPS to Eastern Trunk Main) and the lifting
Pump Station (PS) at Golapbagh or at another appropriate location and the Influent Pump
Station at Pagla STP;
ii. Rehabilitation / Reconstruction of 6 km trunk main from New Market PS to Narinda PS and
rehabilitation of associated lifting pump stations (Western Trunk Main);
iii. Replacement of the existing Pagla STP (250 MLD);
For the subprojects or investments that are not covered under this ESIA, a separate Environmental
and Social Management Framework (ESMF) has been prepared since precise alignments and designs
(treatment technologies) of some of these investments or subprojects will be known only during the
Project implementation.
The ESIA study followed key specific objectives as below :
• Provide insight to existing environmental and social issues with regards to the activities to be
implemented under DSIP at the pre-construction, construction and operation phases of the
proposed project.
• Identify the beneficial and adverse impacts of the DSIP activities on the physical, biological
and socio-economic environments.
• Undertake suitable mitigation measures for potentially adverse environmental and social
impacts, and measures for enhancement of positive impacts. This will be accomplished
through a comprehensive Environmental and Social Management Plan for the project and a
viable Monitoring Plan for evaluating ESMP implementation.
• Define the specific actions required, roles and responsibilities for these actions, and
associated costs and,
• Define a proposed institutional structure to govern the implementation of the ESMP.
Page | 4
1.4 Methodology of ESIA

The ESIA study analysed World Bank’s safeguard policies and relevant policies, legislation and
regulation of the Government of Bangladesh. The study has reviewed the proposed project designs
(Annexes A to D) and analysed existing sewerage system has been made by extensive field visits
(Annex E) and study of data and investigation reports obtained from secondary sources. The study
collected baseline data on existing physical, socio-economic and biological conditions in the project
area and surroundings in accordance with the requirements of the terms of reference (ToR) of the
ESIA study (Annex F). Both primary and secondary data were collected from the site to prepare the
ESIA report. The primary data mainly includes field measurements and laboratory analysis of quality of
air, groundwater, surface water, soil and noise. An environment screening matrix was used to identify
potential impacts associated with the implementation of the rehabilitation of Pagla STP and Trunk
Mains (Screening matrices are given in Annex H). Based on the screening, comprehensive lists have
been prepared after identifying the potential impacts by the project activities during pre-construction,
construction and O&M phases of the project. An assessment matrix has also been prepared to assess
the different impacts caused by the project’s activities on the physical, environmental, socio-economic
and biological conditions in the project area and surroundings based on expert’s judgement.
Mathematical modelling was conducted to predict the environmental impacts caused by the project’s
activities in different scenarios. The study also conducted in-depth consultations on environmental
and socio-economic impacts caused by project activities and possible mitigation measures with
different stakeholders including a socio-economic survey of the households at different locations of
proposed Pagla STP (Sewage Treatment Plant) catchment area. A team of experienced professionals
(composed of: ESIA Team members) has conducted the ESIA study along with consultation meetings.
Consultation meetings were held with the public stakeholders such as Titas Gas Transmission and
Distribution Company Limited (TGTDCL), Bangladesh Railway (BR), Power Development Board (PDB),
Bangladesh Telecommunication Company Limited (BTCL), Dhaka Mass Rapid Transit Development
Project (DMRTDP) and Dhaka South City Corporation (DSCC).
Total 11 (eleven) consultation meetings were held in 10 separate locations of the proposed catchment
area. The consultation meetings were conducted in a participatory approach. The stakeholders were
briefed about the project and their perception, concern and demands from the project were noted
and presented in the ESIA. The FGD participants were selected from various homogeneous groups
particularly occupational groups like businessmen, service holders, day labourers, and housewives.
Full details of consultation meetings held as part of the study, including records of feedback are
provided in Chapter 9.
The team participated in the study can be found in Appendix G.
Page | 5
Chapter 2: Project Description
Page | 6
2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION
2.1 Study area
The total study area includes 64.66 sq. km of Pagla STP catchment area (Figure 2-1). Apart from this
area an extended impact area in the Buriganga River has been taken into consideration with the
understanding that the treatment of sewage and waste water at Pagla STP is likely to have a positive
impact on river water quality. For this purpose, 37.2 km reach of Buriganga River from Aminbazar
Bridge to Muktarpur Bridge has been included in the study (Figure 2-2).
Figure 2-1: Study area in Dhaka city
Page | 7
Figure 2-2: Study area along the Buriganga River
Page | 8
2.2 Dhaka Sanitation Improvement Project (DSIP)
The Dhaka Sanitation Improvement Project (DSIP) has four components.
Component 1: Institutional Support for Sanitation Service Delivery

Component 2: Sewerage and Wastewater Treatment
Component 3: Non-Network Sanitation
Component 4: Project Implementation and Management Support
Component 2: Sewerage and Wastewater Treatment comprise the followings.
(i) Construction of eastern trunk main from Madhubagh to Pagla STP;

(ii) Construction of western trunk main from New Market Pump Station to Narinda Pump Station;
(iii) Expansion of the Pagla STP to 250 MLD (as per latest aide memoire of the World Bank);
(iv) Construction of Pagla sewer networks.
The DSIP is based on the Sewerage Master Plan but has made some changes to the recommendation.
Table 2-1 provides various features of sewerage master plan and DSIP compared to the existing
situation.
Table 2-1: Various features of sewerage master plan and DSIP compared with the existing situation
Feature Existing Pagla STP Modified Pagla STP catchment as DSIP

catchment per Sewerage Master Plan
Area 96 sq km 73 sq km 64.66 sq km
Population 3,500,000 in 2018 2,800,000 in 2018 2,769,450 in 20251
3,200,000 in 2035 4,009,022 in 20352
STP capacity 120 MLD (peak) 200 MLD (peak) in 2025 Construction of 250 MLD
(peak)
96 MLD (average) (Rehabilitation of 100 MLD existing
STP and construction of a new 100
MLD treatment module)
500 MLD (peak) in 2035
No. of 25 nos. (24 SLS and 1 SPS) 25 nos. (24 SLS and 1 SPS) Yet to be decided
pumping and
lift station
Trunk mains (i) Eastern Trunk (i) Eastern Trunk Main (i) Eastern
Main (14km): (14.4 km): Trunk Main
Japan Garden Madhubagh- (13.16 km):
City - Bashabo-Golapbagh- Madhubagh
Asadgate- Pagla STP - Bashabo-
1
Consultancy Services for Feasibility Studies and Preparations of Conceptual Designs & Bidding Documents for
DBO/DB Contracts (Package No.:S-2)
Page | 9
Feature Existing Pagla STP Modified Pagla STP catchment as DSIP

catchment per Sewerage Master Plan
Tejgaon- considering 1.38 km Golapbagh-
Bashabo- local sewer under Pagla STP
Shwamibagh- Bashabo catchment. (ii) Western
Pagla STP (ii) Western Trunk Main Trunk Main
(ii) Western Trunk (4-5km): Hazaribagh- (6 km):
Main(6km): Nilkhet-Narinda Nilkhet-
Hazaribagh- (iii) Southwestern Trunk Narinda
Nilkhet- Main (6km):
Narinda Nawabganj –
(iii) Southwestern Narinda
Trunk Main
(6km):
Nawabganj –
Narinda: 6 km
Source: Master Plan of DSIP
2.3 Description of Existing Sewerage Facilities
2.3.1 Existing Pagla STP Facilities

The Pagla STP was originally constructed in 1978 and provides treatment of the wastewater collected
by the central sewerage system and is currently the only treatment facility in the city. The existing
sewerage system and the Pagla STP serve only about 25 percent of the city area. Even in areas where
sewerage exists, inadequate maintenance has hampered its effectiveness. A major portion of Dhaka’s
households are supposed to be run through on-site sanitation systems, but in reality most of the
households dispose their wastewater and sewage by connecting to the drainage networks and open
channels which enters the city’s surface waters untreated. The city does not have a well-developed
faecal sludge management system. The disposal of faecal sludge and septage from Septic tanks is very
sporadic. A negligible amount (3-4%) of the wastewater generated in the city is treated. As a result,
the total health system in the city is at risk of being affected through the impact of improper sewage
treatment system.
Pagla sewage treatment plant (STP) is situated on an area of 110.5ha. The current design capacity is
96MLD at average flowrate and 120MLD at peak flowrate (Table 2-2). The current sewage generated
within the catchment served by the centralized sewerage system is approximately 250-300MLD and is
expected to exceed 500MLD by the year 2035 according to the Sewerage Master Plan. Due to damage
of the trunk mains and sewerage system, the actual flowrate entering the Pagla STP is approximately
30-40MLD, i.e. the treatment plant is significantly under-loaded and should provide a high level of
treatment.
The treatment process flow diagram of Pagla STP is shown in Figure 2-3.
Page | 10
Figure 2-3: Flow Diagram of Pagla Sewage Treatment Plant
Table 2-2: Design capacity of existing Pagla STP
Sewage Flow Existing Provision

Daily Average (m3/day) 96,000 146,000
Daily Max (m3/day) 120,000 183,000
Hourly Max (m3/day) 120,000 232,000
Source: JICA, 1987
Table 2-3 gives the basic design performance of the various stages of treatment that should result in a
50mg/L BOD5 and 60mg/L suspended solids discharge effluent as proposed in JICA Study (1987).
Table 2-3: Key design characteristics of Pagla STP
Primary Sedimentation Tank Facultative Lagoon Total

Water Quality Influent
Effluent Removal Effluent Removal
Parameters (mg/L) Removal Ratio (%)
(mg/L) Ratio (%) (mg/L) Ratio (%)
BOD 200 40 120 59 50 75
SS 200 60 80 25 60 70
Table 2-4 summarises the influent and effluent wastewater quality of Pagla STP as presented in
Sewerage Master Plan (2012) report.
Table 2-4: Water quality and removal rate of BOD5 and SS
Facultative Lagoon
Inlet (mg/L) PST Effluent (mg/L) Overall Removal (%)
Date Effluent (mg/L)
BOD SS BOD SS BOD SS BOD SS
Average 340 351 127 119 49 58 85 83
Table 2-5 details the main infrastructure assets and associated structure of existing Pagla STP.
Table 2-5: Pagla STP Infrastructure
No. of Facility
Facility Dimension Remarks
Existing Provision
Brick Arch:
Sewer Dia. 54" with slope 1 1 Damaged in some points
Inflow 0.45%
Sewer Pipe
- 1 -
Sewer Dia. 72" with slope
Page | 11
No. of Facility
Facility Dimension Remarks
Existing Provision
0.45%
Screw Pump
3 nos. (1 5 nos. (1 All are operational. Need
Lift Pump φ1,600mm x 41 m3/min x 3.8m
standby) standby) to operate 1 no.
x 45kW
Horizontal Flow Type Operational.
Grit Chamber 2 2 Surface Load: 3,600
W 3.3m x L 10.2m x D 1.42m
m3/m2.day
Operational.
Considerable gas
production indicating
Primary
Centifloc Sludge Scraper: sludge is not being
Sedimentation 4 nos. 6 nos.
φ33m dia x 30m depth removed quick enough.
Tank
Detention time: 2 hrs.
Overflow rate: 35.7
m3/m2.day
Facultative Embanked Rectangular Pond BOD Area Load:
Lagoon Effective depth: 2.0 m 42 ha 64.1 ha 343 kg BOD/ha.day
Horizontal Centrifugal Pump:
Discharge 250mm x 4.55m3/min x 10.7m 2 2 All are operational. Need
Pump 250mm x 11.36m3/min x 10.7m 2 2 to operate 3 nos.
3
400mm x 31.82m /min x 10.7m 3 3
Disinfection
Liquid Chlorine 1 1 Not in operation
Equipment
All are filled by solid
sludge and require
Sludge Lagoon Embanked Rectangular Pond 3 3
progressive removal of
sludge.
Discharge Pipe Brick Arch:
Inflow: φ54" in dia (1350mm) 1 0 Good condition
Inflow: φ60" in dia (1500mm)
Length: 1240m 1 2
2.3.1.1 Existing Land Reserve for Pagla STP

Currently, Pagla treatment works are situated on 110 hectares of land. Approximately 80 percent of
the land is occupied by treatment works consisting of primarily by oxidization lagoons, sludge holding
lagoons, sludge drying beds, inlet works, primary treatment tanks and the remainder of 20 percent
constitutes of a central stack yard of Dhaka WASA Stores Division with: office of the executive
Engineer of stores division, office of the executive engineer of treatment plant, buildings for stores,
housing of Dhaka WASA staff, roads and pocketed open areas. Refer to Figure 2-4 for details of land
use for Pagla STP.
Page | 12
Figure 2-4: Aerial View of Pagla STP
The ground level at Pagla treatment works is flat in nature with an average elevation of 7mPWD about
1 meter above normal river level. As such during the wet season a treated effluent pumping station is
required to pump the treated effluent from the treatment works. To address this issue, an effluent
pumping station is constructed and fully operational. Refer to the details of current land use for the
Pagla treatment works under Table 2-6.
Table 2-6: Current Land Use at Pagla Treatment Works
Length Width Area Area Area

No Description Unit
(m) (m) (m2) (Ha) (%)
1 Facultative Lagoons 8 nos. 753 464 349,392 34.94 31.77
2 Sludge Lagoons 8 nos. 820 300 246,000 24.60 22.37
3 Sludge Lagoons 4 nos. 310 210 65,100 6.51 5.92
4 Primary Treatment 4 nos. 75 75 5,625 0.56 0.51
5 Pumping Station 1 no. 20 10 200 0.02 0.02
6 Grit & Grease Chamber 1 no. 30 10 300 0.03 0.03
7 Office Building 1 no. 100 30 3,000 0.30 0.27
Staff Quarter and Storage
8 430,000 43.00 39.10
of Materials
109.96 100.00
2.3.1.2 Current Treatment Process

Pagla sewerage treatment plant is designed to operate as facultative lagoons (8 lagoon system). Each
module consists of a facultative lagoon and a maturation lagoon. The treatment process has an
average retention time of 48 hours for each module.
In summary, the treatment process for Pagla STP is in disarray due to the poor process flow of
treatment works. There is no direct relation between sewage treatment and sludge management
within Pagla treatment works. In the current arrangement the accumulated sludge from the primary
Page | 13
treatment facility was unable to reach the sludge drying beds by gravity flow or by way of pumping
main without shutting down the operations to carry out the desludging works.
Under the normal facultative lagoon concept, sludge is expected to settle heavily at the facultative
and lightly at the maturation lagoon and some minor amount of sludge in the form of suspended
solids expected to pass through the process (secondary clarifier) together with the treated effluent.
However, the need for the sludge holding lagoons may arise with the development of the primary
treatment facility. The primary treatment facility is expected to withhold some large amount of sludge
and the withheld sludge need to be stored at the sludge holding lagoons. This condition may very well
create the need for the development of sludge holding lagoons. Refer to Figure 2-5 for the current
detail process flow of the Pagla treatment works.
Lift Grit/Grease Primary Facultative Maturation

Pump Chamber Treatment Lagoon Lagoon Maturation
8 nos in 8 nos in Lagoon
Sludge Total Total
Lagoon
Buriganga River
Figure 2-5: Summary of Existing Facultative Lagoon Treatment Process Diagram
2.3.1.3 Existing Treatment Components at Pagla STP
As a result of the inefficiencies in the sewer trunk mains affected the collection and conveyance
system; currently, caused Pagla STP to be under loaded and this condition has created disadvantages
in the operational procedures. These lagoons show high levels of vegetation growth in almost 4 of the
8-lagoon system. Technical evaluation has been carried out on the following identified components of
the Pagla STP.
Raw Sewage Lifting Station with Primary Screen

Grit & Grease Chambers and Secondary Screen Chamber
Primary Sedimentation Tank (4 nos.)
Flow Measurement and Distribution Chamber
Facultative Lagoon System (8 nos.)
Treated Effluent Discharge Pump Station
Disinfection System
Sludge Lagoon
Raw Sewage Pumping Station with Primary Screen

The raw sewage pumping station is designed and built to house a total of 5 numbers of Archimedes
Screw Pumps. Currently there are 3 numbers of these pumps in operation and they are operating
under low efficiency resulted in high levels of backup in the sump and made the primary screens fully
submerged at all time and require some minor adjustments to increase the pumping rate.
Page | 14
As a result of the above conditions, the incoming sewage seems to back up to a level whereby the
operations and cleaning of primary screens become a major task and persistence of these conditions
may result in the poor performance of the Grit and Grease Chambers.
Grit & Grease Chambers and Secondary Screen Chamber
The grit, grease and secondary screen chamber is designed to trap the incoming sand particles, trap
the grease and screen the floating materials prior to supply the raw sewage to the primary
sedimentation tank.
Primary Sedimentation Tank
The main function of the primary sedimentation tank is to provide well-mixed raw sewage liquor prior
to entering the facultative lagoons. As this condition will ensure effective microorganism growth in the
facultative pond on a much consistently and ensures the removal of 75% of sludge (suspended solids)
within the primary sedimentation tanks.
Flow Measurement and Distribution Chamber
The measuring and distribution chamber are located prior to the facultative lagoon and the function is
to provide and access to the flow measurement and the facilitate evaluation of incoming flow rate to
the treatment plant. Similarly, the distribution chamber is required to distribute incoming effluent in a
balanced quantity to the facultative ponds.
Facultative Lagoons (2 Lagoon System)
Currently, more than half of the land area is occupied by facultative lagoons. The 2 lagoons systems
refer to facultative (oxidation) and settlement (maturation) lagoons. The facultative lagoons are for
the primary treatment where microorganism and bacteria are expected to react to the incoming raw
sewage with the help of sun and the surrounding air. Currently, there are a total of 4 sets in operation
at Pagla STP. The hydraulic retention time for each lagoon system is estimated to be 5 days at
facultative and 2 days at maturation lagoons. In which a total of 7 days utilized for the full treatment.
The raw sewage from the primary sedimentation pond entering into the lagoon system is expected to
bring in 25% of sludge. By theory majority of the suspended solids amounting to 20% of the incoming
expected to be settled at facultative and the remainder of the 5% at the maturation lagoon. Similarly,
some minor amount of suspended solids to pass through the lagoons and reflect as suspended solids
(SS) at the outfall section. Over a time period, sludge is expected to accumulate at various rates at
each one of the lagoons and the accumulation of sludge may affect the performance (efficiency) of the
lagoon system by effectively reducing the height of side water.
Treated Effluent Discharge Pump Station
Currently the entire Pagla STP is located about 1.5m above the Buriganga River low water level. As
such, during the high-water level gravity flow from the Pagla STP to the river is impossible and a
seasonal pumping station is introduced to pump the treated effluent from the Pagla treatment works
to the main drain in which it connected to the Buriganga River.
Page | 15
In technical terms, this condition may consume large amounts of power to operate and maintain the
pumping station. Under the phase one investment plan the need for this pumping station will be
studied and if possible, may be eliminated from the Pagla treatment works.
Sludge Lagoons
Currently, there are 4 numbers of mega sized (210 m length x 72.5m wide) sludge lagoons readily
available within the Pagla treatment works. These sand beds have been designed to receive large
amounts of sludge during the dry season and the functionality of them become less effective during
the rainy season. However, there is no connectivity between the facultative lagoons and the sludge
lagoon and similarly there is no connection between the primary treatment tanks. As such the
existence of the sludge lagoons become meaningless unless for occasional usage. As for the sludge
management, the process ends at sludge lagoon and the dry sludge (dry cake) will be transported out
to nearby landfill.
2.3.2 Existing Trunk Mains
The Dhaka WASA Sewerage System (Figure 2-6) covers 890 km of sewer lines and 63,324 sewer
connections. The sewer system of Dhaka was originally designed as a conventional separate sewerage
system, i.e. sanitary sewer system for the conveyance of wastewater from domestic premises and
establishments and excludes storm/surface water which is dealt with separately by drainage
channels/khals. The spine of the present collection system comprises of two main catchments and
those are: The South West Catchment serving old Dhaka, parts of central Dhaka and other southern
territories and terminating at Narinda Sewage pumping station; and the North East Catchment serving
Gulshan, Banani, DOHS, Tejgaon, Asad Gate, Bashabo, Goran, Khilgaon, Madhubagh, Rampura and
terminating at Swamibagh Sewage pumping station.
The sewage from the aforesaid areas is collected through 24 nos. SLS (sewage lifting station) and three
trunk mains are transmitting to the treatment plant at Pagla. There are three main recognized trunk
sewers in the city and those are:
(i) The Eastern Trunk Sewer: with sewer diameters ranging from 450mm to 1360mm,
(ii) The Western Trunk Sewer with sewer diameters ranging from 600mm to 900mm, and
(iii) The South Western Trunk Sewer with sewer diameters ranging from 400mm to
1000mm.
The major trunk sewers are facing significant problems such as insufficient hydraulic shape and slope;
original construction was in low-lying land but the trunk sewer have become deeper with infill/new
construction (6-7m under current top of road) and manholes have been covered by road works hence
DWASA MODS offices (Maintenance, Operations, Distribution and Service) do not have access for
maintenance; trunk sewers have insufficient capacity to transport the current wastewater volumes,
etc. The trunk sewer linking Gulshan with Tejgaon SPS and the trunk sewer on the discharge side of
Tejgaon SPS are totally inoperable. Due to the works in and around Hatirjheel Lake, rehabilitation of
these trunk sewers is very difficult.
The existing situation of sewerage system in Dhaka city is described in detail in Appendix E.
Page | 16
Figure 2-6: Existing Sewer Network in Pagla Catchment
2.3.2.1 Existing Condition of Eastern Trunk Main
The existing Eastern Trunk Sewer is of 14km in length and diameter ranging from 450mm to 1360mm
routed from Asad Gate to Pagla STP through the lift stations of Tejgaon, Bashabo and Swamibagh.
This trunk sewer begins at Asad Gate and ends at Swamibagh pumping station. There are ten pumping
stations, viz.: Japan Garden City, Asadgate, Bijoy Shawrani, DOHS Banani, DOHS Mohakhali, Tejgaon,
Goran, Madertek, Bashabo and Swamibagh SLSs. The pumping stations are used for collection and
transportation of sewage towards the Pagla sewage treatment plant.
2.3.2.2 Salient Features of Existing Eastern Trunk Main

1. The cross-sectional area is semi-circular in shape with a shallow V-shape bottom which is
hydraulically inefficient.
Figure 2-7: Existing semi-circular shaped trunk sewers
Page | 17
2. The slope of the trunk main is very shallow (slopes down to 0-0.45/1000) resulting in low
velocities (thus unable to achieve self-cleansing velocity) and consequent deposition of
material as shown in Figure 2-8.
3. The original construction of the trunk mains was in low-lying land. Subsequent to the
installation of the trunk mains, the level of the land has been raised by up to 6-7m, possibly
leading to structural deficiencies and settlement in the pipeline. Additional damage may also
have been caused by various construction works for example, construction of roads, laying
water, drainage and gas pipelines etc.
Figure 2-8: Existing longitudinal profile of the eastern trunk main
2.3.2.3 Existing Condition of Western Trunk Main
The Western Trunk Sewer is of 6km in overall length and sewer diameter ranging from 600mm to
900mm, routed from Hazaribagh to Narinda PS through Hazaribagh, Nilkhet, Segunbaghicha, Purana
Paltan and Motijheel.
This trunk sewer starts in the area adjacent to the Hazaribagh tannery and ends at Tipusultan road
near Narinda graveyard. At this point the main is connected to trunk sewer Hazaribagh- Nawabganj -
Narinda main, and after these two sewers are combined the sewage is conveyed to Narinda central
pumping station There are five sewage lift pumping stations (SLS) associated with this trunk sewer,
viz.: Hazaribagh, New Market, Moghbazar T&T and Zigatola. These lift stations collect wastewater
from the related catchments and deliver to this trunk sewer which transports the sewage by gravity to
the Narinda central pumping station.
2.3.2.4 Salient Features of Existing Western Trunk Main

(i) This 600mm dia RCC Trunk Main traverse from Mohammadpur to Hazaribagh;
(ii) This Trunk main was constructed in a low-lying swampy land. The bed was not
properly compacted during construction. As a result, some parts of this Trunk main
have settled;
(iii) The joints of the pipes are dislocated;
Page | 18
(iv) The sewer network of the part of Mohammadpur, Rayerbazar and Zigatola area have
related to this Trunk main;
(v) Due to non-functioning of this trunk main sewage from the related areas area being
discharged to the nearby low-lying areas through the drainage system;
(vi) The extended part of this trunk main from Hazaribagh to Nilkhet is in good condition
and a part of this trunk main has been rehabilitated recently;
(vii) The end part of this trunk main from Nilkhet to Narinda is functioning partially.
Massive cleaning is necessary to make this part effective.
2.3.3 Existing Situation of Sewage Lift Stations (SLSs) in Pagla Catchment

Fifteen (15) sewage lift stations (SLS) including one (1) central pumping station are functioning at
present under the Pagla catchment. The pumping and lifting stations are generally in a poor
operational condition and with only manual operation. In addition, due to the deficiencies in the
sewer collection system, even those stations that are operable receive very low volumes of
wastewater and therefore, operate well below their design capacity.
Salient features of the pump stations have been present in Table 2-7. Schematic diagram of existing
sewerage system under Pagla catchment showing present SLSs Figure 2-9.
Table 2-7: Installed and operating capacity of SLS’s and Sewage Pumping at Present
Page | 19
Page | 20
Figure 2-9: Schematic diagram of the existing sewerage system under Pagla catchment showing present SLSs
Page | 21
2.4 Description of Proposed STP Works
2.4.1 Background
A consulting firm other than the ESIA Consultants has already been engaged by DWASA to conduct the
detailed feasibility, outline design and preparation of bidding documents for the proposed STP works.
The consultant will compare the treatment technologies options relevant to the project: i)
Conventional Trickling Filter; ii) Conventional Activated Sludge; iii) Extended Aeration; iv) Sequential
Batch Reactor etc.
The feasibility consultant will describe each of the above methodologies briefly and compare all the
options in terms of technical and financial considerations. It may be mentioned here that the project
will be executed by a DBO contractor. The DBO contractor will review the feasibility study report and
will select the most favourable option according to their judgment. A brief description of each of the
proposed options is described in this chapter, while a comparative analysis of all these options is
discussed in Chapter 5.
2.4.2 Options for Different Treatment Processes

It is important to comply with treated effluent discharge standards established by the government of
Bangladesh under the Environment Conservation Rules 1997. Under the Department of Environment
Guideline; referring to “SCHEDULE – 9 Standards for Sewage Discharge [See Rule 12]”. Pagla STP will
be designed to meet the above stipulated standards. Refer to Table 2-8 for the summary of the
stipulated standards.
Table 2-8: Treated Effluent Standards in Bangladesh
No Parameter Unit Effluent Standard

1 BOD5 mg/L 40
2 NITRATE mg/L 250
3 PHOSPHATE mg/L 35
4 SUSPENDED SOLIDS (SS) mg/L 100
o
5 TEMPERATURE C 30
6 TOTAL COLIFORM NUMBER/100 Number 1000 or less
Source: Summary of ECR 1997, SCHEDULE – 9 (DoE)
Pagla treatment works are designed and required to provide waste water treatment for sewage
generated mainly by domestic (residential) and some by commercial activates related to food outlets,
laundries, markets, schools, universities, offices and shopping malls. The treatment process for
domestic waste water is heavily dependent on the effectiveness of microorganism and bacteria
growth within a given tank / reactor and the constituency to effectively take a foothold; a media is
required at each tank.
As far as Domestic sewerage is concerned, the treatment concept is heavily dependent on the supply
of oxygen (O2). The basic and open treatment system, therefore, depends on the sun and air.
However, for the larger plants, under a controlled environment, continuous supply of oxygen is
required to balance the treatment need to treat as the treatment generally involves resident
microorganism and bacteria (biological treatment) to break down the nutrient in the influent.
Domestic sewage treatment concept for all treatment plants are related to environmental friendliness
and effective in meeting local effluent discharge standards. Almost all domestic sewage treatment
plants and its treatment process do not involve chemicals. Similarly, Pagla treatment works also shall
Page | 22
be free of chemical treatment concept. Currently, there are two well-known treatment concepts
available for consideration and they are listed below:
(i) Non- Activated Sludge Method (Attached Growth Method)

(ii) Activated Sludge method (Suspended growth method)
Treatment Process by Non-Activated Sludge or Attached Growth Method
Treatment processes have evolved over time and resulted in improved technology and ultimately
required much smaller foot print for treatment works. A reduced foot print combined with the
presence of filter media made the current treatment process to provide effective treatment. This
process is known as attached growth method and microorganism and bacteria allowed to be attached
to a filter media and enhance their growth. Using filter media raw sewage is allowed to pass through
and a thin layer of slime allowed to grow and attach to the media and provide continuous treatment
This process is known as “attached growth” and some of the treatment plants under this category are
Immoff Tanks (IT) with pebbles being the filter media, Trickling Filters (TF) with PVC, styrofoam balls
and volcanic rocks as filter media and Rotating Biological Contactor (RBC). Refer to Figure 2-10 for
square and Figure 2-11 circular Trickling Filter tanks in operation.
Figure 2-10: Square Trickling Filter tank in operation (Typical)
Figure 2-11: Circular Trickling Filter tank in operation (Typical)
Treatment Process by Activated Sludge (Suspended Growth Method)
Page | 23
Sewage treatment by activated sludge method (suspended growth) is a well compacted design and its
technology is dynamic in nature and experiencing continuous improvements in its treatment concept.
This type of treatment process is widely recommended for plants with large treatment capacity. In
general, under the suspended growth condition, treatment works require a smaller foot print and
requires a shorter retention time of fewer than 16 hours. Plants that mainly fall under this category
are known as Extended Aeration (AE), Sequential Batch Reactor (SBR), Oxidation Ditch (OD) and
Intermittent Decanter Extended Aeration (IDEA).
Since the “Activated Sludge” treatment process heavily depends on the existence of sludge as a
replacement to the filter media; resulted in the bigger production of treated sludge volume. In
general, the treated sludge volume is expected to be 1.5 percent higher compared to the non-sludge
activated type of plant. This condition has less or no cost implication to the treatment works.
The theory for a reactor tank to work, raw sewage flows down together with activated sludge and
contained organic substance is absorbed and assimilated by the aerated sewage and this process is
known as “Activated Sludge”. Similarly, the great features of this technology refer to the resident time
in a reactor tank is relatively reduced (short) while the load is high. Thus, primary sedimentation tank
is needed to cope with the fluctuation in sewage flow and quality and to equalize / mitigate to load.
Refer to Figure 2-12 for a typically activated sludge reactor tank.
Figure 2-12: Typical view of activated sludge reactor tank (Suspended Growth Method)
The Activated Sludge treatment concept is the latest technology which is effective for larger treatment
plants and requires advance and complicated operational technique. Similarly, the maintenance of
this treatment concept is demanding but conveniently satisfying due to its BOD removal capacity
superior compared to other available technology. The BOD removal rate for activated sludge
treatment concept is between 85% – 95% and the clarity of the treated effluent is high. Since the
activated sludge process is heavily dependent on the presence of sludge and this condition normally
generates very mature and stable sludge.
2.4.3 Proposed New 250 MLD Capacity STP Works

a new treatment plant with a capacity of 250 MLD will be constructed utilizing the lands of the existing
treatment plant and thus there will be no scope of keeping the existing treatment plant in operation
by rehabilitation. A consulting firm has already started the preparation of feasibility study, detail
design and bidding document for 250 MLD Pagla STP. It may be reiterated that proposal for the phase
one investment plan of DSIP begins with deep thought, well planned, adequately supported treatment
process design and managed by an experienced team of engineers. The idea of phase one investment
Page | 24
plan is to develop a well-planned foundation for all future needs and exceeds goals set out in the 2012
sewerage master plan study. Under phase one investment plan, an estimated 20% of the capex will be
expanded to meet the long-term goals of existing Pagla treatment works to achieve long term goals.
The long-term goals refer to the following components of treatment works to be developed to meet
the ultimate population of 6 million in the year 2035. The probable sections of works that involve long
term needs are listed below:
i. Inlet works and lifting station

ii. Grit & Grease and Screen Chambers
iii. Distribution Chamber
iv. Anoxic Tanks
v. Aeration Tanks
vi. Final Clarifier
vii. Sludge Management
Inlet Works and Lifting Station
After a careful analysis based on reverse engineering, and by visual confirmation it is also to confirm
that the existing lifting station is not designed to cater for the phase one development scheme with a
capacity of 250MLD. Good practice in the design of lifting station especially, when, the incoming flow
exceeds 100,000m3/day or a population equals to one million the design of lift station to resort for a
dry well concept like Narinda pumping station. The importance of the dry well concept is to manage
the pumps much efficiently and to operate with low kilowatt rating. Similarly, to manage peak flow
conditions much precisely and in turns increases its efficiency by consuming less power to operate. A
technical proposal is presented below with options to peruse for efficient design.
The inlet works and lifting station is the most critical component in a given treatment plant especially
for the Pagla STP. This study proposes to maintain the existing lift station as ongoing measure and
recommends to construct a new lifting station with dry well concept under phase one investment plan
with the understanding that the civil & structural works constructed to cater for ultimate peak flow of
500,000m3/day and the mechanical and electrical works to cater for phase one proposal only and
provisioned to increase the number of pumps by each phased development.
Grit & Grease and Screen Chambers
The Grit & Grease chambers coupled with screen chamber is the simplest process to grasp as the main
function of the grit chamber is to trap sand, the grease chamber is to create an environment for the
grease to form into grease balls and the grease balls normally lighter compared to water as such it
floats and made easier to trap and removed from the influent. Finally, the screen chamber is designed
to screen trash and floating materials of 10 mm or grater in size.
Under the phase one investment plan the infrastructure for Grit & Grease and Screen chambers to be
constructed with an incremental capacity of 250,000m3/d. There are no mechanical components
involved for this section of grit and grease traps except for stainless steel baffle plates and scum
skimmers. For the screen chamber it is recommended to install two units of the mechanical screen
with a conveyor system for continues operations. The only important item to be paid attention is on
the collection of grit & grease and trash from these chambers with easy excess.
Page | 25
Distribution Chamber
Pagla STP will be operated by modular treatment concept and the distribution chamber is the only
way to equally distribute the influent. This distribution chamber will be constructed by a concrete
structure and the openings will be controlled by stop logs.
Anoxic Tanks
Under the new sewerage treatment design concepts, the primary treatment element is upgraded and
expected to function as anoxic tanks. Anoxic tanks are required to manage the nitrogen content in the
incoming raw sewage. Similarly, the retention time of the tanks can be increased to perform as dual
function as primary treatment and removal of ammonia.
Anoxic tank for phase one will be built in relations to each of the aeration tanks to ensure flow from
anoxic tank to the aeration tank flows smoothly. This concept is a breakthrough in the raw sewage
treatment system and the overall foot print for this process is reduced tremendously and helps to
keep the CAPEX low. An anoxic tank will be built to cater for one module and by doing so each
module’s performance can be monitored individually.
The anoxic tank is an oxygen depleted zone and normally the mixing is carried out by submersible
mixer. The retention time of an anoxic tank can be determined and the recycling from an aeration
tank helps ensure the required amount of nitrogen removed sufficiently. The main purpose of the
anoxic zone is to assist in the removal of Total Nitrogen (TN) as much as possible and Nitrogen in the
form of gaseous and ionic forms normally will be removed by the carbonic nitrogen remained in the
treatment process.
Aeration Tanks
Aeration tank is the heart of any treatment process, whereby the actual treatment process to
breakdown the raw sewage begins in the aeration tanks. The majority of the pollutants are treated
here with the help of a rich oxygen environment. Based on the five types of treatment plant analysed
and considered in the phase one investment plan: the facultative lagoon system is dropped out due to
land constrains.
The remainder of the four treatment processes are: a) Trickling Filter (TF), b) Extended Aeration (EA),
c) Sequential Batch Reactor (SBR) and d) Conventional Activated Sludge (CAS).
These four systems each representing attached growth method and suspended growth method. The
attached growth method is representing the Trickling Filter system and the other three (CAS, EA, SBR)
represent the suspended growth method which also complies with the requirement of the activated
sludge process. As such, these four-treatment process will be analysed and scrutinized to meet the
requirements set out in phase one investment plan.
Trickling Filter System
The trickling filter is an established biological treatment process (Figure 2-13) which is capable of
removing 65% to 85% of BOD and suspended solids. The process consists of a bed of highly permeable
medium. An overhead rotating distributor applies sewage to the media. The flow trickles over and
flows downward to the underdrain system. Trickling filter treatment process became the cheapest in
Page | 26
the commercial aspect and based on the land requirement this process can easily fit within the Pagla
STP land allotment. Currently, there are two types of treatment concept under the trickling filter
method and they are listed below in Table 2-9.
Table 2-9: Trickling Filter Treatment Process Parameters
Recirculation Rate
No Trickling Filter Depth (m) Organic loading
(Hour)
1 Low rate 1.2 – 1.8 0.08 – 0.32 nil
2 High rate 1.8 – 2.4 0.32 – 1.0 1-4
Both the low and high rate trickling filter systems designed to operate under a partially controlled
environment. The successes of the trickling filter treatment process are heavily dependent on the
supply of oxygen from surrounding air and the ability of air circulation within a system. As such we
explore the treatment concept in a wholesome manner.
Attached growth aerobic treatment processes resort to various arrangements of fixed surfaces, which
can support the growth of an active, aerobic biological mass. This biological mass encourages to grow
as a slime film on the fixed surface, with the depth of this plant is determined by the ability of the
sludge to absorb available oxygen from the surrounding air. In general, these attached growth systems
can be represented by the trickling filter process, which are circular tanks in which filter media is filled
either by specific arrangement or by random filling of filter media on top of the open plenum.
Similarly, there are square tanks also available and they are heavily related to the eco system. Then
the influent sewage is introduced at the top and allowed to trickle through the placed filter media. As
the biological mass absorbs the nutrients (BOD, Ammonia and Phosphorus) in the sewage and
eventually by a method of recycling the sewage a few times over; it becomes purified and finally exists
at the bottom. Influent sewage is pumped to the trickling filter by means of recirculation pumps,
which pump a mixed flow of primary treated effluent and tricking filter effluent, recirculated to
increase the treatment effectiveness. Over the time the bio mass attached to the filter media
becomes thicker and it eventually breaks off and sloughs off into the base and finally ends up at the
clarifier tank to become sludge and settled in the bottom of the tank. Refer to Figure 2-13 for the
trickling filter treatment process description.
Page | 27
Figure 2-13: Trickling Filter Process Flow Description
In general, the trickling filter is specifically designed based on both organic (BOD) and hydraulic
loading rate, which is used to calculate the volume of filter media required for a specific tank. Varying
media types and strengths may be used within a given filter to suit the design purpose, as the filter is
designed for several functions, carbonaceous BOD removal, and nitrification, water sloughing of
sludge and oxygen transfer. Budgetary cost for TF treatment process is provided in Appendix A and
drawings for the TF treatment process is provided in Appendix C.
Conventional Activated Sludge Process (CAS)
The conventional activated sludge process is the most widely used biological treatment process for
reducing the concentration of organic pollutants in wastewater.
A Conventional Activated Sludge (CAS) system include an aeration tank, which is used for biological
degradation, and a secondary clarifier (sedimentation tank), where the sludge is separated from the
treated wastewater. The first step of a CAS system is the aeration tank, where the wastewater is
mixed with air to activate micro-organisms. While digesting the wastewater, the organisms collide
Page | 28
with each other, forming larger particles called flocs, which have a larger capacity to degrade the
biological components of the wastewater. The aeration basin is followed by a secondary clarifier or
settling tank. During this step, micro-organisms with their adsorbed organic material are settled,
collected and treated separately in the sludge treatment process. Water from the clarifier is
transported to installations for disinfection and final discharge.
The schematic diagram of Conventional Activated Sludge process is indicated as below.
Figure 2-14: Conceptual Diagram of CAS
Technical characteristics of the process can be summarized as follows:

• The removal rate of organic matters is high and stable
• Clarity of treated effluent is high
• Compact design with effective land use
• Operation technique has been accumulated due to many experiences throughout the world
• Easiness of Upgrade to the advanced processes in the future
• Operating cost is relatively high compared to tricking filter and oxidation ditch.
Extended Aeration (EA) Process (Suspended Growth Method)
Extended Aeration treatment system works by providing ideal conditions for aerobic bacteria and
other micro-organisms; these micro-organisms then decompose the biological contaminants in the
raw sewage. The treatment plant provides the proper environment, enough oxygen and other
elements which allow the bacteria to consume the organic matter and to live and multiply within the
treatment plant. In this way the aerobic bacteria and microbes decompose the sewage and waste to a
stable form – odour and nuisance free.
The aeration chamber is the key part where 90% of the treatment occurs. This process operates under
the following theory: Waste in domestic wastewater is generally organic (biodegradable), which
means that aerobic microorganisms in the presence of oxygen can use the organic material as their
food source. In an extended aeration treatment system, air (29% oxygen) is introduced by blowers and
bacteria are grown to feed on incoming sewage. Bacteria in the aeration tank decompose the sewage
to form a suspended sludge.
A settling chamber (clarifier) is placed after the aeration chamber to allow the microorganisms that
are grown in the aeration chamber to settle by gravity, forming a sludge on the bottom of the clarifier.
Most of the microorganisms settle to the bottom of the settling chamber where they are then
Page | 29
pumped back to the head of the aeration chamber. The microorganisms then begin the cycle of
feeding on incoming organics in the wastewater. This material is known as return activated sludge
(RAS). The clear liquid at the top of the settling chamber (85-90% treated) will then usually flow to
a dosing pump station/ slow surface sand filter or polishing pond where further treatment is provided
(95%). The treated discharge is then disinfected with chlorine, and the chlorine is removed by
a dechlorination unit. Some facilities are now replacing chlorination/ dechlorination units
with ultraviolet forms of disinfection. Final discharge is normally to a stream with enough dilution to
safely assimilate the remaining 5% of the pollutants without measurable harm to the environment.
In the extended aeration process the raw sewage goes straight to the aeration tank for treatment. The
whole process is aerobic. This simplification implies longer aeration time which has earned for the
process the name "extended aeration". The BOD removal efficiency of the extended aeration process
is higher than the activated sludge process which makes it especially desirable to use where it is to be
followed by tertiary treatment for reuse.
Figure 2-15: Flow diagram of an Extended Aeration System
Sequencing Batch Reactor (SBR)
Sequencing Batch Reactors (SBR) system (Figure 2-17) is an activated sludge treatment system. This
activated sludge treatment system has a superior BOD removal rate of 85 – 95% by loading. This
activated sludge treatment system also produces high clarity of treated effluent. In this system,
sewage flows into one or more reactors where biological facultative and clarification process of
sewage take place within the same reactors with the concept of sequencing or on cyclical mode.
SBR is the most compact design proven to function and it is also known as an all-in-one process. There
are four (4) basic sequences in a cycle namely:
i. Fill Stage
ii. React (Aeration) Stage
iii. Settle Stage
Page | 30
iv. Decant Stage
Typically, all treatment actions (BOD removal) in the reactor occur at a different sequence of time. In
other words, the system is intermittently filled and intermittently decant. Typical SBR plants consist of
a minimum of (2) reactors in a plant. When one unit of the reactors are in the fill mode, the other
reactor(s) maybe in the stage of reacts, settles or decant. The recent development of the SBR system
leads to the emergence of variation in the operating sequence. Continuous fill and intermittently
decant is one of the variations in the system, where feeding into all reactors are continuous but the
other phases (fill, react, settle, decant) are run in sequence.
In the reaction stage, oxygen is supplied to the system shall be in accordance with the load to the
system within the time frame of the reaction cycle. This generally, requires higher oxygen capacity per
unit time than the continuously aerated system. For the sequencing of the reactors refer to Figure
2-16.
1HR 2HR 2HR 1/2HR 1HR 2HR 2HR 1/2HR 1HR 2HR 2HR 1/2HR 1HR2HR 2HR 1/2HR
FILL AERATE SETTLE DECANT FILL AERATE SETTLE DECANT FILL AERATE SETTLE DECANT FILL AERATE SETTLE DECANT
Figure 2-16: Sequencing Batch Reactor Stages in 24 Hour Operation
Suspended growth system function by sustaining a live aerobic, biological mass, referred to as
“activated sludge”, which than consumes the incoming nutrients (BOD, Ammonia, Phosphorous), in
the presence of oxygen. Thus, the supply of oxygen must be intermittently supplied at the aeration
stage and a recycle pump must install to maintain biological activity and process performance. The
consumption of these nutrients by the activated sludge creates additional sludge, which must then be
continuously removed as waste sludge in order to keep the activated sludge inventory at a constant
mass.
The complexity of operating activated sludge system is since the operator must intervene to control
the amount of biological mass (activated sludge) within the close tolerances. To manage this
condition, all SBR plants must install Programmable Logic Control (PLC) with complex instruction. In
general, activated sludge type of treatment system can produce high quality of treated effluent, they
also can be subject to upset either due to miss operation or due to the uncontrolled entry of
pollutants in the incoming sewage which can damage or kill the live biological mass. The activated
sludge must be operated within close parameters and when it does, the expected results are
excellent. Thus, the reliability of the process is largely dependent on the combination of
instrumentation and controls. The activated sludge treatment process creates excess sludge in the
system and must be wasted daily and this condition actually creates a very low quantity of (0.5 – 1%)
solids concentration. Budgetary cost for SBR treatment process is provided in Appendix B and
drawings for SBR treatment process is provided in Appendix D. Refer to Figure 2-17 for the trickling
filter treatment process description.
Page | 31
Figure 2-17: Sequencing Batch Reactor Process Flow Description
Clarifier Tanks (Secondary Sedimentation)
The secondary clarifier is the final treatment process whereby treated effluent from aeration tanks
flow directly to the clarifier tank for the purposes of suspended solids to settle downwards and the
clear water to rise and flow through baffle wall to the outlet chamber. This process separates water
and solids from treated sewage and completes the overall treatment process. The normal hydraulic
retention time for clarifiers set to 2-3 hours.
Since the heavier matters referring sludge and other suspended solids which settle down will be
extracted to the sludge holding lagoons for the aging process and pumped out to sludge lagoon for the
purposes of dewatering and finally disposal to land fill. Final clarifies forms a major part in the majority
of the treatment process and becomes a prerequisite in the trickling filter (TF) process. However, the
sequencing batch reactor (SBR) treatment process operates without the need for a secondary clarifier.
Refer to plat no 8 for the proposed SBR treatment system process flow for Pagla STP.
Page | 32
2.4.4 Associated Facilities
Disposal of vegetation, debris during construction and sludge of the existing lagoons
The area of Pagla treatment plant site is about 110 ha. For 250 MLD treatment plant, only 45-50 ha
land will be required for the attached/ suspended growth treatment process. For clearing the
construction sites, a considerable quantity of vegetation and debris will be generated. There will be
plenty of lands available for keeping that vegetation and debris temporarily. Finally, the DBO
contractor will dispose of off this vegetation, debris to private land as per their contractual
responsibilities. In addition to that, if sludge from the lagoons is necessary to remove, the contractor
may select a site inside the Pagla STP area where they can dump the sludge of the existing lagoons in
this area by cutting a pond and they may cover it by soil to avoid the bad smell from the sludge.
Sludge Management
Sludge management is a compulsory requirement in any given sewerage treatment plant. As such, this
requirement must be treated equally for all types of treatment processes. Sludge generated from
domestic sewerage is technically known as “Biomass” which a by-product from raw sewage treatment
process and sludge from on-site treatment is systems (IST) are required to receive appropriate
treatment at Pagla STP.
The sludge generation rate for IST treatment units is estimated by taking into consideration of non-
connected zones within the Pagla sewerage catchment and it is also widely expected to serve
southern peripheral areas outside the city limits of Dhaka. Sludge generation rates are measured by a
cubic meter (m3) and currently the volume is dependent on the rate of collection and transportation
to the Pagla STP.
Under phase one investment plan activities pertaining to sludge management is divided into two
major sectors and they are listed below:
i. Management and disposal of sludge at Pagla STP.

ii. Development of sludge reception station.
Management and Disposal of Sludge at Pagla STP
Sludge management forms an integral part of any sizable treatment plant and for major plants such as
Pagla STP is a concern the generated sludge volume expected to be large and the treatment process
may get very complicated. The concept of sludge generations well discussed in the earlier sections and
in this section, concentration will be focused on the treatment and disposal component.
Development of Sludge Reception Station
A new sludge reception station is planned and expected to be developed under phase one investment
plan to receive sludge generated by on site systems (IST) within the Pagla sewerage catchment. This
station will be equipped by sludge reception points to directly receive the imported sludge (tankered
sludge). This station will function as the tanker parking, unloading and service centre for all the
imported sludge without hindering the daily activity of Pagla STP. Refer to Figure 2-18 for process flow
of imported sludge at Pagla STP.
Page | 33
Incomming Raw
Sewage
Sludge
Imported Sludge Mixed With Raw
Reception
Sludge Point Screen Center Sewage at Wet Well
Full Scope Treatment

(Pagla STP)
Sludge Lagoon
Sand Drying Bed
Land fill / Other Us e
Figure 2-18: Proposed Imported Sludge Management Process flow
Imported sludge will be screened for the impurities and allowed to mix in the wet well of the lifting
station and continue to flow combined with incoming raw sewage. In reality this process is simple and
has a less environmental effect and reduces the odour problem at Pagla STP. A sample of sludge
reception point and an aerial view of tanker unloading are presented under Figure 2-19 and Figure
2-20 respectively.
Figure 2-19: Sample of Imported Sludge Reception Point
Figure 2-20: Sample of Sludge Tanker & Reception point
Page | 34
Development of Sludge Treatment Facility for Proposed 250MLD STP
Sludge volume generated by the 250MLD flow rate is expected to be significant (1,500 Ton/day) and
conventional treatment process may not be sufficient and comprehensive sludge management
required to be developed as part and parcel of the phase one investment plan. Refer to Table 2-10 for
the sludge generation.
It is estimated that, combined sludge generation is totalling to 1,635 Ton/day. Therefore, raw sewage
treatment capacities seriously require DWASA’s attention to the treating and disposal of dry sludge.
The best technology in handling large amounts of surplus sludge in any given system is to utilize them
as fuel for the generation of power and serious consideration is required on the concept of the
capturing of bio-gas from the generated sludge. Sludge content and its characteristic differ based on
the region and especially the usage of toilet papers and other chemicals as a cleaning agent. As such,
the information provided below in Table 2-10 is heavily dependent on the content of sludge in the
greater city of Dhaka. The sludge management strategy will be finalized after the feasibility study.
Table 2-10: Phase One Sludge Generation Rates for Pagla Sewerage Catchment
Sludge Solid Bio-Solid by

Sl. Flow Sludge
Treatment Type generation content Weight
No. m3/day factor
(m3/day) (%) (Ton/day)
1 On-Site System (IST) 45,000 0.12 5,400 2.5 135
Suspended Growth
2 250,000 0.4 100,000 1.5 1,500
Method
295,000 1,635
Source: Malaysian Sewerage Guideline Vol IV
2.4.5 Resource Requirements

Man power requirements during construction, the location of the construction camps, facilities to be
provided in the construction camps etc. will be proposed by the feasibility study consultant. In
addition to that the DBO contractor will finally estimate the requirements of manpower, the location
of the construction camps, facilities to be provided in the construction camps etc.
Estimates on material requirement such as soils for raising of the STP site above the flood levels,
sources of these materials will be estimated by the feasibility study consultant. The feasibility study
consultant will also consider the environmental and social safeguard issues during the preparation of
the estimates.
2.4.6 O&M of STP Facilities

Description of the STP facilities, routine operation and maintenance, manpower requirements,
chemicals stored and used, sludge to be disposed of etc. will be decided by the feasibility study
consultant. However, the DBO contractor will prepare an O&M manual for the smooth operation of
the treatment plan. The sores for chemicals, if needed will be included in the bidding documents by
the feasibility consultant. Manpower for O&M of the plant will be reflected in the feasibility study
report. The sludge treatment process will be proposed by the feasibility study consultant and will be
implemented by the DBO contractor. The procedure for sludge disposal will be included in the O&M
manual. The whole operation process should be controlled by using a SCADA system.
Page | 35
2.5 Description of Proposed Trunk Main Works
2.5.1 Background
The scope of work for the EIA consultant has been limited to the conceptual ideas only, bearing in
mind that a separate consultant has already been engaged by DWASA to carry out the feasibility study
and outline design of the entire Dhaka Sanitation Improvement Project (DSIP), which included the
Sewage Treatment Plant, trunk mains and Collection System.
Furthermore, it is difficult to ascertain the cost comparison of different options in detail at this stage.
This is because the rates of the component of works and activities involved will depend on many
variable factors which could not be determined at this stage. This include lack of available technology
locally, and the wide range of technologies available outside the country, which could be viably
imported later when the actual construction contract commences after finalizing of the tender
document by the feasibility consultant.
In conducting the EIA, it is necessary to assess the technical feasibility of micro tunnelling and to
compare the advantages and disadvantages of the micro-tunnelling option compared with open
excavation. Several site visits were conducted for identifying likely potential alignments for both the
micro tunnel and open excavation options and assessing the respective technical advantages and
disadvantages.
2.5.2 Proposed Eastern Trunk Main
2.5.2.1 Proposed Alignment of Eastern Trunk Main at Present Considered in this EIA Study
There is a need to decide whether to rehabilitate and use existing trunks mains or to introduce new
trunks mains. Using and rehabilitating existing pipes would mean using existing alignments. It would
seem at first thought that rehabilitating and using the existing mains offers numerous advantages:
(i) No need to install new tunnels, or an only minimum amount if required,

(ii) Minimal reconnection works to collection pipes required,
(iii) Minimal earthworks removal works involved.
Despite all the seeming advantages, it is important to ask, in the first place, whether it is possible in
reality to rehabilitate the exiting mains. Rehabilitating the existing mains will fundamentally involve
the following issues:
Accessing the mains, repairing damages and cleaning the inside of the mains. Where the mains are
damaged beyond repair, or its size is inadequate, rehabilitating would mean breaking up, removing
and replacing parts of the existing mains with new ones. An established technique, called pipe-
bursting may be applied. However, all this will mean stopping current sewage flow inside the existing
pipe. In many, if not all situations, throughout the routes of the mains, this procedure would be
impossible to implement. There is no way any temporary alternative route for sewage flow can be
created. Hence, there is no choice but to conclude from the very beginning that it is not possible to
rehabilitate and re-use the existing mains. This automatically means that a new trunk main, along the
existing routes, or otherwise, must be introduced and used. This issue is supported by Figure 2-21.
Page | 36
Figure 2-21: Densely built community with overloaded sewage collection networks render the stoppage or diversion of
sewage flow to accommodate rehabilitation or repair works of existing mains impossible to implement. The obvious
solution is to build new trunk mains
To avoid clashing with existing services and achieve uninterrupted flow by gravity, as much as
possible, the new trunk mains shall be located in the ground space below all existing services. Micro-
tunnelling technology is thus the preferred technology in most of the areas, if feasible. If it is
necessary that it would be difficult to continue the micro tunnelling method, in that case open
excavation can be adopted by introducing lifting stations.
However, micro tunnelling with total gravity flow throughout most of the length of the sewer pipe can
offer many advantages. One pumping station will still be required at the end of the tunnel just prior to
arriving at the treatment plant, which is normally on the ground surface. In the case of green-field
development, where all collection sewerage networks are pre-planned, this arrangement may be a
logical solution. However, in the case of a built city like Dhaka, compounded with congestion of buried
services above the tunnels, the interconnection between existing sewer networks and the new trunks
may pose major obstruction which could be impossible to overcome.
The EIA consultant is proposing the alignment of the eastern trunk main following most of the existing
stretches. The proposed route of trunk main is presented in Figure 2-22. The reach can be divided into
the following segments as shown in Table 2-11.
Page | 37
Figure 2-22: Proposed Alignment of the Eastern Trunk Main
Table 2-11: Different reaches of the proposed eastern trunk main
Segments Location Length (m)
Section 1-2 Madhubagh – DIT Road 750

Section 2-3 DIT Road – Moulovirtek 1,000
Section 3-4 Moulovirtek – South Mugdapara 3,500
Section 4-5 South Mugdapara – Golapbagh 1,350
Section 5-6 Golapbagh – Mir Hazaribagh 1,700
Section 6-7 Mir Hazaribagh – North Jurain 1,200
Section 7-8 North Jurain – Pagla STP 3,023
Narinda SPS to Eastern Trunk Main 635
Total 13,158
Page | 38
2.5.3 Proposed Western Trunk Main
2.5.3.1 Proposed Alignment of Western Trunk Main at Present Considered in this EIA
Study
The western trunk main starts from Nilkhet and ends at Narida pump station. Approximately 200m
upstream of Narinda SPS, the main is connected to south-western trunk sewer from Nawabganj–
Narinda. The combined sewage of these two sewers is conveyed to Narinda central pumping station.
There are five sewage lift pumping stations (SLS) associated with the proposed western trunk main.
These lift stations collect wastewater from the related catchments and deliver to this trunk sewer
which transports the sewage by gravity to the Narinda central pumping station. The proposed trunk
main passes along the Nilkhet road-Suhrawardy Uddyan-IEB-Matsya Bhaban-Press Club-Topkhana
road-Motijheel Road (Shapla Chattar)- Hatkhola road-Narinda. The 6km reach of the proposed
western trunk main can be divided into few segments as shown in Table 2-12. The reaches are shown
in a map in Figure 2-23.
Table 2-12: Different reaches of proposed western trunk main
Segments Location Length (m)
Section 1-2 Nilkhet road-Suhrawardy Uddyan 968

Section 2-3 Suhrawardy Uddyan-IEB 762
Section 3-4 IEB-Matsya Bhaban 308
Section 4-5* Matsya Bhaban-Press Club 435
Section 5-6* Press Club-Topkhana road-Motijheel 1,792
Road (Shapla Chattar)
Section 6-7 Motijheel Road (Shapla Chattar)- 679
Hatkhola road
Section 7-8 Hatkhola road-Narinda 1,069
Total 6,013
* Regarding section 4-5 & section 5-6, please see the note provided under section 2.5.3.2
Page | 39
Figure 2-23: Proposed Western Trunk Main
2.5.3.2 MRT Suggestion Regarding Western Trunk Main Alignment
It may be mentioned here that during discussion with Additional Project Director (Civil) of Dhaka Mass
Rapid Transit Development Project, he informed the EIA consultant that although it appears that there
are some spaces left along the route of metro rail but after certain distances there will be two metro
rail stations which will occupy almost all the space and it would be a massive structure with extensive
pilling. He opined that under such circumstances it would not be wise to construct the western trunk
main following open trench or micro tunnelling method, in the road section from Matshya Bhaban to
Shapla Chattar. Thus in sections 4-5 and 5-6 of Table 2-12, may need to be dropped and the existing
route of the trunk main from Matshya Bhaban- Bijoy Nagar-Fakirapool-Shapla Chattar to be followed.
However, the feasibility study consultant shall examine the issues in detail and make their
recommendations considering all options.
These proposals have been summarized in Figure 2-24.
Page | 40
Figure 2-24: Schematic diagram of the sewerage system under Pagla catchment by micro tunnelling approach
Page | 41
2.5.4 Construction Methodology for Trunk Mains

There are two options for construction of the Trunk Mains. The trunk may be constructed by open
excavation (OE) or by micro-tunnelling (MT).
Open Excavation (OE)
Open cut trench excavation is the traditional and most popular method for lateral sewer construction,
repair, or replacement. Open cut trench excavation consists of excavating a trench for the manual
installation of each piece of pipe. The open cut trench method (Figure 2-25) involves excavating down
to and exposing the existing pipe so that it can be repaired or replaced and then backfilled. If the open
cut trench excavation is located in a non‐pavement area the excavation can be backfilled with soil and
surface vegetation restored by seed or sod. When the open cut trench excavation is located under
pavement the existing pavement must be saw cut and removed, the excavation filled with granular
backfill (compacted stone or sand to prevent settlement), and the pavement must be replaced and
the end of the pipe repair or replacement.
Figure 2-25: Sewer pipe installation by open excavation method (a typical picture)
Micro Tunnelling (MT)
Micro tunnelling (Figure 2-26) is an effective method of installing pipelines beneath highways,
railroads, runways, harbours, rivers, and environmentally sensitive areas where a maze of
underground utility lines already exist. Micro tunnelling is a digging process that uses a remotely
controlled micro tunnel boring machine (MTBM) combined with the pipe jack-and-bore method to
directly install pipes underground in a single pass. This process avoids the need to have a long stretch
of an open trench for pipe-laying. Where excavated material, at the tunnel face, is mixed with
bentonite and other lubrication fluids to create a slurry. The pressure at the cutting face is balanced
with earth removal, groundwater head, and propulsion of the tunnel support without manned entry.
Excavated material which is captured in the slurry is pumped to the surface and separated.
Environmentally sensitive areas such as wetlands and streams can be bypassed underground with this
method. In areas affected by soil or groundwater contamination, a low degree of excavation resulting
Page | 42
from the use of micro-tunnelling methods as compared to cut and cover trenching methods, also
reduces public and worker exposure to potential contaminants. In addition, in congested urban areas,
micro-tunnelling construction methods can save time compared to traditional cut-and-cover
construction methods, and they can also facilitate construction in areas where cut-and-cover
trenching may not be practical. A schematic diagram of micro-tunnelling is presented in Figure 2-26,
shows the relative advantage of micro-tunnelling against open excavation method for laying pipelines
in a highly congested urban setting.
While other trenchless methods may be suitable for many crossings, certain crossings necessitate the
use of an MTBM to safely and reliably complete the installation. Some project conditions that may
warrant the use of an MTBM include those with:
i. Limited/ no ability to effectively dewater tunnel area in high groundwater areas

ii. Dewatering in areas with high conductivity and/or non-cohesive soils near roadways or
railroads – subsidence or heave is critical
iii. Gravity sewer with critical line and grade and minimal allowance for variation
iv. Tunnel installations with varying subsurface conditions
Figure 2-26: Schematic diagram of micro-tunnelling

(source: Japan Micro-Tunnelling Association (http: //www.suisinkyo.or.jp/)
2.5.5 Observations during Site Inspection
Question 1. Using and Rehabilitating Existing Mains of Introducing New Ones?
Firstly, there is a need to decide whether to rehabilitate and use existing trunks mains or to introduce
new trunks mains. Using and rehabilitating existing pipes would mean using existing alignments. It
would seem at first thought that rehabilitating and using the existing mains offers numerous
advantages:
i. No need to install new tunnels, or an only minimum amount if required,

ii. Minimal reconnection works to collection pipes required,
iii. Minimal earthworks removal works involved.
Page | 43
In spite of all the seeming advantages, it is important to ask, in the first place, whether it is possible to
rehabilitate the exiting mains. Rehabilitating the existing mains will fundamentally involve the
following issues:
Accessing the mains, repairing damages and cleaning the inside of the mains. Where the mains are
damaged beyond repair, or its size is inadequate, rehabilitating would mean breaking up, removing
and replacing parts of the existing mains with new ones. An established technique, called pipe-
bursting may be applied. However, all this will mean stopping current sewage flow inside the existing
pipe. In many, if not all situations, throughout the routes of the mains, this procedure would be
impossible to implement. There is no way any temporary alternative route for sewage flow can be
created. Hence, there is no choice but to conclude from the very beginning that it is not possible to
rehabilitate and re-use the existing mains. This automatically means that a new trunk main, along the
existing routes, or otherwise, must be introduced and used.
Question 2 – Open Excavation or Micro-tunnelling?
Now that it has been decided to introduce a new pipe main, as opposed to rehabilitating and re-using
existing ones, it needs to decide the method of installing or laying (pacing) this new pipe main. Two
options are available, namely by open excavation and micro-tunnelling. Before the comparison of
advantages and disadvantages of these two techniques, the basics of these two technologies need to
be appreciated.
Open Excavation
For green-field projects and under normal circumstances, laying of pipes, such as sewer pipes, water
supply pipes, or pipes for any other services, open excavation method would normally prove to be
most economical. Greenfield here means first time installation as opposed to rehabilitation, and
where obstructions, such as other pipes or service lines are non-existence or minimal. Normal
circumstances here would imply depths of pipes are reasonably shallow to make open excavation
practicable, say within a limit of 5 or 6 metres. It would also imply ground surface conditions are
reasonable accessible and space for excavation be made and left open for a reasonable period needed
to lay the pipes are available. Routes for carting away of excavated soil material, or space for placing
of excavated soil material temporarily for re-use as backfill are also available.
Under these idealistic conditions, open excavation will require simple, easily available multi-purpose
machines such as excavator or backhoe, trucks and a lot of unskilled labour. Practically, this method of
construction can be carried out by any reasonably qualified contractor in any location, particularly
suitable for a developing country like Bangladesh.
However, the case for this particular project, i.e. laying of pipes to replace existing buried sewer pipes
in the middle of Dhaka City crowded with a total population of about 18 million people, under narrow
roads with crowds of pedestrians and all kinds of motorized and non-motorized vehicles (automobiles,
trucks, tut-tut, trishaws), within an underground space which is also congested with existing sewer
pipes, drainage pipes, and pipes for other services, is nowhere a green-field or normal.
Figure 2-27 to Figure 2-29, illustrates the field condition for assessing the viability of open excavation
along with the trunk mains.
Page | 44
For this project, open excavation would be rendered extremely difficult, if at all possible, for the
following reasons:
a) There is a lack of air space on the road to accommodate the movement of the congested
traffic together with the space required for excavation works. There will be a necessary need
for the closing of the roads to traffic during excavation activities, and when left open prior to
laying of the new pipes. Although theoretically it might be possible to carry out excavation
and pipe laying in short stretches and provide traffic diversion at the beginning and end of the
excavation stretches, this would be extremely challenging due to the fact that other parallel
roads needed for traffic diversion are equally congested.
b) Carrying out the excavation for pipe laying during the night is also not meaningfully helpful, as
most of these routes accommodate traffic 24 hours a day.
c) Due to lack of space and hydraulic needs, the new pipes that are to be laid by open excavation
need to be positioned almost certainly in all cases above existing services. There are not
enough depth above existing buried services to allow for space for the new pipes. Even if
there are stretches where the new pipes may be laid at reasonably shallow depths without
trespassing existing services, such low depths are most unlikely to fulfil hydraulic
requirements to enable gravity flow of the waste-water. With these considerations, open
excavation will have to overcome crossing existing pipes and service lines underground. This is
literally impossible as the underground space is filled with sewer and drainage pipes and other
services that can hardly accommodate interruption to its function.
d) Part of the excavated earth is needed to be used as backfill above the pipes after placing the
pipes, and this needs to be temporarily heaped near to the works during the construction
work prior to laying of the pipes. There is very limited space available for this purpose.
e) Excess excavated materials due to the replacement by the pipes will have to be carted away
from the site. This will need a large number of trucks and can only be carried out during
limited hours so as to minimize obstruction to traffic flow.
Page | 45
Figure 2-27: Open excavation for laying of new pipes is unlikely viable option due to confined road space and traffic
congestion, as well as obstruction due to the existence of many buried services below the road
Figure 2-28: Open drain entering box culvert mixed sewers with stormwater. The box culvert occupied substantial width of
the road, making open excavation to reach the new proposed trunk mains below an arduous task
As noted earlier, the confined space above existing roads, traffic congestions and restricted space and
obstruction to excavation by existing pipes and services underground, render open excavation
impossible for pipe routes along the road. However, open excavation remains an economical
alternative across green-field stretches such as across open parks and university grounds.
Page | 46
Figure 2-29: Open excavation for laying pipes shall be limited to crossing green-filed stretches such across this park and the
university ground
2.5.6 Choice of Method of Trunk Main Construction under DSIP
To avoid clashing with existing services and achieve uninterrupted flow by gravity, as much as
possible, the new trunk mains shall be in the ground space below all existing services. Micro-
tunnelling technology is thus the preferred technology in most of the areas which are not green-fields.
Adopting micro tunnels with total gravity flow throughout most of the length of the sewer pipe can
offer many advantages. However, pumping station will still be required at the end of the tunnel, the
locations where micro tunnelling cannot be applied and just prior to arriving at the treatment plant. In
the case of a built city like Dhaka, compounded with congestion of buried services above the tunnels,
the interconnection between existing sewer networks and the new trunks may pose major obstruction
which could be impossible to overcome.
Geotechnical Conditions
The soil conditions surrounding the proposed tunnel location will have a major impact on the ease and
practicality of tunnelling and the actual method of tunnel excavation. Fortunately, the Soil
Investigation data indicated that the ground is generally made up of an upper layer of loose silty find
sand and clay down to depths ranging from about 7 to 10 metres. This is then underlain by a layer of
dense silt with some sand. Every borehole consistently indicates that this layer of silt becomes
increasingly dense with depth, with SPT N-values approaching or exceeding 30 at depths of 18m. Most
boreholes were terminated at 18m depth, with no rock layer encountered.
This soil profile, as revealed by the boreholes, indicate that the use of “deep” micro-tunnels is
especially suitable. Generally, most types of excavation of the tunnel face may be used under these
ground conditions, especially for the smaller diameter pipes. Choice of the right methods would
depend more on the unit price of excavation (related to the cost of machines). However, special care
must be taken when using open face excavation methods for larger diameter tunnels in the shallower
depths due to the looser nature of the soil, which can cause ground movement and hence surface
settlement problems. For the larger diameter tunnels, especially at lower depths where the soil is
Page | 47
denser, the possibility of using manual excavation may be considered due to lower cost of labour.
However, further investigation must consider the time constraints and rate (speed) of excavation
required in order to meet any datelines specified, if applicable.
As the trenchless method is being considered here, no or minimal amount of backfilling work would
be required. Hence the use of slurry in the excavation work may also be considered, if this proves
appropriate, as the much disturbed and remoulded excavated soil will not be re-used.
Interconnection with collection pipelines
There remains another universal problem that needs to be attended to irrespective of whether open
excavation or tunnelling method is adopted. This is the interconnection between the collection pipes,
directly or through common manholes or sumps, and the new trunk mains.
a) In relation to this, the first problem is the determination of the locations of existing collection
sumps which have been buried by new construction such as new road surfaces.
b) Secondly, how to integrate the last collection pipes, or the last manholes, with the new trunk
mains.
c) Thirdly, how to carry out the construction of the integration without disrupting the
performance of the existing collection networks, namely without stopping the flow of sewage
within the existing system.
Based on the above deliberations, it may be concluded that micro tunnels within 7-13m depths are
unlikely to cost significantly more than shallow tunnels with depths ranging between 7-10m. The
subsoil conditions, being made up of silty clay and fine sands increasingly dense with depth, would not
call for the need of different tunnel excavation methods for different depths.
Although there are existing pumping or lifting stations along the existing sewer pipe routes, the gains
that can be benefited by using these existing stations for shallow tunnels with the lifting of sewage as
compared to full gravity flow deep tunnels are subject to question. For example, new connections
pipe between the new tunnel (deep or shallow) and the existing pumping wells are still needed. In the
case where micro tunnels are adopted, these lifting wells may still be useful for maintenance
manholes, and not wasted or need to be duplicated.
However, the deep tunnels system offers a distinct advantage over the shallow tunnels as there will
be reduced operation and maintenance cost of pumping. Space currently used for housing the
pumping stations (Figure 2-30) can be used for general operation maintenance or for any other
purpose.
Proposed Alignment of Micro-Tunnels
At this stage, it is not possible to indicate exactly the proposed trunk alignment, as the design and
selection of alignment need to be done by the expert of the feasibility study team and subsequently
by the design engineers of DB/DBO contractor. To finalize the alignment, detailed attention to be
given to existing pipe alignments, locations of existing manholes and existing sumps, and surrounding
ground conditions including positions of existing services.
Page | 48
General Anticipated Alignment
a. At this stage, however, as a rule, the new alignment should follow as closely as the existing
alignment.
b. Position of manholes should generally coincide with the positions of Vertical Shaft used for
the construction of the trunk mains. This is to minimize the number of vertical shaft
excavations for the construction of the tunnels and manholes as well as to optimize the use of
available space above the existing roads.
c. The positions of sequential vertical shafts must be located on opposite sides of the roads
wherever possible to allow for the tunnels to crisscross underneath the road, hence ensuring
that the tunnels remain well within the road reserves.
d. The positions of the vertical shaft, which will later be used as manholes or sumps, shall be
located as near as possible to existing sumps or collection manholes so that existing collection
networks could be connected to the new main trucks with minimal obstructions and least
distance.
e. At the EIA stage, details of connections between existing collection network with new trunk
mains cannot be presented, as more investigation and information is required related to the
existing locations and conditions of existing collection network system, which to be done by
the expert of feasibility study team and subsequently by the design engineers of DB/DBO
contractor.
Figure 2-30: Using deep tunnels can reduce the need for lifting or pumping stations like this, which can be used as
maintenance manholes for other purposes
2.5.6.1 Proposed Method of Construction of Eastern Trunk Main
Eastern Trunk Main route follows and lies under the very congested road. It is impossible to carry out
open excavation because of the heavy 24-hour traffic on the roads, construction of the tunnels must
be carried out in short stretches. When a section is under construction the resulting confined space
(narrow road width) only very light traffic can pass through such as pedestrian and small rickshaws in
Page | 49
a single row. In more constructed sections, a detour may be necessary. To make this practicable, it can
only be carried out at night, and almost impossible to be carried out during the day. Hence time
required for the construction will be unnecessarily long, and because of the short stretches,
construction will be very inefficient and costly. Therefore, the eastern trunk main is proposed to be
constructed by micro-tunnelling technology in most of the stretches. This will allow lesser traffic
disruption and will avoid interference with utility lines which are located at shallower depth compared
to the tunnel depth.
According to Good Practices in many countries, the maximum distance between manholes for
construction and removal of excavated materials is between 80 to 100m, or shorter, where there are
important junctions for incoming pipes or where the main trunks have to bend sharply due to the
alignment of the roads above under which the main trunk route follows.
Size of vertical shafts required for construction should be minimized as much as possible. This will
depend on the size and length of sections of pipes to be jacked underground into positions. The
lengths of sections, however, will affect the speed of construction; the longer the section, the smaller
the vertical shaft diameter required. However, the diameter of the pipes (tunnels) themselves is fixed,
as dictated by the requirement for the volume of the sewage flowing at the location concerned. As the
largest diameter of pipes is 2.0m, then a vertical shaft of about 3.5m or 4.0m may be possible at
locations with these 2.0m diameter tunnels.
The proposed method of construction is illustrated in Figure 2-31 to Figure 2-34.
Figure 2-31: Drive Shaft with lifting facilities and equipment
Page | 50
Figure 2-32: Drive Shaft with lifting facilities and equipment
Figure 2-33: The receiving shaft can be much smaller, required to accommodate the size of incoming pipes
Page | 51
Figure 2-34: A bigger shaft needed for bigger pipes
2.5.6.2 Proposed Method of Construction of Western Trunk Main
The western trunk main starts from Nilkhet and ends at Narida pump station. Approximately 200m
upstream of Narinda SPS, the trunk main is connected to south-western trunk sewer coming from
Nawabganj to Narinda. The combined sewage of these two trunks sewers is conveyed to Narinda
central pumping station. The reach can be divided into the following segments as shown in Table 2-12.
Alignment of the western trunk main showing different section is shown in Figure 2-23 and further
described below.
Western Trunk Main (Section 1-2): The

trunk main starts from the proposed
Nilkhet SLS and passes along the 25m
wide Nilkhet road through Dhaka
university area (Figure 2-35). Student
residential halls and staff quarters are
located on both sides of the road. Traffic
movement along the road is moderate.
The trunk main along the road could be
installed by open excavation with any
major disruption to the traffic. The utility Figure 2-35: Nilkhet road through Dhaka University
Page | 52
lines underground may also be relocated without a major problem. However, a Flyover is planned to
be constructed along the route Bangla Motor – Nilkhet crossing – Mayor Hanif Fly over. There is a
major water transmission valve chamber at the middle of the Nilkhet crossing. The open excavation
plan should be made carefully to avoid these physical constraints.
Western Trunk Main (Section 2-3): The trunk main segment will pass through Suhrawardy Udyan up
to IEB. The area is an open park space green-field area (Figure 2-36) which under normal
circumstances, laying of pipes, such as sewer pipes, open excavation method would normally prove to
be most economical. Therefore, this segment of the western main can be laid by open excavation.
However, care should be taken while open excavation would pass nearby the ‘Shadhinata Stombho’,
which is a national monument.
Figure 2-36: Suhrawardy Udyan
Western Trunk Main (Section 3-4 and Section 4-5): This Segment of the trunk main will pass under a
very busy 30m 6-lane road (Figure 2-37 and Figure 2-38). There are underground utilities. The best
method for laying trunk main along the routes would be micro-tunnelling to avoid disruption to the
daily traffic and utility lines underneath the road.
Page | 53
Figure 2-37: IEB-Matsya Bhaban road
Figure 2-38: IEB to Press Club road
Western Trunk Main (Section 5-6): The western trunk main is proposed to take the route from press
club to Motijheel Shapla Chattar via Topkhana and Motijheel road. The road (Figure 2-39) remains
heavily congested by daily traffic. Moreover, the proposed Metro Rail route lies along this segment
along with lots of underground utilities. Therefore, it would be impossible to lay the trunk main along
this segment without major disruption to the traffic, Metro Rail construction and the underground
utilities. Hence, it becomes necessary to go for micro-tunnelling along this segment. Careful planning
should be undertaken in consultation with the Dhaka Transport Coordination Authority (DTCA)
(executing agency for the Metro Rail Project) to avoid the location of the piers and piles to be
constructed for the Metro Rail.
Page | 54
Figure 2-39: Topkhana-Motijheel Road
Western Trunk Main (Section 6-7 and Section 7-8): This segment of the proposed trunk main passes
along the Motijheel road-Hatkhola road up to Narinda pumping station. The roads are heavily
congested with daily traffic with major underground utilities. The preferred technology for laying the
trunk main is micro-tunnelling for avoiding disruption of traffic and need for major re-location of
underground utility lines.
2.5.7 Resource Requirements During Construction

Man power requirements during construction, the location of the construction camps, facilities to be
provided in the construction camps etc. will be proposed by the feasibility study consultant. In
addition to that the DBO contractor will finally estimate the requirements of manpower, the location
of the construction camps, facilities to be provided in the construction camps etc.
Estimates on material requirement such as sewer pipes, its appurtenances, cement, reinforcement
bars, sand, gravels in the form of crushed stones, stone chips, bricks, different types of admixtures etc.
will be needed. Feasibility study consultant will detail the requirement of the trunk mains material.
However, the DBO contractor will finalize the requirement of materials according to their design.
2.5.8 O&M of Trunk Mains

Description about the Trunk Mains, routine operation and maintenance, manpower requirements,
sludge to be disposed of etc. will be decided by the feasibility study consultant. However, the DBO
contractor will prepare an O&M manual for the smooth operation of the trunk mains. Manpower for
O&M of the trunk mains will be reflected in the feasibility study report. The procedure for sludge
disposal from the trunk mains will be included in the O&M manual.
2.6 Construction Schedule

The work plan and activity schedule are a part of the feasibility study report. After conducting the
feasibility study, the consultant will incorporate the work plan and activity schedule considering the
volume and extent of works to be executed and other technicalities. In this respect, a consultant has
been engaged by the employer to conduct a feasibility study, outline design and preparation of
bidding documents in the form of DBO contract.
Page | 55
Chapter 3: Policies, Legislative and

Regulatory Framework
Page | 56
3 POLICIES, LEGISLATIVE AND REGULATORY FRAMEWORK
3.1 Applicable World Bank Environmental Safeguard Policies

The World Bank safeguard policies address the risks and negative environmental and social effects
that might arise as a result of projects funded by the Bank. The World Bank relevant safeguard policies
and their objectives are summarized in Table 3-1.
Table 3-1: World Bank Policies Relevant to DSIP
OP/ BP Safeguard Policy Brief
4.01 Environmental The policy supports ensuring that the Bank financed projects are
Assessment (EA) environmentally and socially sound and sustainable. It also ensures that
potentially affected people have been properly consulted. It helps to
integrate the environmental and social aspects of the projects in the
decision-making process.
The environmental assessment (EA) under this policy is a process which

considers the natural environment (air, water, and land); human health
and safety; social aspects (involuntary resettlement, vulnerable peoples,
and cultural and archaeological property) and transboundary and global
environmental aspects.
The Bank Operational Policy 4.01 requires that the EIA report must be
disclosed as a separate and standalone document by the Borrower and the
Bank as a condition for bank appraisal. The disclosure should be both in
Bangladesh and at the Info-shop of the World Bank.
The policy also calls for the Project to be environmentally screened to

determine the extent and type of the EA process required. In this regard,
the World Bank system assigns a project to one of three project categories,
as defined below:
Category A – Projects with potentially significant adverse social or

environmental impacts which are diverse, irreversible or unprecedented;
Category B – Projects with potential limited adverse social or

environmental impacts that are few, generally site-specific, largely
reversible and readily addressed through mitigation measures;
Category C – Projects with minimal or no social or environmental impacts.
4.04 Natural Habitats The policy helps environmentally sustainable development by supporting
the protection, conservation, maintenance and rehabilitation of natural
habitats and their functions.
Natural habitats are land and water areas where (i) the ecosystems
biological communities are formed largely by native plant and animal
species, and (ii) human activity has not essentially modified the areas
primary ecological functions. All-natural habitats have important biological,
Page | 57
social, economic, and existence value.
The bank recognizes that any activities that adversely impact these
ecosystems must have a successful mitigation plan to maintain the overall
balance and integrity of the ecosystems impacted.
4.09 Pest The policy aims to minimize and manage the environmental and health
Management risks associate with pesticide use and promote pest management.
In appraising a project that will involve pest management, the Bank

assesses the capacity of the country's regulatory framework and
institutions to promote and support safe, effective, and environmentally
sound pest management.
4.11 Physical Cultural When the project is likely to have adverse impacts of physical cultural
Resources resources, the policy helps to address the issue to identify appropriate
measures for avoiding or mitigating these impacts as part of the EA
process.
The borrower addresses impact on physical cultural resources in projects

proposed for Bank financing, as an integral part of the environmental
assessment (EA) process. When the project is likely to have adverse
impacts on physical cultural resources, the borrower identifies appropriate
measures for avoiding or mitigating these impacts as part of the EA
process.
4.12 Involuntary The objective of the Involuntary Resettlement Operation Policy is to avoid,
Settlement where feasible, or minimize, while exploring all viable alternative project
designs, displacement and having to resettle people.
The policy covers direct economic and social impacts that result from Bank-
assisted investment projects, and are caused by (a) the involuntary taking
of land resulting in (i) relocation or loss of shelter; (ii) loss of assets or
access to assets, or (iii) loss of income sources or means of livelihood,
whether or not the affected persons must move to another location; or (b)
the involuntary restriction of access to legally designated parks and
protected areas resulting in adverse impacts on the livelihoods of the
displaced persons. For project activities that impact people and livelihoods
in this way, the borrower will have to comply with the requirements of the
disclosed RPF and RAPs to comply with this policy. The Involuntary
Resettlement Operational Policy prescribes compensation and other
resettlement measures to achieve its objectives and requires that
borrowers prepare adequate resettlement planning instruments prior to
project appraisal of proposed projects.
4.36 Forests The policy recognizes the role forests play in poverty alleviation, economic
development, and for providing local as well as global environmental
services. It aims to reduce deforestation, enhance the environmental
contribution of forested areas, promote afforestation, reduce poverty, and
Page | 58
encourage economic development.
This policy applies to the following types of Bank-financed investment

projects: (a) projects that have or may have impacts on the health and
quality of forests; (b) projects that affect the rights and welfare of people
and their level of dependence upon or interaction with forests; and (c)
projects that aim to bring about changes in the management, protection,
or utilization of natural forests or plantations, whether they are publicly,
privately, or communally owned.
17.5 Consultation and The policy allows for the public to have access to information on the
Disclosure environmental and social aspects of the proposed projects. It helps the
Bank and the Borrower in decision making regarding sustainability and
social acceptance of Bank investments.
It is mandated by six safeguard policies that have specific requirements for

disclosure including in-country before project appraisal in local language
and in English; and at the World Bank INFO – Shop before project appraisal
in English where documents can be in draft but must meet the Bank’s
standards. Consultation under this operational policy, which is now
referred to as citizens’ engagement, is triggered by environmental
assessment and involuntary resettlement. It is a two-way process in which
beneficiaries provide advice and input to the design of the proposed
projects that affect their lives and environment.
In addition to the Operational Policies stated above several other guidelines and policies may be
relevant for the present case.
WBG’s Environmental, Health and Safety Guidelines (EHS)
The Environmental, Health and Safety (EHS) Guidelines of the International Finance Corporation (IFC),
2008 generic and sector specific performance levels and mitigation measures for management of
environmental impacts, community health and safety, occupational health and safety, and emissions
that are considered to be achievable in new facilities at reasonable costs using existing technologies.
They apply to the DSIP as relevant, and can be found on the website of the International Finance
Corporation (which is part of the World Bank Group):
https://www.ifc.org/wps/wcm/connect/Topics_Ext_Content/IFC_External_Corporate_Site/Sustainabil
ity-At-IFC/Policies-Standards/EHS-Guidelines/
The EHS requires several steps to be followed for effective management of environmental, health, and
safety (EHS). These are, (i) identifying EHS project hazards and associated risks as early as possible in
the facility development or project cycle; (ii) involving EHS professionals, who have the experience,
competence, and training necessary to assess and manage EHS impacts and risks, and carry out
specialized environmental management functions; (iii) understanding and analysing whether the
project will generate significant quantities of emissions or effluents, or involve hazardous materials or
processes potential consequences to workers, communities or the environment if hazards are not
Page | 59
adequately managed; (iv) prioritizing risk management strategies; (v) eliminating the cause of the
hazard at its source; (vi) incorporating engineering and management controls to reduce or minimize
the possibility and magnitude of undesired consequences; (vii) preparing workers and nearby
communities to respond to accidents; and (viii) improving EHS performance through a combination of
ongoing monitoring of facility performance and effective accountability.
3.2 Activities Triggering World Bank Safeguard Policies

The World Bank policies that will be triggered by the works under the DSIP have been analysed as
shown in Table 3-2.
Table 3-2: World Bank policies triggered by activities under DSIP
OP/BP Triggered Comment
Environmental Yes Expansion of Pagla STP and laying of Trunk Mains under DSIP fall
Assessment under the Category A as per OP4.01. Therefore, they will
(OP4.01/ BP4.01) automatically trigger EA safeguards. The activities include,
construction of new 250 MLD STP at Pagla and laying of sewer trunk
mains by open excavation and/or micro tunnelling, collection,
transportation and treatment of sludge/slurry to be generated from
project activities during construction and during operation of the
facilities.
Natural habitats Yes Drainage systems that will be set up will be directing the waste and
(OP4.04/ BP4.04) storm water into the natural habitats – mainly wetlands. The
sludge/slurry to be generated will be discharged/disposed of at some
land fill sites, drainage channels or wetlands. Therefore, it is likely
that OP 4.04/BP 4.04 will be triggered.
Pest Management No As the project will be executed under a DB/DBO contract, it is yet not
(OP4.09) understood which options the contractors may propose. However, it
is expected not to require major pest management measures.
Physical Cultural Yes There are possibilities that the trunk mains may pass near physical
Resources cultural resources. Therefore, OP 4.11 may likely be triggered.
(OP4.11)
Involuntary Yes A number of activities may involve the temporary displacement of

Settlement people. Particularly, during the construction of trunk mains and SPSs
(OP4.12) (if required), landfill sites for disposal of sludge/slurry or solid waste.
This is likely to trigger OP 4.12.
Forests No There are no forest areas within Dhaka city which may be affected by
(OP4.36) the project construction works. As such the WB OP 4.36 will not be
triggered.
Indigenous No The policy is not triggered as the geographical areas in consideration

Peoples are not likely to have indigenous people as defined by the Bank
(OP4.10) policy.
Page | 60
OP/BP Triggered Comment
Safety of Dams No The policy is not triggered as it will not involve the construction or
(OP4.37) maintenance of dams as defined by the Bank policy.
Consultation and Yes For all Category A projects, the borrower needs to consult with the
Disclosure project affected people and beneficiaries about environmental and
(OP17.5) social concerns related to the project. Therefore, OP 17.5 will be
triggered in DSIP.
3.3 Applicable National Environmental Safeguard Policies, Legal and

Institutional Framework
Expansion of Pagla STP and construction of the trunk mains under Dhaka Sanitation Improvement
Project (DSIP) involves several activities with major infrastructural development. Therefore, a number
of existing national policies and laws will become relevant. Such environmental legislations in
Bangladesh have been presented in Table 3-3.
Table 3-3: Applicable National Policies, Legal and Institutional Framework
Act/ Laws/ Themes and General Objectives

Policies
Constitution of Article 18A of the constitution refers to one of the fundamental principles of the state
Bangladesh policy regarding protection and improvement of the environment and biodiversity: it states
that the State shall endeavour to protect and improve the environment and to preserve
and safeguard the natural resources, bio-diversity, wetlands, forests and wild life for the
present and future citizens.
National The National Environment Policy sets the policy framework for environmental action, in
Environmental combination with a set of broad sectoral guidelines. It emphasizes inter alia:
Policy, 1992
(replaced in 2013) • Maintenance of the ecological balance and overall progress and
development of the country through protection and improvement of the
environment:
• Protection of the country against natural disasters;
• Identification and control of all types of activities related to pollution and
degradation of the environment;
• Environmentally sound development in all sectors;
• Sustainable, long term and environmentally congenial utilization of all-
natural resources; and
• Active association with all environmental-related international initiatives.
The National Environmental Policy forms the basis of all subsequent laws, rules, strategies
and plan concerning the protection and conservation of the environment in the country.
Page | 61

Policies
The Penal Code, Under the Code if anybody corrupts or fouls the water of any public spring or reservoir, so
1860 [section 277] as to render it less fit for the purpose for which it is ordinarily used, shall be punished with
imprisonment for a term not exceeding three months, or with fine which may extend to
five hundred taka or with both.
Comment: Being general penal law, the law is not functional over other special laws.
Enforcing Institution: Bangladesh Police
Bangladesh The Act is the sole legislation for the purpose of conserving, preserving and protecting
Environment various component of the environment from various sources of pollutions. Under the law it
Conservation Act is prohibited from filling or changing the class of the lands which is already specified as a
1995 (amended water reservoir. To protect natural resources DoE can control transport, disposal, dumping
2010) & Rules of hazardous waste and can declare any area as an ecologically critical area. DoE has also a
1997 (amended duty to take remedial measures for injury to the ecosystem and can impose compensation
2017) or direct wrongdoer to take corrective measures to cure environmental damages. Under
the Act the Rule 1997 set forth standards for air, water, sound, odour and other
[Section: 4, 5, 6C, components of the environment under the Schedules 2, 3, 4, 5, 6,7 and 8. It also set forth
6E, 7, 9; Rule 12 & specific standard limits of the discharge of liquid waste like Sewage discharge, waste from
13] Industrial Units or Projects Waste.
Before any new project can go ahead, as stipulated under the ECA, the project promoter
must obtain Environmental Clearance from the Director General (DG), Department of
Environment (DoE). An appeal procedure does exist for those promoters who fail to obtain
clearance. Failure to comply with any part of this Act may result in punishment to a
maximum of 5 years imprisonment or a maximum fine of Tk.100,000 or both.
For the Environmental Clearance for a project the proponent is to apply for it in the
prescribed form, together with a covering letter, to the Director/Deputy Director of
respective DoE divisional offices. The application should include a project feasibility study
report, the EIA report, No Objection Certificate (NOC) of the local authority; Mitigation Plan
for minimizing potential environmental impacts; and the appropriate amount of fees. The
DOE authority reserves the right to request additional information, supporting documents,
or other additional materials for the proposed project. Under the conditions specified in
the Environment Conservation Rules-1997, the DoE divisional authority must issue
environmental site clearance certificates within 60 working days from the date of
submitting the application, or the refusal letter with appropriate reasons for such refusal.
The clearance issued remains valid for a one-year period and is required to be renewed 30
days prior to its expiry date.
For the purpose of issuance of Environmental Clearance Certificate, the industrial units and
projects shall, in consideration of their site and impact on the environment, be classified
into the following four categories,
(i) Green – Industries and projects which are relatively pollution free
(ii) Orange-A, and (ii) Orange-B: do have adverse environmental impacts
but not so significant as the Red category
Page | 62

Policies
(iii) Red – industries and projects which can cause significant adverse
environmental impacts.
Industries and projects included in the various categories as specified in rule 7(2) of ECR,
1997 have been described in Schedule-1 (Environment Conservation Rules, 1997).
Environmental Clearance for Green category industries and projects is provided through a
comparatively simple procedure. In the case of Orange-A, Orange-B and Red Category
industries and projects, Site Clearance is mandatory at the beginning, then EIA approval
and finally Environmental Clearance is issued. The Environment Clearance is to be renewed
after three (03) years for Green category and one (01) year for Orange-A, Orange-B and
Red category industries respectively.
Environmental Clearance certificates shall be issued to all existing industrial units and
projects and to all proposed industrial units and projects falling in the Green Category. For
industrial units and projects falling in the Orange-A, Orange-B, first a Site Clearance
Certificate and thereafter an Environmental Clearance Certificate shall be issued. In the
case of Red category industries, firstly a Location Clearance Certificate, then Environment
Impact Assessment (EIA) approval and thereafter an Environmental Clearance Certificate
shall be issued.
The DOE executes the Act under the leadership of the DG. The Project will be undertaken
in line with the aims and objectives of the Act by conserving the environment and
controlling and mitigating potential impacts throughout the drilling program.
The DG of DoE has the overall power to –
• Identify different types and causes of environmental degradation and

pollution;
• Instigate and research regarding environmental conservation,
development and pollution.
• Close the activities considered harmful to human life or the environment.
• Declare an area affected by pollution as an Ecologically Critical Area. Under
the Act, operators of industries/projects must inform the Director General
of any pollution incident. In the event of accidental pollution, the Director
General may take control of operation and the respective operator is
bound to help. The operator is responsible for the costs incurred and
possible payments for compensation.
Comment: The Act is more focused to prevent industrial pollution. However, pollution
from other sources is not well addressed here. Moreover, the Act set forth no specific rules
or restriction focused on the disposal of wastes into the rivers.
Enforcing Institution: Department of Environment
National Water The National Water Policy 1999 aims to provide guidance to the major players in the water
Page | 63

Policies
Policy, 1999 sector for ensuring optimal development and management of water. According to the
policy, all agencies and departments entrusted with water resource management
responsibilities (regulation, planning, construction, operation, and maintenance) will have
to enhance environmental amenities and ensure that environmental resources are
protected and restored in executing their tasks. Some pertinent clauses in the policy are
described below.
Clause 4.5b: Planning and feasibility studies of all projects will follow the Guidelines for
Project Assessment, the Guidelines for People's Participation (GPP), the Guidelines for
Environmental Impact Assessment, and all other instructions that may be issued from time
to time by the Government.
Clause 4.9b: Measures will be taken to minimize disruption to the natural aquatic
environment in streams and water channels.
Clause 4.12a: Consider environmental protection, restoration and enhancement measures

consistent with the National Environmental Management Action Plan and the National
Water Management Plan
Clause 4.12b: Adhere to a formal environmental impact assessment (EIA) process, as set
out in EIA guidelines and manuals for water sector projects, in each water resources
development project or rehabilitation program of size and scope specified by the
Government from time to time.
Clause 4.13b: Only those water related projects will be taken up for execution that will not
interfere with aquatic characteristics of those water bodies.
Environment The aim and objective of the Act are to materialize the Environmental Conservation Act,
Court Act, 2000 1995 through judicial activities. This Act established Environmental Courts (one or more in
(Updated in 2010) every division), set the jurisdiction of the courts, and outlined the procedure of activities
and power of the courts, right of entry for judicial inspection and for appeal as well as the
constitution of Appeal Court.
Dhaka Mohanagar Rule 59 (d) set forth building construction related regulations applicable within the Dhaka
Imarot Nirman city. Under Rule wastes, no matter what the nature of it, shall not be directly disposed to
Bidhimala, 2008 the water bodies, river and cannel.
[Rule 59 (d)]
Rule 59 (c) states that drainage and sanitation system of every building shall be connected
with the government sewerage system. If there is no government sewerage system or if
the authority doesn’t permit to give the connection with the government sewerage
system, the owner of the building shall construct septic tank to dispose sewerage wastes
and soak pit to dispose of drain or waste water.
Comment: Neither the Rule 2008 nor the Act i.e. Town Improvement Act, 1953 (under
which the rule is adopted) specifies provision regarding penalty for violating Rule 59(c or
d).
Page | 64

Policies
Enforcing Institution: RAJUK
Local Government The Act set forth law related to the power and function of Municipality. Under the Act,
(Municipal) Act Municipality may, with the previous sanction of the Prescribed Authority, declare any
2009 source of water, spring, river, tank, pond, or public stream, or any part thereof within the
Schedule 2 municipality, which is not private property, to be a public water-course. If anybody or
bodies try to pollute or involved in polluting water course, then the municipality may take
attempts to punish them. If the source of pollution is outside of the municipality area, the
municipality can take legal procedures.
Comment: The Act authorizes the municipality to take legal action if anybody pollutes or
attempt to pollute water. The section is wide in terms of its interpretation as it did not
define the term pollution. However, the Act is silent to specify the type of punishment that
can be given for polluting the watercourse.
Enforcing Institution: Municipality authority (city corporations)
Bangladesh Water The Act provides provisions for integrated development, management, abstraction,
Act of 2013 distribution, use, protection and conservation of water resources. The Act authorized DoE
Section 28 [Water to prevent water pollution. The Act denotes water pollution as ‘direct and indirect harmful
Pollution Control] changes of physical, chemical and organic properties of water’.
Comment: Section 22 set forth rules for the conservation of water source in haor, baor,
dighi, pond or any other similar water source. The section made no reference for the
conservation of water source in the river.
Enforcing Institution: Executive Committee of National Water Resource Council (ECNWRC);

WARPO
Water Supply and DWASA can take up projects for collection, treatment and disposing of Sanitary sewerage
Sewerage and industrial waste.
Authority Act of
1996 Comment: The Act is not explicit enough regarding conserving, preserving and protecting
Section 17(2)(kha) various component of the environment. Under the Act, DWASA is the key institution,
responsible for managing Sewerage waste in Dhaka. To strengthen DWASA enforcement
power now they can use a mobile court under the Mobile Court Act, 2009.
However, the WASA Act 1996 does not specifically mention about responsibility of the
Authority with regard to on-site sanitation system or any activity related to emptying of
pits and septic tanks, collection, transportation, treatment and disposal and/ or reuse of
faecal sludge from on-site facilities.
Enforcing Institution: DWASA
The Local DNCC and DSCC shall be responsible for collecting and removing all waste from its
Government (City controlled roads, public toilet, urinal, drain and building. DNCC and DSCC shall also provide
Page | 65

Policies
Corporation) Act, a required number of garbage bin to throw wastes and shall construct drainage for proper
2009 drain water disposal. Under the Act, all buildings and land owner/occupier shall be
responsible for removing wastes and failure to do so shall be punished with fine up to five
thousand takas and for the repetition of the same offence five hundred takas additionally
can be imposed for each day (Section 93).
Comment: The Act specifies no provisions to prevent untreated solid waste or faecal sludge
disposal or dumping directly in water bodies or land.
Enforcing Institution: DNCC, DSCC
Bangladesh Under the Code, basic minimum sanitary waste and excreta disposal facility shall be
National Building created on the premises, whether or not the plot is served by a disposal system provided
Code, 2006 by any utility service authority or agency.
The code mandatorily required all buildings to have water and sanitation facilities as per
provisions of the code. However, drainage and sanitation system shall not be installed until
a permit for such work has been issued by the Authority for existing (only for addition or
for alteration) or a new building or for any other premises. The building official shall
examine or cause to be examined all applications for permits and, amendments thereto
within 45 days.
The Code also required obtaining written approval of the Authority or the appropriate
drainage and sanitation authority for connecting any soil or surface water drain to the
sewer line.
Comment: Under the Code it is mandatory for every Building to have basic minimum
sanitary waste and excreta disposal facility with the approval of RAJUK.
Enforcing Institution: Under the Code, Building Regulatory Authority (BRA) is supposed to
be the enforcing agency [however, BRA is yet to setup by the Government even though
there is a High Court Division directive for establishing it]. According to the Code, areas
falling under the master plan control of Rajdhani Unnayan Kartipokhkha (RAJUK) shall be
under the control and jurisdiction of BRA Building officials. However, due to the absence of
BRA, RAJUK is now enforcing the code.
National NEMAP is an environmental planning exercise initiated by the government through the
Environment Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change (MoEFC) following the commitments
Management Plan made under Agenda 21 at UNCED in Rio de Janeiro in June 1992. The Government of
[NEMAP], 1995 Bangladesh (GOB) through MoEFC decided to undertake the National Environment
Management Action Plan (NEMAP) involving a peoples’ consultation process where people
would have an opportunity to define their environment, identify the issues and concerns,
prioritize problems and give solutions. NEMAP identified the key environmental concerns
to Bangladesh and provided an action plan to halt/reduce the rate of environmental
degradation, improve the natural and manmade environment, conserve habitats and
biodiversity, promoting sustainable development and improving quality indicators of
human life. The management actions considered in NEMAP are all essential to the
Page | 66

Policies
sustainable development and environmental protection of the natural and human

resources of Bangladesh. For the purpose of management, implementation, acquiring
dedicated funds and enabling all different agencies to initiate or implement their own
programs singly or in a combination of agencies, all the action has been grouped under
four heads: institutional, sectoral, location specific and long-term issues. NEMAP
recommended action to prevent and control the dumping of raw sewage and other human
wastes as well as other raw organic waste into the open water [Table 4.7.6(b)] is specific to
DSIP.
Enforcement Institution: DoE
National Policy for WASA shall be responsible for sewerage and drainage systems [Clause 8.4.2] and measures
Safe Water Supply will be taken to recycle, as much as possible, waste materials and to prevent
& Sanitation 1998 contamination of ground water by sewerage and drainage [Clause 8.4.9].
The policy objective is to improve public health and produce a safer environment by
reducing water-borne disease and contamination of surface water and groundwater. The
key objectives of the policy are: (i) to ensure proper storage, management and use of
surface water and preventing its contamination; (ii) emphasis on the use of surface water
over groundwater. According to the policy, it is desirable that water supply and sanitation
works are considered within broader environmental considerations. The sanitation services
must be hygienic (confinement of faeces away from the environment), blocking the
pathways for flies and other insects, proper ventilation of foul gases, proper maintenance
for continual use with improved hygiene practice.
Seventh Five Year SFYP suggest the adoption of a program to design & implement environmentally sound
Plan (2016 – 2020) sewerage collection & treatment systems [Chapter 8].
Dhaka Sewerage The objective of the Master Plan is to recommend a policy framework for the management
Master Plan, 2012 of sanitation and wastewater and to prepare a sewerage master plan for Dhaka city. The
master plan provided sanitation strategy for phased implementation of sanitation including
for areas not likely to be covered by centralised sewerage systems, and phased
development of affordable sewerage services, especially for the central region.
Bangladesh As described in the standards and guidelines document, the responsibility for sludge
Standards and management lies with the producer of the sludge. The holder of the sludge must also
Guidelines for comply with the requirements mentioned in this document.
Sludge
Management Enforcing Institution: Department of Environment
(2015)
Bangladesh The Bangladesh Labour Act, 2006 provides the guidance of employer’s extent of
Labour Act, 2006 responsibility and workmen’s extent of the right to get compensation in case of injury by
accident while working. Some of the relevant Sections are:
Section 150. Employer’s Liability for Compensation: (1) If personal injury is caused to a
Page | 67

Policies
workman by accident arising out of and in the course of his employment, his employer
shall be liable to pay compensation in accordance with the provisions of this Act; and (2)
Provided that the employer shall not be so liable - (a) in respect of any injury which does
not result in the total or partial disablement of the workman for a period exceeding three
days; (b) in respect of any injury, not resulting in death or permanent total disablement,
caused by an accident which is directly attributable to - (i) the workman having been at the
time thereof under the influence of drink or drugs, or (ii) the wilful disobedience of the
workman to an order expressly given, or to a rule expressly framed, for the purpose of
securing the safety of workmen, or (iii) the wilful removal or disregard by the workman of
any safety guard or other device which he knew to have been provided for the purpose of
securing the safety of workmen.
Section 151. Amount of Compensation: Subject to the provisions of this Act, the amount of
compensation shall be as follows, namely: - (a) where death results in an amount equal to
fifty from the injury cent of the monthly wages of the deceased workman multiplied by the
relevant factor; or an amount of fifty thousand rupees, whichever is more; (b) where
permanent total an amount equal to disablement results from sixty the injury per cent of
the monthly wages of the injured workman multiplied by the relevant.
Public This is the public procurement rules of Bangladesh and this rule shall apply to the
Procurement Rule Procurement of Goods, Works or Services by any government, semi-government or any
(PPR), 2008 statutory body established under any law. The rule includes the adequate measure
regarding the “Safety, Security and Protection of the Environment’ in the construction
works. This clause includes mainly, the contractor shall take all reasonable steps to (i)
safeguard the health and safety of all workers working on the site and other persons
entitled to be on it, and to keep the site in an orderly state and (ii) protect the environment
on and off the Site and to avoid damage or nuisance to persons or to property of the public
or others resulting from pollution, noise or other causes arising as a consequence of the
Contractors methods of operation.
Right to The Act makes provisions for ensuring the free flow of information and people’s right to
Information Act, information. Section 4 of the RTIA states that every citizen has a right to information from
2009 the Authority and the Authority shall on demand from a citizen be bound to provide
information, however, certain information shall not be disclosed as per the information
categories listed in the Act.
Noise Pollution The Noise Pollution Control Rules have been established in order to manage noise
Control Rules, generating activities which have the potential to impact the health and wellbeing of
2006 workers and the surrounding communities. Under this legislation, control zones are listed
as:
• Quiet Area – for example school or hospital;

• Residential Area – an area primarily occupied by dwellings;
• Mixed Area – area with a mix of residential, commercial and industrial land
uses;
Page | 68

Policies
• Commercial Area – an area primarily occupied by businesses and officers;

and
• Industrial Area – and the area used for industry or manufacturing.
Day-time and night-time noise level restrictions are provided for these areas. Additionally,
limits are provided for noise emissions from motor vehicles and boats.
Antiquities Act, This Act provides the modes of protection and preservation of things, which are part of
1968 national history and heritage. Article 24 states that if the Government is of the opinion that
for the purpose of protecting or preserving any immovable antiquity it is necessary so to
do, it may, by notification in the official Gazette, prohibit or restrict, within such area as
may be specified therein, mining, quarrying, excavating, blasting and other operations of a
like nature, or the movement of heavy vehicles, except under and in accordance with the
terms of a license granted and rules, if any, made in this behalf.
3.4 Environmental Clearance

In order to obtain environmental clearance from DoE, the proponent must undertake a number of
steps. The procedures for individual projects vary depending on their classification. Development
works are classified into four categories Green, Orange A, Orange B and Red. Steps to be followed for
environmental clearance for different categories are shown in Figure 3-1.
Most of the activities concerning the expansion of Pagla STP and construction of trunk mains under
DSIP project fall under “Red” category. Accordingly, the process for obtaining environmental clearance
will have to follow the instruction shown in the Red category. In this respect, DoE has approved the
terms of reference/ ToC of the EIA study on 18th April, 2018. The approved ToC by DoE has been
followed in preparing this EIA study (Appendix F). After receiving clearance from the World Bank the
EIA report will be placed to the DoE for approval.
Page | 69
Figure 3-1: Steps to be followed to obtain environmental clearance from the Department of Environment (DoE)
3.5 Key Responsibilities of Relevant Government Institutions

The institutional framework for the management of Dhaka city’s environment control is complex and
numbers of Government agencies are involved herewith. For the DSIP the key responsible
Government institutions are Department of Environment (DoE), Dhaka South City Corporation (DSCC),
Dhaka Water and Sewerage Authority (DWASA), Rajdhani Unnayan Kartipakha (RAJUK), Bangladesh
Water Development Board (BWDB), and The Water Resources Planning Organization (WARPO).
However, it’s noteworthy that, there is no single institution or authority to take the leading
responsibility for environmental management.
Table 3-4 presents a summary of the key responsibilities of major government institutions who are
involved in different capacities to environmental protection and compliance.
Page | 70
Table 3-4: Institutional responsibilities, environmental protection and compliance
Name of the institution Responsibilities related to environmental protection and Institution’s Nature and
compliance relevance to DSIP
Department of Under the Ministry of Environment and Forest, DoE is Law enforcement, and
Environment (DoE) responsible to monitoring agency
• Conserve environment and improve
DoE will issue Environment
environmental standards;
Clearance Certificate (ECC)
• Control, mitigate and prevent environmental based on ESIA documents
pollution;
The Pagla STP will
• Undertake safety measures
and discharge into the
determination of remedial measures to Buriganga River, which has
prevent environmental degradation and been declared as
pollution; ecological critical area;
DoE will oversee the
• Set ‘best practice based’ water quality
performance of the Pagla
standards for inland surface water uses and STP to ensure that the
discharge; effluent quality is
• Routine monitoring of water quality to maintained for protection
of Buriganga ecosystem
prevent pollution in water bodies;
• define environmental impact assessment
(EIA) procedures
• Issue Environment Clearance Certificate
(ECC) and controlling, preventing and
regulating industrial pollution effecting
environment;
• Declare Ecologically Critical Area (ECA) and
protect degraded ecosystems;
• Conduct inquiries on pollution of the
environment and rendering direction,
guidance and assistance to any other
authority or organization regarding those
matters;
• Providing technical input to various
Government committees;
• Setting forth further regulations and
guidelines for regulating activities affecting
the environment;
Dhaka Water and Under the Ministry of Local Government, Rural Service providing agency
Sewerage Authority Development and Cooperatives DWASA have a duty to:
(DWASA) DWASA will be executing
• Regulate, construct, develop, expand and agency of the DSIP
Page | 71
maintain sewerage line so that the human DWASA shall ensure that
and industrial waste can be collected, all quality standard of the
effluent from Pagla is
pumped, processed, treated and disposed
maintained
of.
• construct and maintain drains for storm
water disposal;
• collection of fees for these services;
• The areas, where there is no sewerage
system, DWASA provides no faecal
sludge/septic management service. The
WASA Act 1996 does not specifically
mention about responsibility of the
Authority with regard to on-site sanitation
system or any activity related to emptying of
pits and septic tanks, collection,
transportation, treatment and disposal and/
or reuse of faecal sludge from on-site
facilities. However, in the recently prepared
sewerage master plan of DWASA (2013),
provision for septic sludge management has
been recommended.
Dhaka South City Under the Ministry of Local Government, Rural Service providing agency
Corporation (DSCC) Development and Cooperatives DCC have a duty to:
The Pagla STP catchment
• Mandated to provide waste management falls under the jurisdiction
services including sanitation and cleanliness of the DSCC. DSCC will
oversee that all solid waste
in Dhaka City.
generated by DSIP is
• Collect, remove and dispose of the solid waste properly removed and
from its controlled roads, public toilet, urinal, disposed; collaborate with
drain and building. (including along the river DWASA in traffic
banks of Dhaka) management and
providing road cutting
• Construct, maintain and conserve surface
permission; DSCC to
drainage system for proper drain water disposal.
ensure that the sanitation
• Duty to conserve, maintain and manage measures are properly
Government owned wetlands (including ponds, installed and executed;
river, lake) oversee that the city
• Duty to manage faecal sludge under City drainage system is not
hindered by the project;
Corporation Act, 2009 (the Act referred
oversee that the wetlands
faecal sludge as ‘refuse accumulated at a are not affected by project
Page | 72
public toilet, urinals, drains and buildings) activities
• Can serve notice to owners of premises if
there is no sanitation facility, or inadequate
sanitation facility, or sanitation facility
inappropriate locations or inappropriate
discharge of domestic sewage into a storm
drain
Bangladesh Water Under the Ministry of Water Resources and Flood Control Service providing agency
Development Board BWDB has a mandate to
(BWDB) Oversee that the project
• Control, develop, maintain and conserve river, infrastructure is not
river flows and river bank. Construct dams, affecting the natural
drainage system,
barrages, reservoirs, embankments,
particularly in eastern
regulators or other structures for the Dhaka.
development of rivers, flood control,
drainage, surface irrigation, and drought
prevention.
• Coordinate implementation of National
Water Management Plan.
Rajdhani Unnayan Under Ministry of Housing and Public Works, RAJUK has a Law enforcement and
Kartipakha (RAJUK) duty to: monitoring agency
• Prepare Master Plan with defined sites of Oversee that DSIP is

proposed roads, public and other buildings conforming to the Detailed
Area Plan (DAP) of Dhaka
and works, or fields, parks, pleasure-grounds
city i.e not encroaching
and other open spaces or allocate areas of into areas which are flood
land for use for agricultural, residential, plains/flood zones, solid
industrial or other purposes of any class waste/sludge is not
dumped in ecologically
specified in the Master Plan. All future
critical areas like wet lands
developments and construction, both public or on agricultural lands or
and private, shall be in conformity with the water retention areas
Master Plan or with the amendment thereof.
• Monitoring implementation of the master
plan.
• creation of planned townships, with related
infrastructure; development control,
including approval of plans for land use;
• Provide building permission with the
provision of sanitation system [RAJUK shall
Page | 73
check the design of the sanitation facilities
(e.g., septic tank), as well as its
location/layout (to make sure that it is
accessible for mechanical desludging). The
provisions of Bangladesh National Building
Code shall be followed for checking the
design of septic tank system (i.e., septic tank
and soakage pit).]
• RAJUK shall monitor that sanitation facilities
of buildings have been sited and constructed
according to the approved design during
construction/reconstruction of buildings. In
case of non-compliance, RAJUK shall instruct
the owner to re-construct the sanitation
facilities following the approved design.
The Water Resources Under the Ministry of Water Resources, WARPO has a Law enforcement,
Planning Organization mandate to: monitoring and technical
(WARPO) agency
• Regulate the development and wise use of
water resource
• Carrying out the task of national water WARPO will oversee that
planning for the sustainable use and the provision of the
conservation of water resource. National Water Act is not
violated particularly on
• provide administrative, technical, and legal
issues of conservation,
support to the National Water Resources and protection of water
Council (ECNWRC) resources - Buriganga River
• Advise the ECNWRC on policy, planning, and being an important source
of water for the region.
regulatory matters of water resources and
related land and environmental
management.
• Prepare and update National Water Law
revising and consolidating the laws
governing ownership, development,
appropriation, utilization, conservation, and
protection of water resources and
periodically update the National Water
Management Plan.
• Setup and update the National Water
Page | 74
Resources Database (NWRD) and
Information Management System
• Monitoring and evaluation of the
implementation of the Bangladesh Water
Act.
Page | 75
Chapter 4: Environmental and Social

Baseline
Page | 76
4 ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL BASELINE

An overall environmental and social baseline data of Pagla STP catchment and adjoining areas have
been presented in the following sections. The data has been obtained from primary and secondary
sources.
4.1 Project Influence Area

The project influence area may be defined as the portion of Dhaka city under Pagla catchment that
would be directly or indirectly influenced by the project implementation and its operation and
maintenance. The influence area includes 64.66 sq. km of Pagla STP catchment area. Apart from this
area an extended impact area in the Buriganga River has been taken into consideration with the
understanding that the treatment of sewage and waste water at Pagla STP is likely to have a positive
impact on river water quality. For this purpose, 13.23 km reach of Buriganga River from Hazaribagh to
Fatullah has been included in the study. The project influence area as envisaged is shown in Figure
4-1.
Figure 4-1: Project Influence Area
Page | 77
4.2 Physical Conditions
4.2.1 Meteorological Conditions
Temperature
The climate of the study area is sub-tropical with three seasons, namely summer from March to May,
monsoon from June to October, and winter season from November to February. The annual maximum
temperature at Dhaka varies from 31.0⁰C to 42.3⁰C. Maximum temperature occurs in the month of
April to June and minimum temperature in January. Monthly minimum temperature varies from 6.4 ⁰C
to 11.7⁰C at Dhaka. These values of temperature have been derived from the time series data from
1967 to 2008 of the Bangladesh Meteorological Department. Figure 4-2 shows the variation of
maximum, mean and minimum temperature at Dhaka.
Figure 4-2: Variation of Monthly Maximum, Average and Minimum Surface Air Temperature at Dhaka
Rainfall
The mean annual rainfall in Dhaka city area is 1946 mm, with peak rainfalls occurring in July and
August There are two marked seasons: the rainy season from May to October, during which more
than 85% of the total annual rainfall occurs and the dry season from November to April. The beginning
of the rainy season varies from year to year; heavy rains are commencing anywhere between mid-
April and early June and ending anywhere between the end of September and mid-November. In
general, mid-November to February is the coolest and driest period; March to May is the hottest
period with periodic heavy thunderstorms: June to mid-September is the rainiest and humid period:
and mid-September to early November is a transitional period with decreasing rainfall, often with
association of thunder but with relatively high temperature and humidity (Figure 4-3).
Page | 78
Figure 4-3: Monthly Rainfall Pattern at Dhaka
Relative Humidity
The spatial and temporal variation of Relative Humidity throughout the year is very low in Dhaka city.
The humidity during the wet season is significantly higher than in other seasons (Table 4-1). Maximum
average relative humidity in Dhaka city is found as 86% in July, whereas minimum relative humidity is
55% in February and March.
Table 4-1: Relative Humidity in Dhaka
Relative Humidity in %
Item J F M A M J J A S O N D
9 A.M. 73 71 73 76 78 83 86 85 83 78 62 72
6 P.M. 62 55 55 65 74 82 84 84 83 78 69 67
Source: Bangladesh Meteorological Department http://www.bmd.gov.bd/bd_climate.php
Sunshine Hours
Total annual hours of bright sunshine are about 2,866 hrs. May is the month with the highest number
of average daily sunshine (9.7 hrs), which is detailed in Table 4-2.
Table 4-2: Sunshine Duration in Dhaka city
Sunshine Duration (hrs)

Item J F M A M J J A S O N D
Hours of bright
9.1 9.5 8.7 8.9 9.7 4.8 5.1 5.7 5.9 8.2 9.3 9.4
sunshine.
Day (Length)
10.9 11.4 12.0 12.7 13.3 13.6 13.4 13.0 12.3 11.7 11.1 10.7
(hours)
Sunshine as % of Day
83 83 72 70 73 35 38 44 48 70 84 88
Length
Source: Bangladesh Meteorological Department http://www.bmd.gov.bd/bd_climate.php
Page | 79
4.2.2 Wind Regime

The winter season in Bangladesh comprises of December, January and February. During the winter
season (December, January and February) the north-easterly winds prevail over the country blowing
from land to sea except northern hilly areas where mainly easterly wind prevails.
During the summer season (March to May) heating belt shifts northward due to the apparent
northward movement of the sun. The summer months’ experience high temperature and falling of air
pressure over the country. Thunderstorms are very common during this season over the country. In
this season, localized thunderstorms associated with violent winds, torrential downpours and
occasionally hail occurs. These are locally known as the ‘Kalbaishakhi’.
Generally, monsoon season onsets early June and withdraws by the end of September in Bangladesh.
During this season, the persisting low pressure over northern India and Bangladesh intensifies and
attracts the trade winds of the southern hemisphere.
The post-monsoon season in Bangladesh continues from October to November. During this season the
low pressure trough over Bangladesh territory becomes weaken and gradually replaces by a high
pressure system. The low pressure conditions transfer to the Bay of Bengal by early November
resulting in the formation of depressions which of them sometimes intensified into a cyclonic storm.
Seasonal wind pattern and distribution of wind speed of Dhaka station of BMD2 are provided in Figure
4-4 to Figure 4-7.
Figure 4-4: Distribution of (i) wind direction and (ii) wind speed of Dhaka during Winter Season
2
Source: Climate of Bangladesh, A joint report by Norwegian Meteorological Department and Bangladesh
Meteorological Department, May 2016
Page | 80
Figure 4-5: Distribution of (i) wind direction and (ii) wind speed of Dhaka during Pre-monsoon Season
Figure 4-6: Distribution of (i) wind direction and (ii) wind speed of Dhaka during Monsoon Season
Figure 4-7: Distribution of (i) wind direction and (ii) wind speed of Dhaka during Post-monsoon Season
Page | 81
4.2.3 Hydrological Conditions

Around the periphery of Dhaka city there are 6 rivers, namely, Tongi Khal on the north, Turag and
Buriganga Rivers on the west, Balu and Lakhya Rivers on the east and Dhaleswari River on the south.
Tongi Khal is 15 km long and is connected to Turag River at its upstream and to the Balu River at its
downstream. Turag River is 75 km in length and is connected to the Bangshi River at its upstream and
to the Buriganga River at its downstream. The Buriganga River is connected to Dhaleswari River at its
downstream. The Dhaleswari River is 178 km in length and is connected to the Jamuna River at its
upstream. The Balu River is 30 km in length and is connected to the Lakhya River at its downstream.
The Lakhya River is 120 km in length and is connected to the Old Brahmaputra River at its upstream
and to the Dhaleswari River at its downstream. The hydrological network of Dhaka city is shown in
Figure 4-8.
Currently, in some cases, the untreated sewage is directly dumped into the canals/ khals due to the
absence of effective collection system and treatment capacity. The dumped sewage is polluting the
khals resulting in very low quality of water. Moreover, due to the dumped sewage there is usually a
bad odour in and around this khals. As a result, the aquatic ecology of these khals is greatly affected.
A list of khals/canals within Pagla STP catchment are highlighted in bold letters in Table 4-3.
Table 4-3: List of Khals in Dhaka city
Sl. No. Khal Name Khal Length (km)

1 Kallayanpur Main Khal 3.42
2 Kallayanpur Branch Khals 7.46
3 Katasur Khal 2.61
4 Ramchandrapur Khal 1.38
5 Ibrahimpur Khal 0.99
6 Baunia Khal 7.60
7 Abdullahpur Khal 5.07
8 Digun Khal 4.07
9 Shangbadik Colony Khal 2.40
10 Mirpur Housing Khal 1.01
11 Baishteki Khal 0.46
12 Digun Khal (Rupnagar) 4.09
13 Hazaribagh Khal 0.42
14 Koshaibari-Boalia Khal 4.25
15 Khilkhet Boalia Khal 5.05
16 Boalia-Boufar Khal 2.90
17 Kuril Boalia Khal 6.57
18 Dumni Khal 2.62
19 Shahjadpur Khal 7.70
20 Sutibhola Khal 4.10
21 Begunbari Khal 5.21
22 Meradia-Gozaria Khal 2.64
23 Norai Khal 2.23
24 Jirani Khal 4.17
25 Khilgaon-Bashabo Khal 1.96
26 Manda Khal 4.09
27 Segunbagicha Khal 4.22
Page | 82
Figure 4-8: Hydrological Network of Dhaka City showing Pagla STP Catchment
Page | 83
4.2.4 Geology
There are two major components of the project which are the construction of treatment plant and
trunk mains. It is important to know about the geological setup of the project area. As such, in the
following sections geological characteristics of the project area is described after introducing the
characteristics of Bangladesh. Tectonically Bangladesh occupies the major part of Bengal Basin and
forms the largest delta complex in the world. It is bounded in the east by the Indo-Burma ranges, in
the west by the Indian shield, in the north by the Shillong massif and the Himalayan thrust fault and in
the south it is open towards the Bay of Bengal for a considerable distance (Alam et al., 1990). The
delta development activities are still going on in the south by the deposition of the major river system.
Quaternary sediments, deposited mainly by the river Ganges, Brahmaputra and Meghna, covers about
three-quarters of Bangladesh with the exception of Tertiary folded belts. Rangpur platform, Bogra
shelf, Hinge zone, Trough area and Tripura-Chittagong folded belt are the major tectonic elements of
the country.
Hydrogeological setting and litho-stratigraphy of the proposed study area evidenced that the area has
experienced major and minor faulting at different times. The study area consists of the southern half
of the Madhupur Tract, which is surrounded by the floodplains of Jamuna, Ganges and Meghna rivers.
As reported by the Geoscientists a large number of faults, with north-south, east-west, northeast-
southwest, northwest-southeast trends, control the courses of both major and minor streams. Vertical
movement of the landmasses characterizes most of the faults. A few faults show strike–slip
displacement, but here also the movement seems to be mainly vertical. Some of these faults can be
correlated with lineation on the aeromagnetic map (Hunting, 1980), suggesting that they are
basement controlled.
In the study area, important faults and lineaments are Dhaleswari, Bangshi, Dhamrai, Turag, Balu
faults and Shitalakhya lineament. The geology of the study area can be attributed to the Quaternary
alluvial sequence, which is a part of the Ganges-Jamuna flood plain. The Quaternary sequence
provides good aquifers, which have been extensively exploited in Bangladesh. The aquifer systems are
generally thick multi-layered with high transmissivity. Two different aquifer systems can broadly be
distinguished in the study area, one is Dupi Tila sands forming confined/semi confined aquifer beneath
the Pleistocene deposits, overlain by Madhupur clays and the other is the recent alluvium in the
floodplains containing shallow aquifers under water-table or semi-confined conditions.
Geological map of Bangladesh (Alam et al. 1990) showing Pagla STP project area is provided as Figure
4-9.
Page | 84
Figure 4-9: Geological Map of the Bangladesh showing Pagla STP Project Area
4.2.5 Seismicity
Under DSIP there will be several civil constructions including buildings associated with treatment plant
and trunk sewers. It is important to consider the effect of earthquakes while designing these
structures. Bangladesh is divided into three seismic zones. The proposed Pagla STP sites fall under
seismic Zone-II on the earthquake map (Figure 4-10) and the shocks of the intensity of VIII are possible
here. A section of the proposed Pagla STP site (e.g. old Dhaka) may be very susceptible to the
earthquake. Construction of civil structures in this seismic region will adopt the requisite guidelines as
per the Bangladesh National Building Code for ensuring structural safety.
Page | 85
Location of Pagla STP

at Dhaka City
Figure 4-10: Seismic and Soil Tract Map of Bangladesh showing Pagla site
(Source: www.banglapedia.org and Geological Survey of Bangladesh)
4.2.6 Air Quality

Air quality test for PM10 and PM2.5 was conducted during 7-9 August, 2018 (monsoon season) at four
locations as cited in Table 4-4 and shown in Figure 4-12. The sampling collection duration was 8 hours
starting from 10:00 AM (approximately) for all locations. The sampling points were near the existing
trunk mains. From Table 4-4 it is observed that the PM10 and PM2.5 values are quite below the DoE
Standard (Amended 19 July, 2005) in all four locations. The results from the Air Quality test are also
shown graphically in Figure 4-11.
Under the Pagla STP catchment, there are many places where it can be found that where sewage
overflow occurs which spread bad odour. The bad odour is caused primarily by ammonia and
hydrogen sulphide. According to ECR 1997, the standard values for ammonia and hydrogen sulphide
are 1-5 ppm and 0.02-0.2 ppm respectively. However, there is a lack of appropriate equipment in the
country to measure these parameters. But it can be inferred that after implementation of project
components there will be a significant improvement in the overall odour level in the project area.
Table 4-4: Air Quality Parameter (PM10 and PM2.5) Value at Four Locations
Coordinates Particulate Matters

SL Locations PM10 PM2.5
Latitude Longitude PM10 PM2.5
Standard Standard
1 Bashabo SLS 23°44'27.03"N 90°26'05.30"E 75.00 150 40.32 65
2 Mir Hazirbag 23°42'24.13"N 90°25'41.85"E 51.04 150 26.50 65
3 Pagla STP 23°41'00.54"N 90°27'04.76"E 60.36 150 26.88 65
4 Nilkhet 23°43'57.39"N 90°23'11.21"E 61.46 150 27.06 65
Note 1: Sampling collection time is 8 hrs
Note 2: DoE Standard (Amended 19 July, 2005) value for PM10 = 150 μg/m3 and for PM2.5 = 65 μg/m3
Page | 86
Figure 4-11: Air Quality Result in Pagla Catchment
Figure 4-12: Location of air quality monitoring stations
Page | 87
4.2.7 Water Quality

4.2.7.1 River Water Quality
The rivers, lakes and other water bodies in the Dhaka watershed experience a seasonal variation of
water quality. The water quality deteriorates dramatically during the 7 months of the year from
November to May. In the 5 months of monsoon, from June to October, the water quality improves
due to availability of large rainfall-runoff and flood spills from Jamuna River.
Water quality parameters were tested for samples taken from three locations i.e. near Pagla STP,
Aminbazar Bridge (upstream of Pagla STP) and Muktarpur Bridge (downstream of Pagla STP) of
Buriganga and Dhaleswari rivers (Table 4-5 and Figure 2-2) for eight months at Environmental
Laboratory of BUET. The following parameters were measured, namely Dissolved Oxygen (DO), pH,
Temperature, Biochemical Oxygen Demand (BOD) at 5 days, Chemical Oxygen Demand (COD), NH3-N,
Total Dissolved Solids (TDS) and Electrical Conductivity (EC).
Detailed result of the analysis is shown in Figure 4-13 in line diagrams. From the figures, it is observed
that inthe case of DO, the value is relatively lower compared with the other two upstream and
downstream locations for all the samples taken in each consecutive month. Overall, in the case of
BOD5, COD, NH4-N, and TDS, the values are relatively higher for Pagla STP outfall compared with its
upstream and downstream locations at Aminbazar and Muktarpur Bridge. This leads to this conclusion
that, this is a local phenomenon where discharge from Pagla STP influences the water quality of
Buriganga River.
Table 4-5: Locations of surface water sample collection points
Sample ID Location of SW Samples Latitude Longitude

SW-01 Aminbazar Bridge from Buriganga River 23°47'01.8"N 90°20'08.8"E
SW-02 Pagla STP Outfall from Buriganga River 23°39'44.3"N 90°27'17.9"E
SW-03 Muktarpur Bridge from Dhaleshwari River 23°34'14.4"N 90°30'53.5"E
Page | 88
Page | 89
Page | 90
Figure 4-13: Water quality results of three locations of Buriganga-Dhaleswari river system
The water quality of the Buriganga River has deteriorated tremendously over the years due to the
discharge of untreated waste water, sewage and industrial effluents from different sources.
Consequently, Buriganga River was declared as an Ecologically Critical Area (ECA) by DoE in 2009. In a
recent survey conducted by IWM, in February-March 2017 (Figure 4-14), high level of pollution
became very evident. The dissolved oxygen level in Buriganga was observed to be near zero in almost
the entire length of the river. This indicates that during the driest part of the year, the river is
absolutely unsuitable for any aquatic life. It was further noticed that the pollution level of the river is
highly risky for public health in the near vicinity of the river. In another survey by IWM, very high level
of BOD (varying between (6-8 mg/l) with high ammonia contents were measured. In this situation
DWASA has to look for alternative surface water sources far away from the city, even when the water
availability in Buriganga was found to be sufficient. This has a consequence of increasing the cost of
water production. If Pagla STP is implemented properly and operated under the compliance values set
in ECR 1997, this might improve the overall water quality of Buriganga. However, to improve the
Buriganga water quality other domestic wastewater and industrial discharges need to be taken care
of.
Page | 91
Figure 4-14: Representation of the DO level in the peripheral rivers
4.2.7.2 Water Quality in Khals within Pagla catchment
The proposed eastern trunk main will cross two major storm water drainage channels (khals),
Khilgaon-Bashabo Khal and Segunbagicha Khal. Water quality assessment has been done at the
location in the khals where the trunk main will cross (Figure 4-15). The water quality results show that
the water draining through the khals are extensively polluted from catchment rainfall-runoff and the
waste water. Actually, these khals conveys the combined flow of rainfall-runoff, domestic waste water
and sewage. In all cases the, high level of phosphate, BOD and ammonia has been detected in flowing
waters (Table 4-6).
Page | 92
Figure 4-15: Khal water quality sampling locations
Table 4-6: Khal water quality

Sampling Location
Sl. No. Water Quality Parameters Unit
Khilgaon-Bashabo Khal Segunbagicha Khal
1 DO mg/l 0.67 0.32

o
2 Temp. C 31.2 31.8
3 BOD5 mg/l 90 130
4 COD mg/l 223 221
5 NH4-N mg/l 36.25 30.04
6 TSS mg/l 110 132
7 Cl- mg/l 70 70
8 NO2-N mg/l 0.008 0.008
9 PO4 mg/l 11.6 9.4
10 pH 6.37 6.31
4.2.7.3 Ground Water Quality

Groundwater sampling sites along the alignment of trunk mains of Pagla catchment are shown Figure
4-16. The groundwater samples were collected during the construction and development of deep tube
wells under DWASA. The depth of these deep tube wells varied from around 200-300m. The ground
water samples were tested in different recognized laboratories such as Environmental Engineering
Laboratory of BUET and Microbiology Laboratory of DWASA. Different water quality parameters such
as pH, Colour, Conductivity, TDS. Alkalinity, Hardness, Chloride, Iron, Manganese, Residual Chlorine,
Total Coliform etc. have been shown in Table 4-7 and Table 4-8.
Page | 93
Figure 4-16: Groundwater sampling sites in Pagla catchment
Table 4-7: Water quality monitoring data of deep tube wells along the eastern trunk main
Parameters
Conductivity
(CFU/100 ml)
TDS (mg/L)
T. coliform
Mn (mg/L)
Date of Sample
Fe (mg/L)
Alkalinity
Hardness
Chloride
(μS/cm)
(mg/L)
(mg/L)
(mg/L)
(mg/L)
Colour
(NTU)
R.Cl
collection Information
pH
Modhubag-1
11.05.2016 0.055 0.084 0.00 0
(old) 6.65 0.49 233 120.5
Modhubag-2
03.05.2018 6.83 3.88 297 158 150 124 6 0.00 0
(Madrasa)
11.10.2017 Hazipara 6.87 2.08 237 103.4 145 82 14 0.00 0
East Rampura
18.04.2017 6.87 0.63 285 121.6 110 86 26 0.00 0
Titas Road
Goran Muslim
10.06.2018 6.74 7.01 327 178 185 122 11 0.00 0
School
Bashabo-2
09.04.2018 6.61 1.74 275 145 100 84 17 0.00 0
(SLS)
Mugdapara-1
21.05.2017 6.75 1.20 305 128 125 110 17 0.00 0
(PWD Quarter)
Manik Nagar-2
10.07.2017 7.16 3.30 329 174.5 150 156 20 0.00 0
(Bisho Road)
Saidabad
17.12.2017 7.48 1.69 312 256 125 128 9 0.00 0
Outfall
Jatrabari-2
04.04.2018 6.70 0.54 466 262 145 198 11 0.00 0
(W.C)
14.05.2018 Mirhazirbag 6.7 3.19 412 220 200 128 26 0.00 0
Gandaria-1
23.10.2016 6.72 0.89 384 191.5 175 160 39 0.027 0.095 0.00 0
(DIT)
Shyampur
22.07.2018 7.2 6.19 315 165 180 118 14 0.00 0
Kadamtoli
16.11.2016 Shyampur 7.2 2.18 476 222 235 200 34 0.00 0
Page | 94
Table 4-8: Water quality monitoring data of deep tube wells along the western trunk main
Parameters
Conductivity
(CFU/100 ml)
TDS (mg/L)
T. coliform
Mn (mg/L)
Date of Sample
Fe (mg/L)
Alkalinity
Hardness
Chloride
(μS/cm)
(mg/L)
(mg/L)
(mg/L)
(mg/L)
Colour
NTU
R.Cl
collection Information
pH
Elephant Road-
19.01.2017 6.70 0.35 325 166.5 180 140 21 0.344 0.361 0.00 0
1
28.01.2018 Segunbagicha 7.11 3.40 300 149.4 190 142 36 0.00 0
25.10.2016 Bijoynagor 7.00 4.20 308 146.4 160 160 16 0.560 0.479 0.00 0
19.04.2018 Stadium R-3 6.78 0.87 557 296 110 210 71 0.00 0
Arambag
14.03.2017 6.67 0.61 410 190.2 130 0.044 0.10 0
Balurmath
08.05.2017 Banga Bhaban 6.66 1.36 491 215 125 184 59 0.40 0
07.08.2017 Baldha Garden 6.95 1.14 173 77.30 50 66 19 0.00 0

Monir Hossain
12.12.2017 6.85 1.00 483 230.00 160 190 55 0.00 0
Lane Narinda
4.2.8 Noise Level
Ambient Noise: The standards values for noise should be maintained at the project site(s). The
standards of noise levels affecting various categories of land use are given in the following Table 4-9.
Table 4-9: Standards of noise level as per ECR 1997
Standard value (dBs)

Area Category
Day Night
A Quiet place (hospitals, education etc.) 45 35
B Mainly residential 50 40
C Residential and commercial 60 50
D Commercial 70 60
E Industry 75 70
Noise levels at different sites within Pagla Catchment are shown in Figure 4-17 and the results are
given in Table 4-10.
Page | 95
Figure 4-17: Noise Level Measurement Sites
Table 4-10: Noise Level at Different Sites of Pagla Catchment
Day time Noise Level (dBA) Night time Noise Level (dBA)
Measurement Time
Measurement Time
Equivalent Noise
Equivalent Noise
Level, Leq (dB)
Level, Leq (dB)

Max (dB)
Max (dB)
Sl.
Min (dB)
Min (dB)
Location Description Coordinates

No.
Behind Shyampur steel 23°40'54.00"N

1 1:30 PM 67.23 74 65.4 8:42 PM 62.67 65 52
rerolling mills 90°26'43.00"E
In front of Bismillah tower 23°40'58.00"N

2 1:20 PM 64.8 73.8 53.8 8:39 PM 60.55 66.8 50.7
under construction 90°26'43.00"E
Shyampur Boroitola Wasa 23°41'3.00"N

3 1:13PM 68.7 83.3 53.3 8:24 PM 61.98 70 52.2
road 90°26'36.00"E
Shyampur Boroitola 23°41'5.00"N
4 1:10 PM 77.76 89.5 62.6 8:13 PM 79.3 89.1 66.7
Station 90°26'32.00"E
Page | 96
Measurement Time
Measurement Time
Equivalent Noise
Equivalent Noise
Level, Leq (dB)
Level, Leq (dB)

Max (dB)
Max (dB)
Sl.
Min (dB)
Min (dB)
No.
23°43'46.00"N
5 Hamidia Hafijia madrasa 11:43 AM 73.49 85.9 61.8 9:29 PM 64.64 75.2 51.8
90°26'1.00"E
23°43'46.00"N
6 Madinabad katcha bazar 11:37 AM 73.65 82 64.8 9:19 PM 67.9 72.3 56.8
90°26'3.00"E
City Corporation Staff 23°43'21.00"N
7 11:26 AM 70.48 80.7 59.3 8:04 PM 63.54 84.5 54.3
Quarter entrance 90°25'57.00"E
In front of Maniknagar 23°43'21.00"N
8 11:18 AM 75.26 87.8 59.2 8:55 PM 65.97 71.8 50.2
Model High School 90°26'3.00"E
In front of Maniknagar 23°43'27.00"N
9 11:03 AM 72.95 83.2 59.7 8:40 PM 61.95 78.2 55.7
National Ideal School 90°26'4.00"E
In front of Segunbagicha 23°43'32.00"N
10 10:52 AM 62.13 73.8 56.7 8:33 PM 60.11 67.8 57.2
khal bend 90°26'5.00"E
Opposite of Khilgaon Staff 23°44'38.00"N
11 1:25 PM 77.19 87.1 69.4 9:35 PM 67.73 81.5 59.3
Quarter Jame Mosque 90°25'36.00"E
23°44'39.00"N
12 At Khilgaon Rail Crossing 1:17 PM 81.96 89 72 9:23 PM 71.78 72 60.2
90°25'34.00"E
23°44'37.00"N
13 In front of Amtola Mosque 1:09 PM 85.52 94.8 73.5 9:10 PM 85.52 90.3 63.8
90°25'27.00"E
In front of Railway 23°44'38.00"N
14 12:53 PM 79.64 90.6 66.3 9:00 PM 65.68 90 59.5
Madrasa 90°25'30.00"E
Outside of Saiful Dairy 23°43'51.00"N
15 11:32 AM 70 84.5 56.1 8:40 PM 66.4 77.5 52
Farm adjacent to khal 90°26'7.00"E
An-naf Green Model High 23°43'49.00"N
16 11:27 AM 68.26 72.9 61.8 8:33 PM 60.3 67.2 50.1
School beside khal 90°26'6.00"E
23°43'45.00"N
17 Ma Pharmacy beside khal 11:19 AM 84.01 99.3 60.1 8:21 PM 76.3 72.3 56.9
90°26'6.00"E
Beside Manda Govt. 23°43'43.00"N
18 11:03 AM 84.82 98.7 65.1 8:17 PM 75.89 77.6 55.6
Primary School 90°26'5.00"E
Beside National Nursing
23°43'57.10"N
19 Institute beneath over 1:58 PM 96.3 110 70 9:55 PM 93.97 98 82
90°25'43.20"E
bridge
In front of Kamalapur 23°44'7.90"N
20 1:48 PM 81.98 89.7 70.4 9:43 PM 84.5 85.2 60.9
School and College 90°25'43.20"E
Outside Bashabo Buddha 23°44'11.10"N
21 1:33 PM 83.55 97.5 68.5 9:31 PM 80.95 81.5 58.5
Mondir 90°25'45.20"E
In front of Mohasorok
23°44'23.78"N
22 Jame Mosjid, Bashabo, 1:26 PM 80.84 92.2 69.9 9:24 PM 78.16 87.2 59.3
90°25'39.72"E
Sobujbag
At Atish Dipankar Road,

23°44'31.20"N
23 Bashabo, 3 # Road 11:49 AM 76.81 87.3 71 9:10 PM 70.46 78.9 69
90°25'36.90"E
Intersection
At Sipahibag, Saherulbag 23°45'10.90"N

24 11:37 AM 84.7 95.6 66.9 8:54 PM 79.62 90.3 60.2
new road, Khilgaon 90°25'52.50"E
At Meradia Bazar-
23°45'10.00"N
25 Chowdhury Bari 11:22 AM 83.89 95 70.3 8:42 PM 71.94 89 60.5
90°25'56.70"E
Intersection
23°45'12.30"N
26 At Sipahibag Bazar 11:10 AM 73.85 81.2 65.1 8:37 PM 74.54 79.4 56.2
90°25'58.40"E
Page | 97
Measurement Time
Measurement Time
Equivalent Noise
Equivalent Noise
Level, Leq (dB)
Level, Leq (dB)

Max (dB)
Max (dB)
Sl.
Min (dB)
Min (dB)
No.
Doyaganj new 4 way

23°42'37.00"N
27 Intersection, in front of 3:35 PM 82.8 99.3 69 9:53 PM 81.04 88.9 56.9
90°25'27.00"E
LabAid
Doyagonj Intersection, 23°42'39.00"N

28 3:22 PM 81.67 91.9 69.3 9:43 PM 73.69 81.2 69.3
Baitun Nur Jame Mosjid 90°25'25.00"E
In front of Priyangon 23°42'45.00"N

29 3:07 PM 77.34 87.4 64.8 9:26 PM 61.1 90.9 54.3
Community Centre 90°25'22.00"E
23°49'2.40"N
30 Mirbagh roundabout 11:10 AM 98.3 102 76 8:05 PM 82.97 88 65
90°21'29.53"E
East Bashabo Cinema Hall 23°44'27.63"N

31 11:33 AM 91.7 98 71 8:27 PM 83.7 90 70
roundabout 90°26'5.79"E
23°44'27.63"N
32 Golapbag pump station 12:00 PM 88.1 90 82 8:45 PM 90.97 94 68
90°26'5.79"E
23°44'27.63"N
33 North Jurain munsibari 12:29 PM 93.2 97 77 9:02 PM 81.64 89 73
90°26'5.79"E
4.2.9 Soil Quality

Samples were taken from four locations (Figure 4-18) within Pagla STP catchment on 1st August, 2018
and tested at Soil Resource Development institute (SRDI) Laboratory situated in Dhaka. Soil samples at
those locations were collected for measuring nine parameters namely as Organic Materials, Total
Nitrogen, Potassium, Calcium, Phosphorus, Boron, Zinc, Lead and Chromium. The tested soil
parameters are shown in Table 4-11. The soil components are classified according to their relative
presence in the samples and in doing so SRDI followed the classification made in Fertilizer
Recommendation Guide prepared by Bangladesh Agricultural Research Council (BARC) in 2012.
Figure 4-18: Soil Sampling Sites
Page | 98
Table 4-11: Test Result of Soil Samples
Total Nitrogen
Phosphorus
Chromium
Potassium
Materials
Calcium
Organic
Boron
Coordinates
Lead
Zinc
Soil
S
Sampling pH
L
Location
meq/100g soil
Longitude
Latitude
% ppm
1 Hawai 6.9 0.74 0.037 1.43 7.26 3.83 0.32 2.8 41.31
Goli,
23°44'35.82" 90°26'03.09"
South 62.42
N E
Goran, N VL VL VH H VL M VH
Khilgaon
2 North 6.9 0.47 0.024 1.32 9.32 6.92 0.5 6.05 24.74
Jurain, 23°41'48.36" 90°25'56.72"
67.79
Mushibar N E
N VL VL VH VH L O VH
, Dhaka
3 Dhaka- 6.6 1.08 0.054 0.14 3.49 4.97 0.07 6.21 15.22
Narayang
anj Road, 23°40'11.38" 90°26'55.50"
68.65
Mushikh N E
ola, N L VL L M VL VL VH
Dhaka
4 Saharaw 6.9 1.01 0.051 0.29 6.41 16.75 0.13 2.72 30.62
23°43'57.19" 90°23'46.87"
ardi 56.66
N E
uddayan N L VL O H O VL VH
Note: N=Neutral; VL=Very Low; L=Low; M=Moderate; H=High; VH=Very High; O=Optimum
Soil Component Classification Source: Fertilizer Recommendation Guide (BARC, 2012)
4.2.10 Sub-soil Information

The soil conditions surrounding the proposed tunnel alignment will have a major impact on the ease
and practicality of tunnelling and the actual method of tunnel excavation. Fortunately, the Sub-soil
investigation data provided indicates that the ground is generally made up of an upper layer of loose
silty fine sand and clay down to depths ranging from about 7 to 10 metres. This is then underlain by a
layer of dense silt with some sand. Every borehole consistently indicates that this layer of silt becomes
increasingly dense with depth, with SPT N-values approaching or exceeding 30 at depths of 18m. Most
boreholes were terminated at 40-45m depth, with no rock layer encountered. The geotechnical
conditions of eastern and western trunk mains are shown in Figure 4-19. It is to be mentioned here
that, for the three figures same lithology index was used to depict different soil layers.
Page | 99
Figure 4-19: Lithological Characteristics of Eastern Trunk Main (top and middle) Western Trunk Main (bottom)
Page | 100
4.2.11 Existing Utilities

In Dhaka city, almost all the utility services such as water supply, sewerage, gas, storm water,
electricity etc. lines are buried underneath the existing city corporation roads. At present there are no
separate utility ducts available in the existing roads. The utility lines are laid criss-crossed at many
places. There are many manholes for the existing sewer and storm water lines. At some places the
existing sewer lines are buried deeply as the land levels have been raised by few metres. Therefore, it
seems a daunting task to lay sewer lines without disturbing the existing utility lines. A representative
picture of different utility lines found after making a trial pit is shown in Figure 4-20. Plan and section
view of a trial pit in Goran area under Pagla catchment is shown in Figure 4-21.
Figure 4-20: A representative picture of different utility lines found after cutting a trial pit
Figure 4-21: Plan and section view of a trial pit in Goran area under Pagla catchment
Page | 101
4.2.12 Influent Wastewater Characteristics of Pagla STP

To estimate influent wastewater quality operation data of existing Pagla SPT was collected for 8
months in the year of 2018 (Source: Interim Report No. 1. by feasibility consultant).
By analysing the plant operation data, maximum, minimum and average BOD concentration in influent
waste water are found to be 281, 196 and 254 mg/l respectively. The maximum, minimum and
average values of suspended solids in the influent wastewater is found to be 290, 201 and 239mg/l
respectively.
Table 4-12: Analysis of Influent Characteristics in Pagla STP
The year 2018

Category Ave.
Jan. Feb. Mar. Apr. May. Jun. Jul. Aug.
Min. 259 259 255 262 258 260 197 196 243
BOD
Max. 280 268 272 271 271 281 270 222 267
(mg/ ℓ)
Ave. 268 262 264 267 264 272 228 209 254
Min. - - - - - 260 201 195 219
SS
Max. - - - - - 277 290 227 265
(mg/ ℓ)
Ave. - - - - - 267 241 208 239
Source: Monthly operation report of Pagla STP (2018, DWASA)
The concentration is reduced during the rainy season of July to August. Infiltration and intrusion of
groundwater and storm water are expected to be the cause. Since some industrial wastewater
discharges illegally and inflows to Pagla STP, it is not reasonable to use current sewage characteristics
as design parameters.
4.2.13 Effluent Standards
The effluent standard for sewage discharge in Bangladesh (Schedule 9 of ECR 1997) is provided in
Table 2-8. According to the review of effluent standards in developing countries, most countries
regulate BOD concentration as 20~30 mg/ℓ. Therefore, the required effluent standard is determined
to be 20 mg/ℓ for BOD, 20 mg/ℓ for SS and 1,000 MPN/100ml for Coliform considering cases of
neighbouring countries and necessity of more stringent standards for future. For improving the quality
of receiving water body, regulation of removing nutrients at the STP is necessary, but the approach to
nutrient removal shall be initiated with more stringent environmental policies covering all Bangladesh.
Hence, specifically targeted effluent standard for Nitrogen and Phosphorus is not considered in this
design package.
4.3 Biological Condition
4.3.1 Biological Condition in Pagla STP
The Pagla STP plant site is quite a large area with a concrete boundary and several ponds exist there
for the sewer treatment process. However, the Pagla STP site has low to the low-moderate type of
ecological habitat. Some planted terrestrial flora exists there in lines as well as the scattered way in
some specific location. The ecological characteristics of this site and adjacent areas are semi-urban,
and only adaptive and tolerant ecological aspects exist there. Both planted native and exotic flora
Page | 102
exist there which provides supportive habitat for certain type of adaptive fauna (Figure 4-22 and
Figure 4-23). Therefore, the ecological aspects of the study area have already been changed by the
previous development works, and a new semi-urban ecosystem has evolved there to support local
adaptive biodiversity. Except sewer facultative ponds, few aquatic habitats also observed in the
project study areas, and all of these areas have few seasonal aquatic flora.
(a) (b)
(c) (d)
Figure 4-22: Faunal diversity observed within and outside of the proposed Pagla Sewage Treatment Plant (STP) site : (a)
Black Drongo - Dicrurus macrocercus, (b) Pariah Kite - Milvus migrans, (c) Little Cormorant - Phalacrocorax niger, and (d)
Pond Heron - Ardeola grayii,.
(a) (b)
Page | 103
(c) (d)
Figure 4-23: Floral diversity observed within and outside of the proposed Pagla Sewage Treatment Plant (STP) site
(i) Terrestrial Fauna: Some adaptive terrestrial fauna exists within and outside of the Pagla STP site
(Figure 4-24). All of these fauna represent the four biological class namely amphibia, reptilia, aves and
Mammalia. However, the list of identified terrestrial faunal diversity from this site, with their status
and distribution, is shown in Table 4-13 and percentage of their habit is shown in Figure 4-25.
(a) (b)
Figure 4-24: Terrestrial faunal diversity observed within and outside of the proposed Pagla Sewage Treatment
Plant site: (a) Red-vented Bulbul - Pycnonotus cafer, and (b) Black Drongo - Dicrurus macrocercus.
Terrestrial Faunal Habit

8%
11%
33% Amphibia
Reptile
Bird
Mammal
48%
Figure 4-25: Distribution of terrestrial faunal habit (%) within and outside of the proposed Pagla Sewage Treatment Plant
site
Table 4-13: Identified terrestrial fauna within & outside of the proposed Pagla Sewage Treatment Plant site .
NAME O P L Status Distribution
CLASS ENGLISH SCIENTIFIC R I C R T 1 2
Amphibia Cricket frog Limnonectes limnocharis N N Y N N N Y Y

Common toad Duttaphrynus melanostictus N N Y N N N Y Y
Page | 104
Reptilia Common Garden Lizard Calotes versicolor N N Y N N N N Y

Common House Lizard Hemidactylus flaviviridis N N Y N N N N Y
Common House Lizard Hemidactylus frenatus N N Y N N N N Y
Asian Pied Starling Sturnus contra Y N N N N N N Y
Black Headed Shrike Lanius schach Y N N N N N N Y
Black Drongo Dicrurus macrocercus Y N N N N N Y Y
Common Myna Acridotheres tristis Y N N N N N Y Y
Aves Common Kingfisher Alcedo atthis N N Y N N N N Y
Common Tailorbird Orthotomus sutorius N N Y N N N N Y
House Crow Corvus splendens Y N N N N N Y Y
House Sparrow Passer domisticus Y N N N N N N Y
Jungle Crow Corvus macrorhynchos Y N N N N N N Y
Oriental Magpie Robin Copsychus saularis Y N N N N N Y Y
Pariah Kite Milvus migrans Y N N N N N N Y
Spotted Dove Spilopelia chinensis N N Y N N N N Y
White Throated Fantail Rhipidura albicollis N N Y N N N N Y
Bandicoot Rat Bandicota indica N N Y N N N Y Y
Common House Rat Rattus rattus N N Y N N N N Y
Mammalia Grey Musk Shrew Suncus murinus N N Y N N N N Y
House Mouse Mus musculus N N Y N N N N Y
Indian Pipistrelle Pipistrellus coromandra N N Y N N N N Y
Indian Field Mouse Mus booduga N N Y N N N Y Y
Indian Mole Rat Bandicota bengalensis N N Y N N N Y Y
Jackal Canis aureus N N Y N N N Y Y
Small Indian Mongoose Herpestes auropunctatus N N Y N N N N Y
[Legend: O = Observed, PR = Previous Record, LI = Local Information, C = Common, R = Rare, T = Threatened, Y = Yes, N = No,
1 = within the proposed Pagla STP site, 2 = Adjacent areas of proposed Pagla STP site.]
(ii) Terrestrial Flora: Some natural and planted terrestrial flora exists in this site (Figure 4-26).
Natural flora generally grows in the fallow lands as herb and shrub. The identified floras are diversified
and represent twenty-three botanical families. However, the list of identified terrestrial floral diversity
from this site, with their status and distribution, is shown in Table 4-14 and percentage of their habit
is shown in Figure 4-27.
(a) (b)
Page | 105
(c) (d)
Figure 4-26: Terrestrial floral diversity observed within and outside of the proposed Pagla Sewage Treatment Plant site : (a)
to (d) Mixed terrestrial flora exist within the Pagla STP site.
Terrestrial Floral Habit

3%
Tree
38%
Herb
59% Shrub
Figure 4-27: Distribution of terrestrial floral habit (%) within and outside of the proposed Pagla Sewage Treatment Plant
site
Table 4-14: Identified terrestrial flora within & outside of the proposed Pagla Sewage Treatment Plant site
Name Habit O P L Status Distribution

Family Native/English Scientific R I C R T 1 2
Annonaceae Debdaru Polyalthia longifolia Tree Y N N N N N N Y
Anacardiaceae Am Mangifera indica Tree Y N N N N N N Y
Apocynaceae Chatim Alstonia scholaris Tree Y N N N N N N Y
Boraginaceae Hatisur Heliotropium indicum Herb Y N N N N N Y Y
Casuarinaceae Jhau Casuarinas equisetifolie Tree Y N N Y N N N Y
Compositae Assamlata Mikania cordata Shrub Y N N N N N Y Y
Sheyalmutra Blumea lacera Herb Y N N N N N Y Y
Convolvulaceae Dholkalmi Ipomoea fistulosa Herb Y N N N N N N Y
Combretaceae Kath Badam Terminalia catapa Tree Y N N N N N N Y
Caricaceae Papaya Carica papaya Herb Y N N N N N N Y
Euphorbiaceae Reri, venna Ricinus communis Herb Y N N N N N Y Y
Gramineae Durbaghas Cynodon dactylon Herb Y N N Y N N Y Y
Shon grass/Patila Phragmites sp. Herb Y N N N N N N Y
Leguminosae Koroi Albizia procera Tree Y N N N N N N Y
Acacia Acacia mangium Tree Y N N N N N N Y
Rendi Samanea saman Tree Y N N N N N N Y
Krishnachura Delomix regia Tree Y N N N N N N Y
Musaceae Kola Musa paradisiacal Herb Y N N Y N N N Y
Mimosoidae Lazzaboti Mimosa pudica Herb Y N N N N N Y Y
Meliaceae MehagonI Swietenia mahagoni Tree Y N N N N N N Y
Neem Azadirachta indica Tree Y N N N N N N Y
Moraceae Kathal Artocarpus heterophyllus Tree Y N N N N N N Y
Jagadumur Ficus glomoreta Tree Y N N N N N N Y
Kakdumur Ficus hispida Tree Y N N N N N N Y
Sheora Sireblus asper Tree Y N N N N N N Y
Page | 106

Bot Ficus benghalensis Tree Y N N N N N N Y
Myrtaceae Payara Psidium guayava Tree Y N N N N N N Y
Eucalyptus Eucalyptus citriodora Tree Y N N N N N N Y
Palmae Narikel Coccos nucifera Tree Y N N N N N N Y
Khejur Phoenix sylvestris Tree Y N N N N N N Y
Pontederiaceae Sarkachu Monochoria vaginalis Herb Y N N N N N N Y
Pteridophytes Fern Drynaria quercifolia Herb Y N N N N N N Y
Dhekishak Pteris vittatai Herb Y N N N N N N Y
Rhamnaceae Boroi, Kul Zizyphus mauritiana Tree Y N N N N N Y Y
Solanaceae Phutibegun Solanum nigrum Herb Y N N N N N N Y
Dhutra Datura metol Herb Y N Y N N N N Y
Verbinaceae Segun Tectona grandis Tree Y N N N N N N Y
1 = within the proposed Pagla STP site, 2 = Adjacent areas of the proposed Pagla Sewage Treatment Plant site.]
(i) Aquatic Fauna including Fish: Few aquatic fauna exist in this site (Figure 4-28). The identified fauna
represents three biological classes namely Amphibia, Aves, and Osteichthyes. Few fish species exist
inside the aquatic habitats. However, the list of identified aquatic faunal species including fish from
this site, with their status and distribution, is shown in
Table 4-15 and percentage of their habit is shown in Figure 4-29.
(a) (b)
Figure 4-28: Aquatic faunal diversity observed within and outside of the proposed Pagla Sewage Treatment Plant site : (a)
Little Cormorant - Phalacrocorax niger and (b) Pond Heron - Ardeola grayii.
Aquatic Faunal Habit

16%
0% Amphibia
17% Bird
Fish (fresh water)

67% 0%
Figure 4-29: Distribution of aquatic faunal habit (%) within and outside of the proposed Pagla STP site.
Page | 107
Table 4-15: Identified aquatic fauna within & outside of the proposed Pagla STP site.
Amphibia Bull Frog Hoplobatrachus tigerinus N N Y N N N Y Y

Skipper frog Euphlyctis cyanophlyctis N N Y N N N Y Y
Aves Little Cormorant Phalacrocorax niger Y N N N N N Y Y
Pond Heron Ardeola grayii Y N N N N N Y Y
Osteichthyes Catla Catla catla N N Y N N N Y Y
(Fresh Water Gangetic Mystus Mystus cavasius N N Y N N N Y Y
Dependent Magur Clarius batrachus N N Y N N N Y Y
Fish) Mrigal Cirrhinus mrigala N N Y N N N Y Y
Pangus Pangasius pangasius N N Y N N N Y Y
Rohu Labeo rohita N N Y N N N Y Y
Stinging Catfish Heteropneustes fossilis N N Y Y N N Y Y
Spotted Snakehead Channa punctatus N N Y N N N Y Y
1 = within the proposed Pagla STP site, 2 = Adjacent areas of the proposed Pagla STP site.]
(ii) Aquatic Flora: Few aquatic floras exist in few aquatic locations within this site (Figure 4-30). The
identified floras represent five botanical families. However, the list of identified aquatic flora species
from this site, with their status and distribution, is shown in
(a) (b)
Figure 4-30: Floral diversity observed within and outside of the proposed Pagla Sewage Treatment Plant site : (a)
Kachuripana - Eichhornia crassipes, and (b) Katchu - Colocasia esculenta
Page | 108
Aquatic Floral Habit

17%
Herb
Shrub
83%
Figure 4-31: Distribution of aquatic floral habit (%) within and outside of the proposed Pagla STP site
Table 4-16: Identified aquatic flora within and outside of the proposed Pagla STP site

Amaranthaceae Haicha Alternanthera sesilis Herb N N Y Y N N Y Y
Aponogetonaceae Ghenchu Aponogeton natans Herb N N Y N N N Y Y
Araceae Katchu Colocasia esculenta Herb Y N N N N N Y Y
Convolvulaceae Kalmi Ipomoea aquatic Shrub N N Y N N N Y Y
Pontederiaceae Kachuripana Eichhornia crassipes Herb Y N N Y N N Y Y
Sarkachu Monochoria vaginalis Herb N N Y N N N N Y
1 = within the proposed Pagla Sewage Treatment Plant site of DSIP project of DWASA, 2 = Adjacent areas of the of the
proposed Pagla Sewage Treatment Plant site of DSIP project of DWASA.]
4.3.1.1 Outlet Point of Pagla STP at Buriganga River

The proposed sewer water outlet point will involve (i) construction / rehabilitation / renovation of
sewer line from Pagla STP to Buriganga River, and (ii) discharge of treated sewer water in to the river.
The sewer water outlet point in the river is a small area with a low number of floral and faunal
diversity. Planted terrestrial flora exists beside road and river-bank which provides supportive habitat
for certain type of adaptive fauna (Figure 4-32). Therefore, the ecological aspects of the study area
have already been changed by the previous development works (e.g. construction of industries and
associate developments), and a new semi-urban ecosystem has evolved there to support local
adaptive biodiversity.
(a) (b)
Figure 4-32: Floral diversity observed within and outside of the proposed sewer water outlet point at Buriganga River site:
(a) Bot - Ficus benghalensis and (b) Kachuripana - Eichhornia crassipes.
(i) Terrestrial Fauna: No terrestrial fauna identified from this site.
Page | 109
(ii) Terrestrial Flora: Few planted terrestrial flora exists in this site. The floras are less diversified and
represent three botanical families. However, the list of identified terrestrial floral diversity from this
site, with their status and distribution, is shown in Table 4-17 and percentage of their habit is shown in
Figure 4-33.
33%
Herb
Shrub
67%
Figure 4-33: Distribution of terrestrial floral habit (%) within and outside of the proposed site
Table 4-17: Identified terrestrial flora within and outside of the proposed site

Gramineae Durbaghas Cynodon dactylon Herb Y N N N N N Y Y
Moraceae Bot Ficus benghalensis Tree Y N N N N N Y Y
Fabaceae Koroi Albizia procera Tree Y N N N N N Y Y
1 = within the proposed site, 2 = Adjacent areas of the proposed site.]
(i) Aquatic Fauna including fish: No aquatic fauna including fish diversity identified from this sewer
water outlet point
(ii) Aquatic Flora: A single aquatic flora species identified from the polluted water of Buriganga River
though it may support other aquatic floral species.
4.3.2 Biological Condition along Trunk Mains
4.3.2.1 Biological Condition along Eastern Trunk Main

The roads along which the Eastern Trunk Main alignment is fixed have no major ecological aspects,
except few planted terrestrial flora that exists in the peripheral sides as well as in the middle of roads.
The ecological characteristics of the alignment and adjacent areas are fully urban; and only adaptive
and tolerant ecological aspects exist there. Some of the areas have planted native and exotic flora that
provides supportive habitat for certain type of adaptive fauna (Figure 4-34 and Figure 4-35). Planted
exotic flora has also been found in a scattered way on the footpaths and also along the middle of
roads. Therefore, the ecological aspects of the study areas have already been changed by the previous
development works (e.g. road construction, residential house construction, other infrastructure
development, etc.), and a new tiny urban ecosystem has evolved there in a fragmented way to
support local adaptive biodiversity.
Page | 110
(a) (b)
(c) (d)
Figure 4-34: Faunal diversity observed within and outside of the proposed Eastern Trunk Main: (a) Black Drongo – Dicrurus
macrocercus, (b) House Sparrow - Passer domisticus (c) House Crow- Corvus splendens, and (d) Common Myna- Acridotheres
tristis.
(a) (b)
Figure 4-35: Floral diversity observed within and outside of the proposed Eastern Trunk Main: (a) Coconut Tree - Coccos
nucifera, (b) Bot - Ficus benghalensis.
(i) Terrestrial Fauna: Few terrestrial fauna exist within and outside of this site, and are visible in the
early morning in some specific locations (Figure 4-36). These fauna represent four biological class
namely amphibia, reptilia, aves and mammalia. However, the list of identified terrestrial faunal
diversity from this site, with their status and distribution, is shown in Table 4-18 and percentage of
their habit is shown in Figure 4-37.
Page | 111
(a) (b)
(c) (d)
Figure 4-36: Faunal diversity observed within and outside of the proposed Eastern Trunk Main : (a) House Lizard –
Hemidactylus flaviviridis, (b) Den of Indian Mole Rat - Bandicota bengalensis, (c) Asian Pied Starling - Sturnus contra and (d)
Jungle Crow.

7%
7%
36% Amphibia
Reptile
Bird
Mammal
50%
Figure 4-37: Distribution of terrestrial faunal habit (%) within and outside of the proposed Eastern Trunk Main
Table 4-18: Identified terrestrial fauna within & outside of the proposed Eastern Trunk Main
Amphibia Common toad Duttaphrynus melanostictus N N Y N N N N Y

Reptilia Common House Lizard Hemidactylus flaviviridis N N Y N N N N Y
Asian Pied Starling Sturnus contra Y N N N N N Y Y
Black Drongo Dicrurus macrocercus Y N N N N N Y Y
Common Myna Acridotheres tristis Y N N N N N Y Y
Aves Common Tailorbird Orthotomus sutorius Y N N N N N N Y
House Sparrow Passer domisticus Y N N N N N Y Y
Rock Pigeon Columba livia Y N N N N N N Y
Page | 112

Grey Musk Shrew Suncus murinus N N Y N N N N Y
Mammalia House Mouse Mus musculus N N Y N N N N Y
Indian Mole Rat Bandicota bengalensis N N Y N N N Y Y
1 = within the proposed eastern trunk main sites, 2 = Adjacent areas of the proposed eastern trunk main sites.]
(ii) Terrestrial Flora: Some terrestrial floras exist within and outside of the proposed construction
sites, and are visible in some specific locations in a scattered way (Figure 4-38). The floras are
diversified and represent seventeen botanical families. However, the list of identified terrestrial faunal
diversity, with their status and distribution, isshown in Table 4-19 and percentage of their habit is
shown in Figure 4-39.
(a) (b)
Figure 4-38: Floral diversity observed within and outside of the proposed Eastern Trunk Main: (a) Bot - Ficus benghalensis, ,
(b) Neem - Azadirachta indica

14%
Tree
53% Herb
33% Shrub
Figure 4-39: Distribution of terrestrial floral habit (%) within and outside of the proposed Eastern Trunk Main
Table 4-19: Identified terrestrial flora within & outside of the proposed Eastern Trunk Main

Annonaceae Debdaru Polyalthia longifolia Tree Y N N N N N Y Y
Anacardiaceae Am Mangifera indica Tree Y N N N N N Y Y
Basellaceae Pui Shak Basella rubra Shrub N N Y N N N Y Y
Combretaceae Kath Badam Terminalia catapa Tree Y N Y N N N N Y
Cucurbitaceae Korolla Momordica charantia Shrub N N Y N N N N Y
Lau Lagenaria vulgaris Shrub N N Y N N N Y Y
Caricaceae Papaya Carica papaya Herb Y N N N N N Y Y
Page | 113

Gramineae Durbaghas Cynodon dactylon Herb Y N N Y N N Y Y
Labiatae Tulsi Ocimum sanctum Herb Y N N N N N Y Y
Leguminosae Rendi Samanea saman Tree Y N N N N N Y Y
Krishnachura Delomix regia Tree Y N N N N N Y Y
Musaceae Banana Musa paradisiacal Herb Y N N Y N N Y Y
Mimosoidae Lazzaboti Mimosa pudica Herb N N Y N N N Y Y
Meliaceae Mehagon Swietenia mahagoni Tree Y N N Y N N Y Y
Neem Azadirachta indica Tree Y N N N N N Y Y
Moraceae Bot Ficus benghalensis Tree Y N N N N N Y Y
Kakdumur Ficus hispida Tree N N Y N N N N Y
Moringaceae Sajna Moringa oleifera Tree N N Y N N N N Y
Palmae Narikel Coccos nucifera Tree Y N N Y N N Y Y
Pontederiaceae Sarkachu Monochoria vaginalis Herb N N Y N N N N Y
Pteridophytes Dhekishak Pteris vittatai Herb Y N N N N N Y Y
(i) Aquatic Fauna including Fish: Few aquatic fauna exist in few aquatic locations, adjacent to
proposed alignment. The identified fauna represents only one biological class namely amphibia. No
fish species identified from those aquatic habitats. However, the list of identified aquatic faunal
species, with their status and distribution, isshown in Table 4-20.
Table 4-20: Identified aquatic fauna within & outside of the proposed Eastern Trunk Main
Amphibia Bull Frog Hoplobatrachus tigerinus N N Y N N N N Y

Skipper frog Euphlyctis cyanophlyctis N N Y N N N N Y
[Legend: O = Observed, PR = Previous Record, LI = Local Information, C = Common, R = Rare, T = Threatened, Y = Yes, N
= No, 1 = within the proposed eastern trunk main sites, 2 = Adjacent areas of the proposed eastern trunk main sites. ]
(ii) Aquatic Flora: Few aquatic floras exist in few aquatic locations, adjacent to construction sites
(Figure 4-40). The identified floras represent three botanical families. However, the list of identified
aquatic flora species, with their status and distribution, is shown in Table 4-21 and percentage of their
habit is shown in Figure 4-41.
(a) (b)
Figure 4-40: Floral diversity observed within and outside of the proposed Eastern Trunk Main : (a) Mixed aquatic flora exist
beside a road at Bashabo and (b) Katchu - Colocasia esculenta, an aquatic flora, exist in a low land beside a road at Bashabo,
Page | 114
Aquatic Floral Habit

0%
33%
Herb
Shrub
67%
Figure 4-41: Distribution of aquatic floral habit (%) within and outside of the proposed Eastern Trunk Main
Table 4-21: Identified aquatic flora within and outside of the proposed Eastern Trunk Main

Araceae Katchu Colocasia esculenta Herb Y N N N N N N Y
Convolvulaceae Kalmi Ipomoea aquatic Shrub Y N Y N N N N Y
Poaceae Arail Leersia hexandra Herb Y N N N N N N Y
4.3.2.2 Biological Condition along Western Trunk Main

The proposed western trunk main will be laid by open excavation and/or micro-tunnelling under the
existing roads in most part and under green fields of Suhrawardy Udyan. These roads exist within the
areas namely Nilkhet, Dhaka University, Ramna, Motshya Bhaban, Arambag, Motijheel, Wari, Narinda,
etc.
A remarkable number of planted terrestrial floras exist within the Suhrawardy Udyan/ park, and a
small section of this park will be used to lay the sewer line. However, the ecological characteristics of
these construction sites and adjacent areas are fully urban; and only adaptive and tolerant ecological
aspects exist there. Some of the project study sites have planted native and exotic flora that provides
supportive habitat for certain type of adaptive fauna including the Suhrawardy Udyan (Figure 4-42 and
Figure 4-43). Therefore, the proposed western trunk main alignment and its adjacent areas are
entirely urbanized and also commercialized in most locations.
(a) (b)
Page | 115
(c) (d)
Figure 4-42: Faunal diversity observed within and outside of the proposed Western Trunk Main: (a) Three-Striped Palm
Squirrel - Funambulus palmarum, (b) Rose Ringed Parakeet – Psittacula krameri, (c) Oriental Magpie Robin - Copsychus
saularis, and (d) Common Myna- Acridotheres tristis.
(a) (b)
(c) (d)
Figure 4-43: Floral diversity observed within and outside of the proposed Western Trunk Main: (a) and (b) mixed terrestrial
flora exist in the middle and peripheral sides of a road at Moghbazar, (c) mature terrestrial flora exist in the peripheral side of
Dhaka University road near Nilkhet, and (d) non-mature terrestrial flora exist in the middle of a road at Nilkhet.
(i) Terrestrial Fauna: Some terrestrial fauna exist within and outside of trunk main alignment, and are
visible in early morning and middle of a day in some specific locations (Figure 4-44). These fauna
represent four biological class namely amphibia, reptilia, aves and mammalia. However, the list of
identified terrestrial faunal, with their status and distribution, is shown in
Page | 116
(a) (b)
(c) (d)
Figure 4-44: Faunal diversity observed within and outside of the proposed Western Trunk Main site of: (a) House Sparrow -
Passer domisticus, (b) Red–whiskered Bulbul - Pycnonotus jocosus, (c) House Crow- Corvus splendens, and (d) Jungle Crow -
Corvus macrorhynchos,.

4%
13%
31%
Amphibia
Reptile
Bird
Mammal
52%
Figure 4-45: Distribution of terrestrial faunal habit (%) within and outside of the proposed Western Trunk Main
Table 4-22: Identified terrestrial fauna within & outside of the proposed Western Trunk Main sites

R I
CLASS ENGLISH SCIENTIFIC C R T 1 2
Amphibia Common toad Duttaphrynus melanostictus N N Y N N N N Y
Reptilia Common Garden Lizard Calotes versicolor N N Y N N N N Y
Common House Lizard Hemidactylus flaviviridis N N Y N N N N Y
Common House Lizard Hemidactylus frenatus N N Y N N N N Y
Asian Palm Swift Cypriirus parvus Y N N N N N N Y
Asian Pied Starling Sturnus contra Y N N N N N N Y
Black Drongo Dicrurus macrocercus Y N N N N N N Y
Aves Common Myna Acridotheres tristis Y N N N N N Y Y
Common Tailorbird Orthotomus sutorius Y N N N N N N Y
Page | 117

R I
CLASS ENGLISH SCIENTIFIC C R T 1 2
House Sparrow Passer domisticus Y N N N N N N Y
Jungle Crow Corvus macrorhynchos Y N N N N N N Y
Oriental Magpie Robin Copsychus saularis Y N N N N N N Y
Rock Pigeon Columba livia N N Y N N N N Y
Rose Ring Parakeet Psittacula krameri Y N N N N N N Y
Red–whiskered Bulbul Pycnonotus jocosus Y N N N N N N Y
Grey Musk Shrew Suncus murinus N N Y N N N N Y
Mammalia House Mouse Mus musculus N N Y N N N N Y
Indian Field Mouse Mus booduga N N Y N N N N Y
Indian Mole Rat Bandicota bengalensis Y N N N N N Y Y
3-Striped Palm Squirrel Funambulus palmarum
1 = within the proposed western trunk main site, 2 = Adjacent areas of the proposed western trunk main site]
(ii) Terrestrial Flora: A remarkable number of terrestrial floras exist within and outside of the
construction sites, and are visible in some specific locations (Figure 4-46 and Figure 4-47). The floras
are diversified and represent twenty botanical families. However, the list of identified terrestrial
faunal diversity from this site, with their status and distribution, is shown in Table 4-23 and
percentage of their habit is shown in Figure 4-48.
(a) (b)
Figure 4-46: Floral diversity observed within and outside of the proposed Western Trunk Main: (a) and (b) mixed terrestrial
flora exist in middle and peripheral sides of roads at Dhaka University Doel Chattor and TSC Moor
(a) (b)
Figure 4-47: Floral diversity observed within and outside of the proposed Western Trunk Main: (a) Mixed terrestrial flora exist
on both peripheral sides of a road near Matshyabhaban, (b) Mixed terrestrial flora exist on both peripheral side of a road at
Narinda.
Page | 118
16%
Tree
Herb
84%
Figure 4-48: Distribution of terrestrial floral habit (%) within and outside of the proposed Western Trunk Main
Table 4-23: Identified terrestrial flora within & outside of the proposed Western Trunk Main
Name Habit O P L Status Distribut

R I ion
Family Native/English Scientific C R T 1 2
Annonaceae Debdaru Polyalthia longifolia Tree Y N N N N N Y Y
Anacardiaceae Am Mangifera indica Tree Y N N N N N N Y
Averhoaceae Kamranga Averrhoa carambala Tree Y N N N N N N Y
Apocynaceae Chatim Alstonia scholaris Tree Y N N N N N N Y
Casuarinaceae Jhau Casuarinas equisetifolie Tree N N Y N N N N Y
Combretaceae Arjun Terminalia arjuna Tree N N Y N N N N Y
Kath Badam Terminalia catapa Tree Y N N N N N N Y
Caricaceae Papaya /pepe Carica papaya Herb Y N N N N N N Y
Euphorbiaceae Reri, venna Ricinus communis Herb Y N N N N N N Y
Patabahar Codiaeum vareigatum Tree Y N N N N N N Y
Gramineae Durbaghas Cynodon dactylon Herb Y N N N N N Y Y
Koroi Albizia procera Tree Y N N N N N N Y
Leguminosae Sisu Dalbergia sissoo Tree Y N N N N N N Y
Acacia Acacia mangium Tree Y N N N N N N Y
Rendi Samanea saman Tree Y N N N N N N Y
Krishnachura Delomix regia Tree Y N N N N N N Y
Musaceae Banana Musa paradisiacal Herb Y N N N N N N Y
Meliaceae MehagonI Swietenia mahagoni Tree Y N N N N N Y Y
Neem Azadirachta indica Tree Y N N N N N N Y
Kathal Artocarpus heterophyllus Tree Y N N N N N N Y
Moraceae Jagadumur Ficus glomoreta Tree Y N N N N N N Y
Kakdumur Ficus hispida Tree Y N N N N N N Y
Sheora Sireblus asper Tree Y N N N N N N Y
Bot Ficus benghalensis Tree Y N N N N N Y Y
Moringaceae Sajna Moringa oleifera Tree Y N N N N N N Y
Myrtaceae Eucalyptus Eucalyptus citriodora Tree Y N N N N N N Y
Palmae Tal Borassus fiabellifer Tree Y N N N N N Y Y
Narikel Coccos nucifera Tree Y N N N N N N Y
Pteridophytes Dhekishak Pteris vittatai Herb Y N N N N N N Y
Rhamnaceae Boroi, Kul Zizyphus mauritiana Tree Y N N N N N Y Y
Sapotaceae Bakul Mimusops elengi Tree Y N N N N N Y Y
Verbinaceae Segun Tectona grandis Tree Y N N N N N N Y
1 = within the proposed western trunk main site, 2 = Adjacent areas of the proposed western trunk main site.]
(i) Aquatic Fauna including Fish: Few aquatic fauna exist in an aquatic habitat viz. Suhrawardy Udyan
shallow water reservoir, adjacent to a section of trunk main alignment (Figure 4-49). The identified
Page | 119
fauna represents only a couple of biological class namely Amphibia and Osteichthyes. Few fish species
exist inside the aquatic reservoir. However, the list of identified aquatic faunal species including fish
from this site, with their status and distribution, is shown in Table 4-24 and percentage of their habit
is shown in Figure 4-50.
(a) (b)
Figure 4-49: Fish diversity observed outside of the proposed Western Trunk Main: (a) and (b) various types of small fish
cultured at a man-made shallow water reservoir at Suhrawardy Udyan.
Aquatic Faunal Habit
25%
Amphibia
Fish (fresh water)
75%
Figure 4-50: Distribution of aquatic faunal habit (%) within and outside the proposed Western Trunk Main
Table 4-24: Identified aquatic fauna within & outside of the proposed Western Trunk Main site of DSIP of DWASA.
Amphibia Bull Frog Hoplobatrachus tigerinus Y N N Y N N Y Y

Osteichthyes Rosy Barb Puntius conchonius N N Y N N N Y Y
(Fresh Water Swamp Barb Puntius chola N N Y N N N N Y
Dependent Fish) Tilapia Oreochromis aureus Y N N N N N Y Y
[Legend: O = Observed, PR = Previous Record, LI = Local Information, C = Common, R = Rare, T = Threatened, Y = Yes, N
= No, 1 = within the proposed western trunk main site, 2 = Adjacent areas of the proposed western trunk main site. ]
(ii) Aquatic Flora: No Aquatic flora observed within and outside of the proposed western trunk
main.
Page | 120
4.3.3 Threatened flora & fauna and ecologically important sites under Pagla STP
catchment
Threatened flora and fauna: Some specific scientific criteria are followed to declare a species as
threatened (critically endangered, endangered, etc.). It is generally declared by the World
Conservation Union (IUCN), an international Inter Governmental Organization (IGO), for each country.
Floral or faunal species that exist in threatened condition are generally known as threatened species.
Currently 115 wildlife species (e.g. 38 Reptile, 10 Amphibia, 39 Bird and 28 Mammal) and 64
freshwater fish species are threatened in Bangladesh (IUCN-BD 2015). On the other hand, 486 floras
are threatened [e.g. 36 Pteridophytes (V) and 293 Angiosperm (V), 1 Gymnosperm (EN) and 126
Angiosperm (EN), and 30 Angiosperm (CR)] in Bangladesh (Hasib, M.I. 2011). However, no threatened
faunal and floral species have been identified from this sewer water outlet point site. Systematic
research work in different seasons of the year will provide a complete and more accurate status of the
threatened fauna, flora and fish species of the proposed sites and adjacent areas.
Ecologically Important Sites
Protected Area (PA): An area of land and/or ocean especially dedicated to the protection and
maintenance of biological diversity, and of natural and associated cultural resources, and managed
through legal or other effective means is referred to as “Protected Area (PA)”. Such an area is
predominantly a natural area established and managed in perpetuity, through legal or customary
regimes, primarily to conserve their natural resources. No PA exists at or near the proposed sites and
adjacent areas.
National Park (NP): A National Park (NP) is reserve land, usually declared and owned by a national
government, protected from most human development activities and pollution. No NP exists at or
near the proposed sites and adjacent areas.
Game Reserve (GR): A Game Reserve (GR) is an area of land set aside for maintenance of wildlife for
tourism or hunting purposes. No GR exists at or near the proposed sites and adjacent areas.
Wildlife Sanctuary (WS): A Wildlife Sanctuary (WS) is an area that assures the natural conditions
necessary to protect nationally significant species, groups of species, biotic communities, or physical
aspects of the environment where these require specific human manipulation for their perpetuation.
No WS exists at or near the proposed sites and adjacent areas.
Ecologically Critical Area (ECA): It is an environmental protection zone, defined by the Government of
Bangladesh under the Bangladesh Environment Conservation Act, 1995, wherethe ecosystem is
considered to be threatened. The Buriganga River, an ECA, exists within the proposed sites and
adjacent areas.
4.4 Traffic Situation

Eastern Trunk Main
Along the eastern trunk main, the most prevalent mode of transportation is Rickshaws. The other
transportation options are a private car, micro bus, motorcycle etc. There are no regular bus routes
from Madhubagh to Golapbagh portion of eastern trunk main. Therefore, while working in this
Page | 121
segment of the eastern trunk main, the effects on traffic will be mainly on pedestrians and non-
motorized vehicles. Few bus routes are in service from Doyaganj to Jurain part of the eastern trunk
main. During the construction work of the trunk main, traffic may get impacted in this portion.
However, this portion has relatively higher width than its previous portion. Therefore, if a proper
traffic management plan is adopted traffic can be accommodated using the rest of the road width.
Western Trunk Main
From the Nilkhet to TSC area there is no bus route. The most prevalent mode of transport along this
part is non-motorized vehicles like Rickshaws. There are several bus routes from IEB to Motijheel
portion of western trunk main. After analysing the traffic survey data carried out in this study, it was
evident that along this route, the majority of people are travelling by bus. However, in the case of
New Market intersection and TSC roundabout, the rickshaw is one of the most favoured
transportation choices as these areas are within the Dhaka University area.
During construction of western trunk main, New Market intersection and TSC roundabout will be less
disturbed compared to Press Club Roundabout and Shapla Chattar. For Press Club Roundabout and
Shapla Chattar, a major portion of passengers travels by bus.
In the following section traffic characteristics of New Market Intersection, TSC Roundabout, Press Club
Roundabout and Shapla Chattar are described as obtained from traffic survey done under this project.
New Market Intersection
Vehicle count from field survey
Vehicle (9am-11am) (1pm-3pm) (5pm-7pm) Total

Bus 126 102 125 353
Car/Jeep/Micro/Pick Up 623 445 453 1,521
Motorcycle/CNG 430 573 518 1,521
Pedestrian 986 1,379 1,905 4,270
Rickshaw/Bicycle 1,377 1,495 1,385 4,257
Total 3,542 3,994 4,386 11,922
Approximate passenger count

Bus 13.5% 10.9% 13.4% 37.7%
Car/Jeep/Micro/Pick Up 5.7% 4.1% 4.2% 13.9%
Motorcycle/CNG 2.6% 3.5% 3.2% 9.3%
Pedestrian 3.0% 4.2% 5.8% 13.0%
Rickshaw/Bicycle 8.4% 9.1% 8.5% 26.0%
Total 33.2% 31.8% 35.0% 100.0%
In this intersection, Bus is the most favoured option with 37.7% passenger travelling with it, followed
by Rickshaw/Bicycle with 26%, Car/Jeep/Micro/Pick Up with 13.9% and Motorcycle/ CNG with 9.3%. It
is to be noted here that, pedestrians comprise only 13%. Time wise, afternoon time is the busiest
followed by morning and lunch time.
Page | 122
TSC Roundabout

Bus 25 21 26 72
Car/Jeep/Micro/Pick Up 519 457 428 1404
Motorcycle/CNG 665 537 735 1937
Pedestrian 418 654 866 1938
Rickshaw/Bicycle 1700 1502 1548 4750
Total 3327 3171 3603 10101

Bus 4.0% 3.3% 4.1% 11.4%
Motorcycle/CNG 6.0% 4.9% 6.7% 17.6%
Pedestrian 1.9% 3.0% 3.9% 8.8%
Total 34.4% 31.0% 34.6% 100.0%
In this intersection, Rickshaw/Bicycle are the most favoured option with 43.1% passenger travelling
with it, followed by Car/Jeep/Micro/Pick Up with 19.1%, Motorcycle/ CNG Car/Jeep/Micro/Pick Up
with 17.6% and Bus 11.4%. It is to be noted here that, pedestrians comprise only 8.8%. Time wise,
afternoon time is the busiest followed by morning and lunch time.
Press Club Roundabout

Bus 276 203 158 637
Pedestrian 298 379 678 1355
Total 3183 3097 3223 9503

Bus 23.6% 17.3% 13.5% 54.4%
Motorcycle/CNG 3.8% 3.9% 4.0% 11.7%
Pedestrian 0.7% 0.9% 1.7% 3.3%
Total 39.3% 32.4% 28.3% 100.0%
Page | 123
by Car/Jeep/Micro/Pick Up with 16.8%, Rickshaw/Bicycle with 13.8% and Motorcycle/ CNG with
11.7%. It is to be noted here that, pedestrians comprise only 3.3%. Time wise, morning time is the
busiest followed by lunch and afternoon time.
Shapla Chattar

Bus 182 136 207 525
Pedestrian 1010 1227 1731 3968
Total 3493 3805 4417 11715

Bus 16.4% 12.3% 18.7% 47.3%
Motorcycle/CNG 1.9% 2.7% 3.0% 7.6%
Pedestrian 2.6% 3.2% 4.5% 10.2%
Total 32.5% 29.6% 37.9% 100.0%
by Rickshaw/Bicycle with 19.0%, Car/Jeep/Micro/Pick Up with 15.8% and Motorcycle/ CNG with 7.6%.
It is to be noted here that, pedestrians comprise only 10.2%. Time wise, afternoon time is the busiest
followed by morning and lunch time.
4.5 Socio-Economic and Cultural Profile

Dhaka has grown from a small settlement of approximately 0.2 million people, spread over an area of
approx. 1 km2 during the pre-Moghul period (the 1600s), on the natural levees of the River Buriganga
and Dholai Khal and has presently transformed itself into a city having a population of more than 12
million. With the present rate of development, the city is poised to grow into one of the 10 mega cities
in the world with a projected population of 21.1 million by 2025 spreading over the entire Dhaka
Metropolitan Development Plan (DMDP) area covering 1525 km2.
4.6 Physical and Cultural Resources

In Pagla catchment, there are religious institutions (mosques, temples, Buddhist temples), few sites of
archaeological importance, public libraries, cinema halls, community centres, which can be considered
PCRs. However, the area of influence may or may not intersect these regions. Impact on these PCR will
be assessed in detail after the Feasibility study is completed.
Page | 124
4.7 Social Baseline
4.7.1 Population and Household Demographic Information

Socioeconomic profile of the households has been obtained from both primary and secondary sources
to assess socio-demographic characteristics of the potentially impacted/ affected/benefited people
along the Trunk main and in the Pagla Catchment area. Primary data has been collected through
individual interview using a structured questionnaire along the Trunk main while information of the
people living in the catchment area has been obtained from secondary sources. The respondents were
selected through stratified random sampling method. Such sampling method has covered all
categories of people such as residents, traders, vulnerable people, etc. living in various settlements
and commercial hubs along the alignment of the trunk main. The household head or senior proxy in
case of absence of household head both male and female respondents were interviewed.
Total 18 (Eighteen) Thana (Police Station) are within the Pagla Catchment area. The thana-wise
population have been collected from the Population Census 2011 of the Bangladesh Bureau of
Statistics (BBS) and shown in Table 4-25.
Table 4-25: Population of the Pagla catchment areas

SL. No. Name of Thana Population
Madhubagh to Pagla STP
1 Rampura 224,079
2 Sabujbagh 281,110
3 Khilgaon 269,135
4 Mugda 194,578
5 Jatrabari 184,575
6 Gendaria 137,721
7 Kadamtali 102,908
8 Shyampur 184,062
Sub Total 1,578,168
New Market Pump Station to Narinda Pump Station
1 New market 49,523
2 Shahbag 68,140
3 Ramna 70,984
4 Motijheel 210,006
5 Paltan 59,639
Sub Total 458,292
Nawabganj to Narinda pump station
1 Lalbagh 369,933
2 Chawk Bazar 156,147
3 Bangshal 186,952
4 Sutrapur 211,210
5 Wari 241,511
Sub Total 1,165,753
Page | 125
SL. No. Name of Thana Population

Madhubagh to Pagla STP
Grand Total 3,202,213
Source: BBS, Household Census 2011
4.7.2 Demographic Characteristics of the Sample Households

The total population of the sampled HHs (1378) stands at 6,176 Out of which 3,118 are male and
3,061 are female. Average household size among the sampled households is 4.48 which is slightly
more than the national average HH size (4.06) and in the urban area it is 3.93 (HIES-2016). It is found
that the HH size at eastern Trunk main (Madhubagh to Pagla) is 4.40, Western Trunk main (New
Market to Narinda pump station)) is 4.39 and in the South-western Trunk main (Nawabganj to Narinda
pump station) it is 4.62. Table 4-26 presents the detailed distribution and HHs size of the sampled
population. The National male and female ratio is 102.1. (BBS-Bangladesh Population and
demographic indicator -2018).
Table 4-26: Area and Population Distribution of Trunk main alignment
Female Total
HH Male members HH Sex
Trunk main alignment Members population
size ratio
No. No. (%) No. (%) No. (%)
Madhubagh to Pagla 689 1526 24.71 1507 24.40 3033 49.11 4.40 105.82
New Market to Narinda 169 382 6.19 361 5.85 742 12.01 4.39 101.42
Nawabganj to Narinda 520 1210 19.59 1193 19.32 2401 38.88 4.62 101.86
pump station
Total 1378 3118 50.49 3061 49.56 6176 100 4.48 101.86
Source: Socioeconomic Survey, July -August 2018
4.7.3 Male and Female headed Households

Table 4-27 presents the sex-wise distribution of household heads. It is observed from the table that
the percentage of male headed households at Madhubagh-Pagla 96.10%, at New Market- Narinda
94.70% and at Nawabganj-Narinda pump station 95.20%. Among the total sampled households, male
headed is 95.60% and female headed is 4.40% while the National ratio is 86:14 for male and female
HH heads respectively (Bangladesh Population and demographic indicator -2018).
Table 4-27: Sex-wise distribution of household heads
Nawabganj to Total
Madhubagh to New Market
Narinda pump
Distribution Type Pagla to Narinda
station
No. (%) No. (%) No. (%) No. (%)
Male Headed HH 662 96.10 160 94.7 495 95.2 1317 95.6
Female Headed HH 27 3.9 9 5.3 25 4.8 61 4.4
Total 689 100 169 100 520 100 1378 100
Page | 126
4.7.4 The education level of the people

Among the sampled household heads, it is found that good percentage (23%) have obtained Bachelor
and Masters degree while more than 10% have obtained Higher Secondary Certificate, and 13%
obtained Secondary School Certificate (SSC). Around 57% of the household heads couldn’t cross the
SSC level among them 8% HH head have no schooling and 4.21% can sign only. It is revealed from the
survey (Table 4-28) that 92% of the household head are literate which is higher than the National
Average (73%)3.
Table 4-28: Distribution of educational level of the Trunk main area (5 years above)
Male Female Total

Education level No. (%) No. (%) No. (%)
No schooling 102 7.74 11 18.03 113 8.20
Only signature 52 3.95 6 9.84 58 4.21
Class I-V 261 19.81 14 22.95 275 19.96
Class VI-IX 333 25.28 14 22.96 347 25.18
SSC or equivalent 172 13.06 7 11.48 179 12.99
HSC or equivalent 135 10.25 4 6.56 139 10.09
Degree or equivalent 134 10.17 2 3.28 136 9.87
Master or equivalent 128 9.72 3 4.92 131 9.51
1317 100 61 100.00 1378 100.00
Source: Socioeconomic Survey, July- August 2018
4.7.5 Occupation of the HH head

Diverse occupational groups are found in the project area. Among the sampled HHs about 48.0% are
engaged in business, while 31.66% in service, and 3% are day labourers. Only 0.51%% of the HH head
are found unemployed. The survey revealed that about 33% of women headed HHs are housewife
while business and services are 28% and 20% respectively. The details of the occupational pattern are
presented in Table 4-29.
Table 4-29: Occupation of the heads of households
Occupation of HH Male Female Total

No. (%) No. (%) No. (%)
Service (Private /Government/NGO) 424 32.19 12 20.00 436 31.66
Business 646 49.05 17 28.33 663 48.15
Day labour 41 3.11 3 5.00 44 3.20
Motor driver 25 1.90 0 0.00 25 1.82
Carpenter 9 0.68 0 0.00 9 0.65
Mason 11 0.84 0 0.00 11 0.80
Electrician/Mechanics 14 1.06 0 0.00 14 1.02
Housewife 0 0.00 20 33.33 20 1.45
Unemployed 7 0.53 0 0.00 7 0.51
Retired 33 2.51 0 0.00 33 2.40
Rickshaw/van/push cart puller 37 2.81 0 0.00 37 2.69
3
Bangladesh Population and demographic indicator -2018
Page | 127
Occupation of HH Male Female Total

No. (%) No. (%) No. (%)
CNG /Auto Rickshaw driver 33 2.51 0 0.00 33 2.40
Cobbler 2 0.15 0 0.00 2 0.15
Cook 2 0.15 4 6.67 6 0.44
Teacher 3 0.23 0 0.00 3 0.22
Domestic maid 2 0.15 1 1.67 3 0.22
Industrial/garment labour 3 0.23 1 1.67 4 0.29
Petty trade/business 23 1.75 1 1.67 24 1.74
Tailoring 2 0.15 1 1.67 3 0.22
1317 100.00 60 100.00 1377 100.00
4.7.6 Prominent Economic Activities and Income Level

The survey revealed that business (48%), and service (32%) are the main occupation of the households
(Table 4-30). As per the Household Income Expenditure Survey 20164 average National income and
expenditure is 13,353 and 14,156 respectively. The survey identified that about 11% HHs are below
than that of National average income.
Table 4-30: Status of income and expenditure
Range Income Total % Expenditure

Male Female Male Female Total %
Less Than 13353 144 14 158 11.47 256 16 272 19.74
Range 13353 - 20000 363 12 375 27.21 403 12 415 30.12
Range 20001 - 30000 330 10 340 24.67 282 15 297 21.55
Range 30001 - 40000 183 4 187 13.57 178 8 186 13.50
Range 40001 - 50000 115 8 123 8.93 134 8 142 10.30
More than 500000 182 13 195 14.15 64 2 66 4.79
Total 1317 61 1378 100.00 1317 61 1378 100.00
4.7.7 Access to Civic Facilities

The people living in the project area are enjoying civic facilities including water supply, sanitation,
road, electricity, gas, etc. as city dwellers. Construction of the project will temporarily disrupt the
existing civic facilities to some extent. Necessary measures will need to be taken by the Contractor to
minimize the impacts. After construction of the project the people will enjoy more facilities than now.
4.7.8 Access to Water Supply

Among the 1,378 HHs, about 90.3% use piped water supply by DWASA whereas; 4.9% use hand tube-
wells; 3.20% use bottled water; and only 1.5% use deep tube-wells (Table 4-31). While the National
Average of usage of supply water in urban settings is 37% (HIES 2016). According to the evaluation
4
http://bbs.gov.bd/site/page/b588b454-0f88-4679-bf20-
90e06dc1d10b/%E0%A6%B8%E0%A6%B0%E0%A7%8D%E0%A6%AC%E0%A6%B6%E0%A7%87%E0%A6%B7-
%E0%A6%AA%E0%A7%8D%E0%A6%B0%E0%A6%95%E0%A6%BE%E0%A6%B6%E0%A6%A8%E0%A6%BE
Page | 128
study of the Asian Development Bank5 (2008), 85% of the urban population had access to drinking
water from an improved source. So water supply from improved sources (piped water) has been
developed inthe last one decade.
Table 4-31: Sources of drinking water
Madhubagh to New Market to Nawabganj to Total

Source of water Pagla Narinda Narinda pump
No. (%) No. (%) No.station (%) No. (%)
Piped-water supply 614 89.1 158 93.5 473 91.0 1245 90.3
Hand Tube-well 44 6.4 6 3.6 18 3.5 68 4.9
Deep TW 21 3.0 0 - 0 - 21 1.5
Bottled water 10 1.5 5 3.0 29 5.6 44 3.2
Total 689 100 169 100 520 100 1378 100
4.7.9 Access to the Toilet facility

Among the sampled HHs, 62.7 % use the sanitary toilet while the National average is 77% (BBS 2018),
36.80% use water sealed toilet and only 0.50% use Non-Sanitary/Katcha Toilet (Table 4-32). As per the
World Bank review in October 2016 Bangladesh has made significant progress in reducing open
defecation, from 34 percent in 1990 to just one percent of the national population in 2015. However,
the current rate of improved sanitation is 61 percent, growing at only 1.1 percent annually.
Table 4-32: Access to Toilet Facilities

Toilet type Pagla Narinda Narinda pump
No. (%) No. (%) No.station (%) No. (%)
Sanitary with water
416 60.4 116 68.6 332 63.8 864 62.7
sealed
Sanitary without
266 38.6 53 31.4 188 36.2 507 36.8
water sealed
Non-sanitary/Katcha 7 1.0 0 0 7 0.5
Total 689 100 169 100 520 100 1378 100
4.7.10 Access to Sewerage Facilities
It is understood from the TOR that around 20% of the city dwellers have sewerage facilities through
the DWASA sewage line; but the study revealed that about 84.50% of the HHs along the trunk main
get the DWASA sewerage facility (Table 4-33). Remaining 15% of the HHs have connected their
sewerage line with drain/canal (10.30%), storm sewage line (0.70%) or with the septic tank (4.50%).
Table 4-33: Existing Sewage Facilities of the HH in the Trunk main area
5
Urban Sector and Water Supply and Sanitation in Bangladesh
Page | 129
Nawabganj to Total
Madhubagh to New Market
Narinda pump
Connection type Pagla to Narinda
station
No. (%) No. (%) No. (%) No. (%)
Linked with DWASA sewage 558 81.0 151 89.3 455 87.5 1164 84.5
line
Independent Septic Tank 23 3.3 13 7.7 26 5.0 62 4.5
Link to Strom Sewer Line 5 0.7 2 1.2 3 0.6 10 0.7
Link to Drain/Canal 103 14.9 3 1.8 36 6.9 142 10.3
Total 689 100 169 100 520 100 1378 100
4.7.11 Disposal of Faecal Sludge

Disposal of faecal sludge is done mainly through DWASA sewage line (87.40%) disposed of by sweeper
and deposit elsewhere (12.6%) (Table 4-34). Although 20% of the city dwellers can dispose of human
sludge through DWASA sewage linealong the Trunk main this rate is high.
Table 4-34: House Hold Disposal of Faecal Sludge

Disposal method Pagla Narinda Narinda pump
No. (%) No. (%) No.station(%) No. (%)
Through DWASA Sewage 592 85.9 153 90.5 460 88.5 1205 87.4
line
Disposed by sweeper and 97 14.1 16 9.5 60 11.5 173 12.6
deposit else where
Total 689 100 169 100 520 100 1378 100
4.7.12 Use of Trunk main by the local residents

The ESIA study gave attention to the people’s movement using the Trunk main alignment since the
alignment is being used as the road where Eastern Trunk main is locally called WASA road. All of the
buildings along the Trunk main are road-facing and therefore people living or dealing in on the
premises will be temporarily disrupted during the construction period. Eastern Trunk main
(Madhubagh to Pagla STP) and South-western Trunk main (Nawabganj-Narinda) are quite thickly
populated while western trunk main (New Market to Narinda) is passing through Dhaka University and
commercially important areas. They use the Trunk main for their daily activities. Construction work at
off-pick hour/dead night can reduce disturbances.
4.7.12.1 Type of Transport used by the people

The local people are living alongside the Trunk main use various types of transport (considered
multiple uses) for their daily movement. Types of transport vary from one Trunk main to another
(Table 4-35). Rickshaw, as local transport occupies the highest percentage (maximum 92.50% at
Nawabganj to Narinda) and CNG Auto-rickshaw stands at the second position (67% to 72.90%). Apart
from these people use Bus (from 26.30% to 33.50%) and Motor Bike (5.20% to 10%) for daily
Page | 130
movement. About 14.80% people at Madhubagh to Pagla Trunk main use car/microbus. During
construction of the project people will face disturbances in driving or even taking out of their vehicle
from the house.
Table 4-35: Type of Transport usually used
Madhubagh to Pagla New Market to Narinda Nawabganj to

Type of Transport
in % in % Narinda pump in %
Bus 33.5 30.8 26.3
Train 0.9 0.6 0.2
Car 7.8 5.3 2.9
Micro bus 7.0 4.7 1.2
Motor cycle 10.0 6.5 5.2
CNG 67.1 71.6 72.9
Rickshaw 86.8 82.2 92.5
Others (Bi-cycle, boat, 22.5 32.5 32.7
launch etc.)
4.7.12.2 Frequency of Trunk main road use

Most of the sampled respondents including HH members use the Trunk Main road multiple times a
day. Over 37% of the respondents replied that they use the road once a day while 57.30% use twice or
more in a day (Table 4-36). A few (5%) of the respondents use the road once a week or month. The
data is generated based on the opinion of 1,378 sampled HHs. HH heads responded the question but
in case of absence of HH head during survey, the senior proxy responded. Construction of the project
will disrupt the movement of the people temporarily. Such disruption can be minimized through well-
planning of the construction schedule.
Table 4-36: Frequency of movement of the people through Trunk Main Road
Frequency of Madhubagh New Market to Nawabganj to

Total in %
Travelling to Pagla in % Narinda in % Narinda pump in %
Daily once 40.3 40.2 32.3 37.3

Daily twice or more 52.7 55.6 63.8 57.3
Weekly 3.8 3.6 2.1 3.1
Bi monthly 0.4 0.6 - 0.3
Monthly 2.8 - 1.7 2.0
Total 100 100 100 100
4.7.13 Health Status of the population

It is understood that the sewerage system in the city doesn’t function well and sewerage lines are
connected to the drain/canal or storm sewer line. Therefore, overflow of the sewer line during
monsoon is frequently observed that causes water borne diseases such as Diarrhoea. Cholera, Skin
disease, Dysentery, etc. Particularly in the Pagla catchment area, rate of water borne diseases found
Page | 131
too high due to water logging and overflow of the drainage channels. Among the total population
(6176) in 1378 sampled HHs, 844 (13.67%) were affected by water borne diseases during last one year
followed by Typhoid (226), Cardiac (96) and Rheumatic Fever (58) as shown in Table 4-37.
Table 4-37: Major illness of the HH members

No of persons affected
Pagla (No) Narinda (No) Narinda pump (No.) (No)
Water borne diseases 388 129 327 844
Typhoid 100 27 99 226
Cardiac 52 9 35 96
Rheumatic fever 35 1 22 58
4.7.14 HIV/AIDS awareness

HIV/AIDS is now a global challenge that requires prevention by exploring various measures including
awareness. Although the project will be implemented in the city areas and literacy rate is about 95%
but knowledge about HIV/AIDS among the respondents is 77.60% (Table 4-38). About 16% of the
respondents have no knowledge while 6.7% have no responses about HIV/AIDS. Awareness program
on HIV//AIDS is essential during construction period since the risk of HIV/AIDS is anticipated.
Table 4-38: Knowledge about HIV/AIDs
Knowledge Madhubagh to Pagla New Market to Nawabganj to

Total (%)
about HIV/AIDs (%) Narinda (%) Narinda pump (%)
Yes 78.1 76.9 77.3 77.6
No 16.7 14.2 14.8 15.7
No responses 5.2 8.9 7.9 6.7
Total 100.0 100 100 100
4.7.15 People’s expectation from the DSIP

Expectation of the dwellers of Pagla catchment areas from the project is too high since the sewerage
system is almost non-functional. People of the Pagla Catchment area were consulted in mass
consultation meetings, group discussions and individual interviews to obtain their opinion about the
present sewerage facilities they are enjoying and their suggestions/expectations from the project
(Table 4-39). About 10% of the entities along the three trunk mains were interviewed with structured
questionnaires. The survey revealed that about 82% of the respondents expected improved sewerage
system. People also expect a minimum time of construction to avoid hazard (69.7%), avoid
construction during the rainy season (63%), avoid pick hour (day time) and work at night throughout
the project time (53.7%). About 82% (Male 82.90%, Female 80.8%) of the respondents expected
alternative way to facilitate the movement of the people during construction while 41.8% (Male
45.30%, Female 36.96%) want preferential deployment of the local people in the project civil work.
People desired dissemination of the project information to the people prior to start civil work (33%)
and involve community people particularly ward councillors during the project planning and
implementation process (27.1%). The project would take into consideration the people expectation
Page | 132
during the construction period. The data is generated based on the opinion of 1,378 sampled HHs. HH
heads responded the question but in case of absence of HH head during survey, the senior proxy
responded.
Table 4-39: Expectation of the people from the project
Expectation Madhubagh New Market Nawabganj Total (%)

from project to Pagla (%) to Narinda (%) to Narinda pump (%)
Total
Total
Total
Total
Female
Male
Female
Male
Female
Male
Female
Male
Develop the sewerage 80 82 81 86 85.9 85.5 80.8 82.8 81.8 80.8 82.9 81.9
system in better
Way
Reduce time of 70 64.2 67. 8 69.4 70.6 70.5 73.08 70.73 72.0 70.84 68.6 69.7
construction to avoid
Hazard
Avoid construction 60 61.76 60.9 52.78 66.6 60.2 69.23 63.41 66.5 62 64 63.0
during rainy season
Avoid pick 50 47.8 48.8 44 58 53.0 61.5 58.8 60.5 51.8 55.7 53.7
hour(daytime)and
work at
night throughout the
project time.
Create 83.4 79.4 81.0 86.1 85.6 85.5 80.77 82.33 81.8 80.9 82.9 81.9
alternativeway7tofaci
litate
Movement
of the
people
during
constructi
on
Deploy the local 40.5 41.8 41.9 33.33 50 41.6 39.5 43.9 41.7 45.3 41.8
people in the project 36.96
civil work with prior
preference
Disseminate project 30 29.41 29.9 31.5 33.5 32.5 38.4 36.5 37.4 32.61 33.33 33.0
information to the
people prior to start
work
Involve community 20 25.4 22.5 25 35.2 30.1 37.7 29.4 32.1 26 29.3 27.1
people particularly
ward councilors in
the project planning
and implementation
process
Page | 133
Page | 134
Chapter 5: Analysis of Alternatives
Page | 135
5 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES
5.1 Without Project Alterative
5.1.1 Pagla Sewage Treatment Plant

Pagla STP is currently the only sewage treatment works in Dhaka City. The Pagla STP was first
constructed in 1981, with subsequent revision/upgrading in 1992. With a current design treatment
capacity of 120 MLD, the 236 acres (97 hectares) site is nearly fully occupied with the existing
facultative pond secondary treatment process. As it is intended that the Pagla STP site is capable of
expansion to 500 MLD treatment capacity and beyond by the year 2035, to serve both the current and
expected future sewerage customers of the southern area of Dhaka City, there must be alternative
treatment schemes considered which can optimize the use of the site. At present, the Pagla STP site is
inefficiently utilized by the existing facultative pond secondary process, which necessitates seeking
solutions for expansion which can utilize the site in a more space conservative manner. Acquisition of
additional site area will be faced with problems of both land availability and cost, and is not a
consideration at this point.
There is limited unused area remaining on the existing site hence the existing treatment process of
facultative ponds cannot be utilized to meet the long-term requirements of the Pagla catchment.
Further, the existing treatment plant suffers from a number of operations and maintenance problems
which decreases the quality of the effluent, incl.:
• Primary sedimentation tank scrapers do not efficiently cover the tank floor hence sludge is not
collected and removed.
• The facultative ponds have accumulated sludge which should be emptied and also the
disinfection system is not operational.
Pagla STP is not effectively operated and maintained, does not meet the effluent standards and
requires refurbishment of the primary settlement tanks and facultative ponds in order to meet the
design peak capacity of 120MLD. Over the design horizon of the master plan, Pagla STP requires to be
augmented to a capacity of 500MLD, however the facultative pond system would consume land in
excess of available. An alternative land intensive treatment process which minimizes both capital and
O&M costs are required.
5.1.2 Trunk Mains
Eastern Trunk Main
The Trunk Sewer from Gulshan to Pagla STP is in poor operational condition and only a fraction of the
sewage collected along this route is actually transported to Pagla STP. In view of the proposed
construction of the Dasherkandi STP, sewage from Gulshan and Banani will be diverted to the new
Treatment Plant via the Hatirjheel Lake pipe interceptors. The remaining length of the trunk sewer to
Pagla will have to be rehabilitated to allow for sewage from all areas, south of Hatirjheel, along its line
to be transported to Pagla STP. This section includes the trunk sewer from Madhubag to Pagla STP as
well as the two existing Pumping Stations at Bashaboo and Swamibag, the latter of which will be
relocated to Golapbag.
Page | 136
The existing trunk sewer was constructed from 1971 to 1979 as an equivalent of 36"-54” horse shoe
type brick arch sewer. The type, shape, size and condition of the pipeline does not allow for relining or
other forms of repair, so a full replacement is necessary. The new trunk sewer is required to be
designed to cater to the needs of the service area up to the design horizon of 2035. The existing
alignment will be generally followed with the exception of the section between Golapbag and Jurain
where a number of obstructions dictate the use of an alternate route.
The inefficient slope of the original trunk sewer and/or the subsequent infill of the land at some places
which resulted in the trunk sewer being at depths of up to 7m from current road level, dictate the
redesign of the original grades and levels. Force mains may be used in some cases where as in other
cases the replacement trunk sewer will be constructed at shallower depths in order to minimize
construction risks and reduce construction costs.
The pumping stations at Bashaboo and Swamibag are currently in dire condition and require full
reconstruction.
Western Trunk Main
The western trunk sewer starts in the area adjacent to the Hazaribagh tannery and ends at Tipu Sultan
road near Narinda graveyard. The sewer diameter ranges from 600mm to 900mm. This trunk main is
connected with the south-western trunk sewer (Nawabganj - Narinda main) near Narinda graveyard,
and the joint sewage is conveyed to Narinda central pumping station. There are five sewage lift
pumping stations (SLS) associated with this trunk sewer, viz.: Hazaribagh, New Market, Moghbazar
T&T and Zigatola. These lift stations collect wastewater from the related catchments and deliver to
this trunk sewer which transports the sewage by gravity to the Narinda central pumping station.
• Due to non-functioning of this trunk main, sewage from the related areas area being
discharged to the drainage system;
• The western trunk main from Nilkhet to Narinda is required to be replaced for the efficient
functioning of the trunk mains and its associated lifting stations.
5.1.3 Project Benefit
The rehabilitation/replacement of existing Pagla STP, the eastern and western trunk mains will ensure
the improvement of the overall environmental and social situation of this catchment. The Project will
benefit all sections of people living within the catchment of Pagla STP, mostly poor and hard-core poor
people now directly exposed to the associated risks from sewage being randomly discharged at
present into ditches, canals, wetlands and other open water bodies in Dhaka. Most residents are
dependent on water supply from the rivers surrounding Dhaka. A considerable number of city
dwellers are dependent on the water supplied from the Chadnighat WTP which is drawing raw water
from the river Buriganga. Thus, by improving the water quality in the Buriganga river, the project will
contribute to securing a sustainable water supply from Chadnighat WTP.
5.2 Alternatives for STP Rehabilitation/ Reconstruction
As per the scope of work described in terms of Reference of ESIA study, it was mentioned that the
existing 120 MLD STP would be rehabilitated and expansion of the plant with a new 200 MLD STP will
Page | 137
be executed. It may be mentioned here that for a new 200 MLD STP, approximately 30 ha land will be
needed for trickling filter (TF) or conventional activated sludge (CAS) treatment process. As such
rehabilitation of existing 120 MLD treatment plant will not be possible due to reduced land resulting
from the construction of a new 200 MLD plant. Nonetheless, the existing STP can be rehabilitated up
to a capacity of 50 MLD.
However, existing treatment plant can be rehabilitated with a capacity of around 100 MLD, if
Sequential Batch Reactor (SBR) technology is adopted in the construction of 200 MLD plants, bringing
the total capacity to 300 MLD.
As per the latest aide memoire, a decision was made that a new treatment plant with a capacity of
250 MLD will be constructed utilizing the lands of the existing treatment plant and thus there will be
no scope of keeping the existing treatment plant in operation by rehabilitation.
Under these circumstances, there is no scope to compare STP rehabilitation and replacement options.
5.3 Alternatives for STP Treatment Technologies
5.3.1 Criteria for Selection of Treatment Technologies

The sewerage master plan (2012) project has considered decentralized solutions for sewage
treatment plants serving Dhaka City’s needs, it is important that the selection of treatment process for
expansion of the Pagla STP be compatible with any proposed decentralized treatment schemes for the
Greater Dhaka City area. Such treatment process schemes must possess the following characteristics:
• Space conservation - The treatment scheme must be constructed in a compact manner, thus
to best utilize the existing site.
• Simplicity in operation - The treatment scheme shall be easily understood by the operations
staff. The dependence of the treatment process on highly technical instrumentation and
controls should be minimized, favouring more simple manual controls or steady state
operation. Solutions which require proprietary process design should be avoided.
• Low cost of operation and maintenance - The primary cost component of O&M, which is the
use of electrical power, must be minimized. Those processes requiring chemical addition or
other procured resources should be minimized.
• Reliability - The treatment scheme must be of proven technology, which produces repeatable
results.
• Treatment performance- Treatment performance to meet SCHEDULE – 9 Standards for
Sewage Discharge [Rule 12]” either immediately or gradually beginning from phase one
investment program.
• Investment ideology- Any investment towards Pagla STP must be directed towards a
permanent solution to meet the ultimate goal of modernization concept.
5.3.2 Brief Description of Different Types of Treatment Processes
Five types of treatment processes have been analysed and evaluated to meet the requirements set
out in the latest aide memoir.
Page | 138
i) The main criteria are to give consideration to the existing treatment system by introducing
modification in treatment infrastructure either by changing the process or expanding to meet phase
one investment intentions. A preliminary design investigation and technical evaluation were carried
out and it is determined that the existing treatment system by facultative lagoons is disqualified due
to insufficient land area to meet phase one investment plan which is 250MLD of treatment capacity
and by 2035 another 250 MLD capacity will be added in the boundary of Pagla STP.
ii) Consideration was given to upgrade the facultative lagoon system into aerated lagoon treatment
process by adding either surface or submerged aerators and upon evaluation based on the preliminary
design it is determined that by this method the current treatment capacity can be increased by 100%
to 240MLD leaving no room for phase 2 investment plans and thereafter. As such to meet the desired
ultimate treatment capacity of minimum 500MLD additional land must be acquired and triple in its
size. Therefore, the consideration for this treatment concept being the permanent solution is
abandoned.
iii) The trickling filter treatment process is one of the alternatives to facultative lagoons. Initial findings
based on technical evaluation satisfactorily pointed to the suitability of this system in lieu of the
existing treatment system. This treatment process is based on “attached growth” and requires circular
trickling filter tanks, which requires the process of continuous wetting of the filter media within the
tanks. This will result in large foot print to provide treatment for 5 million populations.
iv) The conventional activated sludge process is the most widely used biological treatment process for
reducing the concentration of organic pollutants in wastewater.
There are certain benefits of this treatment process which are pointed below:
• The removal rate of organic matters is high and stable

• Clarity of treated effluent is high
• Compact design with effective land use
• Operation technique has been accumulated due to many experiences throughout the world
• Easiness of upgrade to the advanced processes in the future
• Operating cost is remarkably high compared to tricking filter, aerated lagoons and SBR.
iv) The next treatment process considered is known as extended aeration treatment system and the
treatment process is performed by means of suspended growth. The extended aeration treatment
process falls under the category of the activated sludge treatment process. This process is suitable for
larger treatment plants such as Pagla STP and utilizes rectangular aeration tanks and effectively
reduces the requirements for larger land area. Apart from compliance to the conditions of land area
and activated sludge treatment concept, the extended aeration treatment process is also known as
the highest power consumer compared to facultative lagoons and trickling filter. The huge power
consumption is due to its concept of extended aeration treatment process which requires continuous
aeration (24hrs) regardless of the actual aeration demand experienced in any given day and resulting
in a surplus of oxygen supplied to the tanks.
v) The final contender in the selection process of the most suitable treatment system for Pagla STP is
known as sequencing batch reactor and this treatment process falls under the category of activated
Page | 139
sludge and requires smaller foot print compared to other treatment systems. As the activated sludge
treatment process is providing treatment in batches of flows in a controlled environment with
increased treatment efficiencies of 85-95% resulting in way lesser power input compared to the
extended aeration system. Sequencing batch reactor treatment system is suitable for larger treatment
plants and can operate with effective side water of up to 8 meters high and in return saving a large
portion of Pagla STP land for future use. In general, the running costs of the sequencing batch reactor
is considered higher compared to the trickling filter treatment process. However, the running costs
can be adjusted to lower levels with the assistance of DO meter and PLC installed to monitor the
plant's performance levels onan hourly basis.
5.3.3 Comparative analysis of different treatment technologies in respect to

technical, financial, environmental and social perspectives
In order to make a comparative analysis of different treatment technologies: i) Trickling Filter; ii)
Conventional Activated Sludge; iii) Extended Aeration; and iv) Sequential Batch Reactor have been considered.
The comparative analysis of the cost of these treatment plants has been presented in Table 5-1.
Cost of trickling filter and Conventional Activated Sludge treatment plants have been taken from the cost
analysis done by the feasibility study consultants. The cost of a Sequential Batch Reactor has been taken from
the cost estimation of the Sewerage Master Plan considering 6% price escalation over a period of six years (to
2018). The cost of Extended Aeration is based on CAS considering the 5% extra cost for the additional steps
required for sludge treatment facilities.
Table 5-1: Cost comparison of different type of treatment plants (capacity 100,000 m3/day)
Total
CAPEX OPEX CAPITALIZED O&M
No Treatment Process Cost Rank
Million (USD)
1 Trickling Filter 41.6 0.67 9.10 50.70

1
2 CAS 46.4 2.42 32.80 79.20 3
3 Extended Aeration 48.7 2.54 34.44 83.16 4
4 Sequential Batch Reactor 45.2 1.58 21.40 66.56 2
Multi Criteria Assessment for Decision making has been carried out based on eight criteria as
presented in Table 5-2. The table shows that as per ranking, Sequential Batch Reactor ranks as the
number one among the four alternative treatment technologies, while Trickling Filter ranks as second.
These estimates are based on conceptual design and the final selection of the treatment process will
be made by the employer based on proposals from DBO contractors.
Table 5-2: Comparative analysis of different treatment processes
Trickling Filter Conventional Activated Extended Sequencing Batch

Major Area of (TF) Sludge (CAS) Aeration (EA) Reactor (SBR)
Section No Criteria
Concentration
Remark Grade Remark Grade Remark Grade Remark Grade

A Plant compliance 1.1 BOD removal Good 2 Good 3 Good 2 Good 1
Page | 140
Trickling Filter Conventional Activated Extended Sequencing Batch

Major Area of (TF) Sludge (CAS) Aeration (EA) Reactor (SBR)
Section No Criteria
Concentration
Remark Grade Remark Grade Remark Grade Remark Grade
1.2 SS removal Good 3 Good 3 Good 2 Good 2
1.3 Ammonia removal Fair 3 Fair 2 Good 2 Good 2
1.4 Sludge management Good 3 Good 2 Good 2 Good 2
1.5 Micro-organism Good 3 Good 3 Good 2 Good 2
1.6 Aerosol Good 1 Fair 2 Fair 3 Fair 3
B Treatment Process 2.0 Activated Sludge Poor 4 Good 2 Good 1 Good 1
3.1 Surplus land Good 2 Good 2 Good 2 Good 1
3.2 Buffer zone Good 2 Good 2 Good 2 Good 1

C Land matters 3.3 Noise control Good 2 Good 3 Good 3 Good 3
3.4 Odour control Fair 3 Good 2 Good 2 Good 2
3.5 Support to ecosystem Fair 3 Fair 4 Poor 4 Poor 4
D Energy 4.0 Consumption Good 2 Poor 4 Poor 5 Fair 4
E Efficiency 5.0 Efficiency Good 2 Good 2 Good 2 Good 1
6.1 Construction cost Good 1 Fair 3 Fair 4 Good 2

F Cost 6.2 Operational cost Good 1 Fair 3 Fair 4 Good 2
6.3 Maintenance cost Good 1 Fair 3 Fair 4 Good 2
7.1 300 MLD Good 1 Good 1 Good 1 Good 1

G Expandability factor 7.2 400 MLD Good 1 Good 1 Good 1 Good 1
7.3 500 MLD Good 1 Good 1 Good 1 Good 1
H SCADA & Mimic 8.0 Implementation Fair 1 Good 1 Good 2 Good 1
Summary of Ranks 42 49 51 39
(Lowest score is the overall best rated process)
5.4 Alternatives for STP Sludge Management and Disposal
5.4.1 Sludge Treatment Process
The characteristics of the sludge are getting complicated by the improvement of living standards and
the development of industries. Especially the increase of organic matters in sewage has recently
become common worldwide. Therefore, the suitable sludge treatment process will be selected based
on characteristics of sewage and the amount of generated sludge.
The considerations for sludge treatment facilities are as follows:
• Planning of faecal sludge/ septage receiving and storage facilities in STP

• Final sludge disposal method such as incineration, landfilling, composting, etc.
Also, the sludge treatment method will be determined in consideration of the economic benefits,
easier O&M, small equipment in size and less land required.
Page | 141
An overview of general sludge treatment technologies and design concept are described in Figure 5-1.
Figure 5-1: General Sludge Treatment Technologies
Sludge treatment facilities shall be capable of satisfying guidelines which to be indicated in bidding
documents such as water content of sludge cake and solid capture rate. Bidders will be free to
propose the appropriate process during the bidding stage. However, biogas generation facility with
the anaerobic digestion process may be indicated in the bidding documents in the objective of
stabilizing the sludge, reducing the volume and utilizing biogas generated.
5.5 Alternatives for Construction Methods for Laying of Trunk Mains
5.5.1 Open Cut Construction
The open cut construction method (Figure 5-2) often known as direct bury system is the traditional
and most common method of sewer pipe installation. Major steps include excavation of a trench from
the existing ground followed by installing the pipe with appropriate bedding and backfilling the trench.
Trench excavation (Figure 5-2) with vertical sides or with embanked sides is most common, however,
stepped trench excavation is also possible6. Advantages and disadvantages of this method are
outlined in Table 5-1.
6
https://www.unitracc.com/know-how/fachbuecher/rehabilitation-and-maintenance-of-drains-and-
sewers/structure-and-limiting-conditions-of-sewer-systems-historical-outline/methods-of-construction-
en/open-cut-methods-en/inhalt
Page | 142
Figure 5-2: Sewer Construction Using Open Cut Method (Source: UNITRACC); Trench with Vertical Sides (Left) and Trench
with Embanked Sides (Right)
Table 5-1: Advantages and Disadvantages of Open Cut Method
Advantages Disadvantages
• Lower cost per linear foot especially in • Higher footprint; creates massive
non-paved areas. disturbance to public life in high
• A variety of excavation and trenching density areas.
options are feasible. • High level of social and
• High level of control over environmental impact.
elevations/slopes. • High restoration costs especially
• Allows a direct visual inspection of pipe in paved areas.
installation. • Probable construction difficulties
• Can be used with a variety of pipe due to the water table and
materials (PVC, HDPE, steel). weather condition.
5.5.2 Micro Tunnelling

Micro tunnelling is a guided pipe jacking technique. Full support at the excavation face and essentiality
of personnel entry to the tunnel differentiate this technique from the traditional open cut method.
The technique can be adopted in a wide variety of soil conditions and for a wide range of pipe
diameters (300 to 3000 mm), maintaining very close tolerances to line and grade. Two types of micro
tunnelling techniques are applied namely slurry type and auger type. The slurry method is a widely
used approach (Burden & Hoppe, 2015).
Micro tunnelling requires the construction of launching and receiving shafts at the entry and exit
points. Physical setup (Figure 5-3) includes a hydraulic jacking system, closed-loop slurry system, slurry
separation unit for removal of soil, lubrication system, laser guidance system, crane to lift pipe
sections into the jacking shaft, and control room (as cited in Burden & Hoppe, 2015).
Tunnelling process starts by pushing the micro tunnelling boring machine (MTBM) through the soil by
a hydraulic jacking rig that is placed and aligned in the launching shaft. The rotating cutting head on
the MTBM excavates the soil. Excavated soil is transferred to the mixing chamber within MTBM head
Page | 143
where the soil is mixed with clean water and bentonite to achieve suitable consistency for pumping.
The mixture is then pumped into the slurry separation system. Filtered slurry from the separation tank
is sent to the storage tank for recirculation (Abraham et al., 2002).
After launching the MTBM, jacks are withdrawn followed by disconnection of the slurry cables and
discharge cables. The slurry cables and discharge cables are reconnected after a pipe section is placed
between the jacking frame and the MTBM. The pipe section is jacked into the soil as the MTBM
proceeds. The process is repeated for several pipe sections until the MTBM reaches the receiving
shaft.
Advantages and drawbacks of micro tunnelling are discussed in
Table 5-2.
Figure 5-3: Setup of Micro Tunnelling (Source: as cited by Burden & Hoppe, 2015)
Table 5-2: Advantages and Disadvantages of Micro Tunnelling
Advantages Disadvantages
• Minimal environmental and social • Higher cost due to investment in

impact. Low degree of excavation equipment and skilled workers.
minimizes public and worker exposure • High restoration costs especially in
to dust and potential contaminants. paved areas.
• Lower footprint and comparatively • Impractical for narrow roads due
less time requirement results in low to space required for the setup of
impact on traffic. equipment.
• Lower restoration costs in paved areas • Probable construction difficulties
• Deep sewer construction is possible due to the groundwater table and
Page | 144
which reduces the number of sewage varying subsurface condition.

lift stations.
5.5.3 Recommended Construction Method for Trunk Mains

Selection of optimum method depends on several factors such as subsoil properties, cost, traffic
condition, anticipated social and environmental impacts etc. The study area includes a number of
major roads with very high traffic. It will create a massive disturbance to social life if open cut
construction is adopted in those roads. There are existing sanitary sewer lines in many of those major
roads. Rehabilitation works on those roads will increase environmental risks.
Contrarily the project cost would become much higher with the application of micro tunnelling for all
areas. This might risk the financial viability of the project. Therefore, it becomes a compromise
between the increase in cost and reduction in social and environmental hazard. Micro tunnelling
would be the optimum methods for road and waterbody crossings and for construction/ rehabilitation
of trunk sewers.
However, the open excavation method could also be an alternative. In case of narrow roads, open cut
construction would be the preferred one despite anticipated disturbance to public life. Open cut
construction would also be adopted in areas with comparatively lower population density and lower
traffic.
Despite the relative advantages and disadvantages of open excavation and micro tunnelling, for
construction of both eastern and western trunk mains, exclusively micro tunnelling will not be feasible
in all road sections. A combination of micro tunnelling and open excavation may need to be adopted
for the construction of the trunk mains.
However, under the scope of the present ESIA study, it would only be possible to provide an
approximate length of pipes that could be installed following different construction methods. The
optimum construction method for individual pipes will be decided during the detailed design process
after investigating the subsurface condition and availability of sufficient road width in different areas.
Page | 145

Impacts
Page | 146
6 ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL IMPACTS
6.1 Impact assessment in the Pre-Construction Phase
6.1.1 Impacts along Trunk Mains
Securing land: The existing road shall be the corridor along which the pipe will be laid. Therefore, no
major land acquisition will be required. However, few land owners are anticipated to vacate their
premises to allow construction activities to take place. Approximately three pieces of land of 400 m2
each will be required to construct three new SLSs. The existing Swamibagh SLS will need to be
abandoned and an area in Golapbagh open ground, under DSCC, will be used to construct the
replacement SLS. DSCC has been consulted about the possession of land in the Golapbagh open
ground. DSCC has agreed to provide land for the proposed Golapbagh SLS for the greater interest of
the city dwellers. Land for the stackyard or Engineers site offices will be selected during
implementation stage by the appointed contractor. Social and resettlement impacts in the selected
stackyard and site office locations will be identified at that stage. Impacts (if identified) will be
mitigated following the policy adopted in the SMRPF of the DSIP. The existing (yellow line) and (red
line) proposed alignment for eastern trunk main near Golapbagh and Swamibagh SLS is shown in
Figure 6-1.
Figure 6-1: Locations of existing Swamibagh SLS & proposed Golapbagh SLS
Mobilization of materials, man and equipment: Stack yards, site offices will need to be built. The land
and premises required will be rented. No land acquisition will be required.
Page | 147
6.1.2 Impact of expansion/ rehabilitation of the existing Pagla STP
Securing land: Expansion/ rehabilitation of the Pagla STP will be confined within the existing plant
area (Figure 6-2), owned by DWASA, therefore, no acquisition will be required. It is to be noted that
there is no squatter within the plan area.
Figure 6-2: Existing Pagla STP site
Air quality impact: Stack yards, site offices and labour sheds will need to be built. The site area for
construction will need to be cleared of vegetation and raised above the 100 year flood level of
7.3mPWD. The total volume of vegetation and debris to be removed is approximately 50 tons. It is
expected that the vegetation in the construction sites will be cleared in 10 days requiring removal of 5
tons per day. One truck of 5 tons capacity will carry the vegetation and debris to the landfill site at
Matuail every day. Matuail landfill, located about eight kilometres from Gulistan in the south of
Dhaka, is one of two landfills serving Dhaka city. Spanning 100 acres, the site is used by the Dhaka
South City Corporation (DSCC) to dispose of its municipal solid waste. Further 81 acres of adjacent
land are being acquired under the project “Matuail Sanitary Landfill Expansion and Development”.
There is no squatter within the land fill area. It is a vacant place and not adjacent to the settlement.
Page | 148
Around 1m land filling will be required on approximately 30% of areas, which will require 330,000 m3
of sand equivalent to about 500,100 tons. Number days for land filling are estimated as 90 days
requiring transportation of sand to the site of about 5500 tons per day. Which means 550 truck of 5
tons capacity will make turns each day.
The total number of turns in 3.5 months for site clearance and transportation sand for land fill is
approximately 560. The transport distance estimated to be of average 15km/trip. The maximum load
of emission by hauling trucks (as per WHO standards, 1993) and method (S=0.25%) is given in Table
6-1.
Table 6-1: Air pollution loading due to treatment plant site preparation
No Parameter Emission factor (g/km) Pollution loading (kg/day)

1 Dust 0.9 13
2 SO2 4.29 61
3 NO2 11.8 169
4 CO 6 86
5 VOC 2.6 37
The route to be followed is shown in Figure 6-3. Most of part of the route goes along the residential
and commercial area with a high density population. Proper mitigation of negative impacts due to
increased heavy duty vehicular movement needs to be addressed.
Page | 149
Figure 6-3: Most suitable route to Matuail landfill site from Pagla STP
Site preparation by land filling and levelling will generate considerable dust at the treatment plant
site. As an approximation, the amount of dust produced for land development and levelling is about
0.009 kg per ton. Total volume sand estimated for filling of land above 100 year flood level is
approximately 330,000 m3 equivalent to 500,100 tons. Therefore, the total dust generated will be
approximately 4500 kg in 90 days or 50 kg per day on average. During the transportation of sand the
maximum affected radius will be 300m in the direction of the wind (please refer to Figure 4-4 to
Figure 4-7).
Noise: there will be several types of vehicles to be used during the pre-construction phase, these are,
roller, excavator, bulldozers and scrappers etc. The impact of noise from these vehicles will be within
Page | 150
50m. As the area surrounding the Pagla STP is not heavily populated, the impact due to noise will be
low.
Water Quality: The number of workers and other project staffs working during land development is
expected not to exceed 30 persons. Domestic waste water consumption is estimated to be 100 lpcd
which means a total of 3000 litres per day. Considering 70% of water consumed as waste water then
the total volume of waste water would be 2100 litre per day. The generated waste water from the
domestic sources needs to be treated through proper arrangement before discharge into drains.
Solid waste: as estimated earlier, the total volume of vegetation and debris to be removed is
approximately 50 tons or 5 tons per day during 10 days of clearance of vegetation and debris. These
solid waste needs to be disposed to some land fill site.
The domestic solid waste generated from by around 30 workers per day is about 10.5 kg/day (at
0.35kg /person/day).
Other impacts: Other potential impacts during site preparation in the pre-construction phase are as
shown in Table 6-2.
Table 6-2: Other potential impacts during the pre-construction phase
Components Impacts Degree
Ecosystem Change in water quality, noise The existing Pagla STP area is surrounded by boundary
walls. The site has a low to moderate type of
ecological habitat. Some adaptive flora and fauna exist
there. Therefore, the impact will be low.
Microclimate Change in temperature and Low
humidity
Soil Modification of soil structure Low
Waste water pollution
Social Security of workers The existing area is secured and protected by DWASA
Traffic and confined within boundary walls. The workers
need to follow the rules to avoid risks and accidents.
The impact is considered low, under the condition.
Traffic will be a major concern as 560 turns in 104
days is expected. Traffic management will be an issue.
The impact would moderate to high depending on the
enforcement of proper traffic management plan.
6.2 Impact assessment in the Construction Phase
6.2.1 Impacts of Eastern Trunk Main Construction

The eastern trunk main is planned to be constructed new abandoning the existing trunk main totally.
The work will be executed mostly by adopting micro-tunnelling technology. The trunk main will follow
the existing roads from Madhubagh to Pagla STP. In some places, the trunk main will need to cross
storm water drains/channels and railway tracks. Special technical options have been proposed to
address the issues. There are some general impacts, which is applicable in all reaches of the trunk
main. Whereas, there are some environment concerns which are site specific.
Page | 151
Micro-tunnelling: by adopting micro-tunnelling method the eastern trunk main can be installed below
ground, generally avoiding removal of surface elements, although construction may require
underpinning (i.e. stabilizing or reinforcing the support of a structure from below). It is unlikely the
proposed route for eastern trunk main would encounter any such structures. However, this issue will
be addressed by the DB contractor.
Relocation of underground utilities should be carefully planned, particularly along narrow roads like
Madhubagh to DIT Road (Figure 6-4). This road is only 20 feet wide on average. There are water, gas,
telephone, cable services underneath this road. Construction works and location of drop shaft and the
receiving shaft might result in major disruption to the traffic and interruption to utility services.
Figure 6-4: Proposed eastern trunk main from Madhubagh to DIT road crossing
Construction of vertical shaft at designated places to be decided during design. However, the design
should take into account the complexity of local heavy traffic movement. At the DIT road junction,
Mirbagh road (23’ width) and the WASA road which links with the DIT road experience heavy traffic
during day time. Construction work, requiring truck mounted controlling system, electric generators
etc. during day time will cause major traffic re-routing both in the Mirbagh road and also the WASA
road as shown in Figure 6-5. Therefore, the timing of construction of pipe-jacking can best be planned
during the night time. A similar condition exists at several locations along the eastern trunk main
alignment.
Page | 152
Figure 6-5: Micro-tunnelling at DIT road junction
During construction, the emergency access and egress components of the shaft and the ventilation
facilities need to be implemented to avoid risks and accidents as shown in Figure 6-6.
Figure 6-6: A typical emergency access and egress components of the shaft
The eastern trunk main will cross will encounter the drainage box culvert at Chhayabithi R/A main
road. The drainage box culvert is connected with the Khilgaon-Bashabo Khal. The trunk main will be
laid along Hawai Goli (20’ width) and cross the Khilgaon-Bashabo Khal to take the alignment along
Chhayabithi R/A main road to Bashabo main road. The catchment of Bashabo SLS will be connected to
the trunk main at downstream. In order to align the trunk main along Chhayabithi R/A main road, a
vertical shaft will be required on the Khilgaon-Bashabo Khal. This will cause blockage of the storm
water runoff during the construction period. A temporary retention pond is required to divert the
Page | 153
drainage flow and pump it back to drainage culvert by pipeline as illustrated in Figure 6-7. It is
advisable that the construction works is carried out during dry days to avoid major rainfall runoff.
Figure 6-7: The proposed eastern trunk main crossing the Khilgaon-Bashabo Khal at Chhayabithi R/A
The eastern trunk main will encounter the abutment of the bridge (Mugda-Maniknagar Bridge) over
Segunbagicha Khal at north Maniknagar. There are piles under the bridge which will restrict micro-
tunnelling. To avoid this open excavation to lay the trunk main is required by-passing the bridge
abutment as illustrated in Figure 6-8.
Page | 154
Figure 6-8: The proposed eastern trunk main crossing the Segunbagicha Khal at North Manik Nagar
The proposed eastern trunk main will cross the Doyaganj rain cross along the Gandaria road as shown
in Figure 6-9. The existing road is wide but one side of the four lane road will need to be closed to
traffic during micro-tunnelling. The traffic is very heavy and will cause temporary traffic congestion.
Figure 6-9: Proposed eastern trunk main cross the Dayaganj rail crossing
Page | 155
6.2.2 Impacts of Western Trunk Main Construction
The proposed western trunk main is proposed to be constructed new from Nilkhet to Narinda along
the route from Nilkhet SLS - Suhrawardy Udyan-IEB-Matsya Bhaban-Press Club-Topkhana road-
Motijheel Road (Shapla Chattar)- Hatkhola road-Narinda.
The entire 6.01 km of the western trunk main is proposed to be constructed by a micro-tunnelling
method except for the 762m segment within the Suhrawardy Udyan. In general, the micro-tunnelling
will be carried out under existing road, hence the no land acquisition or displacement is anticipated.
There are some specific environmental impacts, which need to be addressed during pre-construction,
construction and operational phase. These are mainly short-term and temporary impacts.
Micro-tunnelling
The segment of the trunk main from Nilkhet SLS to Suhrawardy Udyan passes though the Dhaka
University area (Figure 6-10). The area is sparsely populated but requires special attention to mitigate
negative impacts due to higher noise level, dust and waste water to maintain educational and
research environment.
Figure 6-10: Proposed Western Trunk Main through Dhaka University and Suhrawardy Udyan areas
The western trunk main in this segment will need to go below the PRV chamber for water supply and
should avoid the pier of the elevated expressway at Nilkhet crossing. Similarly, the piers of the
proposed Metrorail at TSC crossing should be avoided. No other major obstacles from existing utility
services under the road surface are anticipated.
Page | 156
The segment in the Suhrawardy Udyan (762m) is proposed to be constructed by open excavation
(Figure 6-11). This is open park space. The independence tower in the park area is a major national
monument. Construction work will temporally hamper the natural environment in the park and the
monument in the short-term.
The proposed western trunk main will have the same alignment as the MRT line 6 from Press club to
Shapla Chattar. There are quite extensive underground service lines along this segment. The segment
is also highly developed having many business infrastructures including the Government Secretariat,
Baitul Mukarram central mosque, Central Bank (Bangladesh Bank) and other very important
infrastructure. Dislocation and disruption to daily traffic, relocation of utilities and pedestrian
movement will have a significant impact on commerce and economic activities including the local
livelihood of the people of the area. The design of the MRT line along this route is not yet available. It
would require for the DB contractor to consult the design of the MRT line and review the alignment. If
required, the alignment of the western trunk main might require to be re-routed.
Figure 6-11: Proposed Western Trunk Main from Suhrawardy Udyan to Shapla Chattar
6.2.3 General Impacts of Trunk Main Construction
Excavated material disposal: The excavated spoils will need to be removed from the site and disposed
of. Protocols developed during final design would be followed to identify spoils that may contain
contaminated materials so that they can be handled appropriately and disposed of at a suitable
Page | 157
location. Most of the excavated material would be clean, which can be reused beneficially at other
locations.
Depending on the gradation (i.e., particle size) of the excavated material, and the timing of its
removal, some of the spoils could be used to build embankment or land development. Protocols for
the transport of spoils from the construction sites would be developed to ensure safe handling of
these materials and would include procedures to secure the material from spilling off trucks, as well as
for any inadvertent or accidental spills of materials falling from trucks removing this material from the
sites.
Dewatering: At some locations, the tunnels and shafts may be subjected to inundation from rainfall-
runoff, groundwater or seepage water. This will be a major concern during construction. Adequate
measures should be taken to remove groundwater/seepage water from a construction site (Figure
6-12).
Figure 6-12: Dewatering example from a construction site
Impact on air environment: Air environment will be affected during the construction of the trunk
main by dust, exhaust gases and noises. These impacts are not long term but will end after
construction works.
The construction of eastern and western trunk main will take 12 months to complete. Approximate,
6056 tons of slurry/spoil earth will need to be transported to land fill sites. Total 1211 trips is required
to dispose of the waste to land fill site in 12 months. The transport distance estimated to be of
average 20km/trip. The maximum load of emission by hauling trucks (as per WHO standards, 1993)
and method (S=0.25%) is given in Table 6-3.
Table 6-3: Air pollution loading due to trunk main construction
Sl. No. Parameter Emission factor (g/km) Pollution loading (kg/day)
1 Dust 0.9 0.06
Page | 158
2 SO2 4.29 0.29

3 NO2 11.8 0.79
4 CO 6 0.40
5 VOC 2.6 0.17
Most of part of the route goes along the residential and commercial area with a high density
population. Proper mitigation of negative impacts due to increased heavy duty vehicular movement
needs to be addressed.
Emission from mechanical operation: welding fume such as metal oxides (Fe2O3, SiO2, K2O, CaO) and
CO, NOx can be determined as in Table 6-4. However, this work happens in a short time and impact is
localized and temporary, so negative impacts on workers is limited with appropriate protection.
Table 6-4: Concentration of toxic gases during welding
Pollutants Diameter (mm) of welding rod

(mg/welding rod) 2.5 3.25 4 5 6
Metal oxides 285 508 706 1100 1578
CO 10 15 25 35 50
NOx 12 20 30 45 70
Noise Pollution: The following activities such as transportation of construction materials, hammering,
laying will cause noise. The maximum noise level from the construction sites is presented in Table 6-5.
This noise level will affect people at the construction sites and in the vicinity of 50m, approximately
(ADB, 2009).
Table 6-5: Maximum noise level from the construction sites
No. Machine Noise level at position 1m Noise level at a position away

from the source from the source
Range Average 20m 50m
1 Bulldozer 93 67 59
2 Roller 72-74 73 47 39
3 Land scrapper 80-93 86.5 60.5 52.5
4 Truck 82-94 88 62 54
5 Concrete mixing machine 75-88 81.5 55.5 47.5
6 Excavator 72-84 78 52 44
7 Sawing machine 80-120 100 83 65
8 Crane 76-87 81.5 55.5 47.5
Water Quality: The number of workers and other project staffs working during construction phase
along eastern trunk main is expected not to exceed 100 persons. Domestic waste water consumption
is estimated to be 100 lpcd which means total 10,000 litres per day. Considering 70% of water
consumed as waste water then the total volume of waste water would be 7,000 litres per day. The
generated waste water from the domestic sources needs to be treated through proper arrangement
before discharge into drains.
Page | 159
Solid waste: Compared to open excavation, micro tunnelling will reduce the volume of soil to be
removed for lying of pipes in the tunnel. However, if the soil/slurry are dumped over ground and not
removed timely it may cause a major impact on the drainage system, traffic movement and hardship
to the people of the locality. The total volume of debris and construction waste will affect the daily
business and domestic activities along the trunk main route. The total volume of excavated soil for
construction of shafts (about 125 nos.) would be approximately 26,640 m3. After work the shaft will
be covered. The excess soil will need to be transported to the pre-identified dumping ground.
The domestic solid waste generated from by around 100 workers per day is about 35 kg/day (at
0.35kg /person/day).
Impacts on traffic: One of the main reasons for adopting the micro-tunnelling method for
construction of trunk mains is to reduce the impact on normal traffic and pedestrian movement.
However, there will be temporary and short-term disruption of traffics at places where the drop shaft
and the receiving shaft will be constructed. The proper traffic management plan, which would include
traffic diversions/rerouting, and the signalling system, should be executed to minimize the impacts.
Other impacts: Other potential impacts during the construction phase are as provided in Table 6-6.
Table 6-6: Other potential impacts during the construction phase
Components Impacts Degree
Ecosystem Change in water quality, There are designated protected area (PA), game
noise reserve (GR), wild life sanctuary (WS), or
ecologically critical area (ECA) along the
proposed eastern trunk main. No threatened
faunal and floral species have been identified.
Therefore, no negative impact on the ecosystem
is anticipated.
Microclimate Change in temperature and Low
humidity
Risks of accidents: The trunk main will pass through highly urbanized areas. Areas particularly where
the drop shaft and the receiving shafts will be constructed will be susceptible to accidents due to
narrowing of road passages for traffic and construction debris on the road. The area should be
properly fenced with warning signs to make people aware of the risks of accidents. There should also
be a constant signalling system for traffic control and diversions. In rainy days the construction areas
and roads could be slippery, proper signs should be there to warn the pedestrian of the risks to
accidents.
Impact on public health: Construction activities would result in varying degrees of ground-borne
vibration, depending on the stage of construction, the equipment and construction methods
employed, the distance from the construction locations to vibration-sensitive receptors and soil
conditions. Such vibration would be annoying to the resident and particularly may cause distress to
sick, elderly people and children.
Page | 160
Livelihood: Areas along and on both sides of the trunk main and traffic re-routing routes are places of
livelihood activities of people as they will mostly pass through highly urbanized areas. Temporary and
short-term impacts on livelihood is anticipated.
The influx of workers: For trunk main construction activities, it is likely that the contractors will
employ workers locally for excavation works and large-scale construction sheds are not likely to be
constructed due to lack of space in the construction area. . Since the project will be implemented
through International Competitive Bidding, so external workers/Engineers from abroad will be
engaged by the main contractor. Some of the workers will be deployed from other regions of the
country and remaining will be from local people. Around 10% of the total workers will be deployed
from external sources (from abroad or other regions). If some workers do come from outside the city,
some temporary arrangement may need to be made. In that case the contractor will make
arrangements in nearby localities for accommodation.
Occupational Health and safety: Workers involved in trunk main construction will be the risk of
airborne dust, noise and vibration, working in excavated pits etc. Proper protective gear needs to be
worn at all times and the contractor needs to ensure this. The workers will also be at the risk of water-
borne diseases if safe drinking water and adequate sanitary facilities are not provided.
6.2.4 Impacts of Expansion of Pagla STP
Impact on air environment:
The total volume of raw materials to be transported to the Pagla STP for construction during the 12
months’ period of construction is approximately 100,000 tons. The maximum in one day is
approximated as 25 tons. The transport distance estimated to be of average 20km/trip. The maximum
load of emission by hauling trucks (as per WHO standards, 1993) and method (S=0.25%) is given in
Table 6-7.
Table 6-7: The maximum load of emission by hauling trucks during the expansion of Pagla STP
1 Dust 0.9 0.99

2 SO2 4.29 4.70
3 NO2 11.8 12.93
4 CO 6 6.58
5 VOC 2.6 2.85
Noise: there will be several types of vehicles to be used during the construction phase, these are,
roller, excavator, bulldozers and scrappers etc. The impact of noise from these vehicles will be within
50m. As the area surrounding the Pagla STP is not heavily populated, the impact due to noise will be
low.
Water Quality: The number of workers and other project staffs working during land development is
expected not to exceed 50 persons. Domestic waste water consumption is estimated to be 100 lpcd
which means total 5,000 litres per day. Considering 70% of water consumed as waste water then the
Page | 161
total volume of waste water would be 3,500 litres per day. The generated waste water from the
domestic sources needs to be treated through proper arrangement before discharge into drains.
Domestic Solid Waste: Domestic solid waste generated from by around 50 workers (from local
people) per day is about 17.5 kg/day (at 0.35kg/person/day). If not properly cleared it may create an
unhygienic dumpsite favourable to pathogenic vectors. It is expected that most of these workers will
be hired locally and therefore labor camp is not required.
Public health and safety: The construction areas are susceptible to risks of accidents. The area should
be properly fenced with warning signs to make people aware of the risks of accidents. There should
also be a constant signalling system for traffic control. Construction activities would result in varying
degrees of ground-borne vibration, depending on the stage of construction, the equipment and
construction methods employed, the distance from the construction locations to vibration-sensitive
receptors and soil conditions. Such vibration would be annoying to the resident and particularly may
cause distress to sick, elderly people and children. However, as the Pagla STP sites and its
surroundings are not densely populated, the impact will be low.
6.3 Impact assessment in the Operation Phase
6.3.1 Impacts of Trunk Main
Impact on air environment
trunk mains during the dredging and repair works during the operation phase. These gases are likely
to cause local discomfort to the people near the maintenance sites but unlikely to cause any public
health concerns.
Solid waste
Sewage sludge in manholes and trunk main contain pathogens, unstable sediments and can cause
harm to public health and environment. If kept for long in the sewer lines it may cause blockage of
pipelines. This sludge needs to be dredged, treated and dispose of properly. It is estimated that total
sludge to be generated would be around 1/2 volume of the trunk mains in a year. 1m3 of sludge will
be around 1.6 tons.
Impacts of risk and accidents and occupational health of workers
The risk is that if the trunk mains are blocked or broken down then the waste water will overflow and
may contaminate soil and water. Workers who are involved in cleaning or dredging of sediments in
trunk mains may get exposed to toxic gases. During maintenance, workers may get exposed to
aerosols containing bacteria and fungi and there is a risk of Dermal contact with toxic material (e.g.
sludge and faeces). Proper safety regulations should be followed.
Impact of flooding
Some segment of the eastern trunk main may get inundated during heavy rainfall and flooding (Figure
6-13). Flood waters may enter the trunk main through manholes. Usually, in designing the primary
roads, historical highest flood levels are considered. The road levels and associated sewer manholes
Page | 162
should be designed in such a way that they remain above the flood level. In some cases, where trunk
sewers are constructed through low-lying land which is prone to flooding, the manholes as are
constructed keeping above the flood level (Figure 6-14).
Figure 6-13: Flood inundation in Dhaka under 2004 flood condition
Page | 163
Figure 6-14: Manhole constructed over a low-lying area in existing eastern trunk main
6.3.2 Impact of Pagla STP in Operation Phase
Sludge generation
The sludge to be generated at the Pagla STP has been estimated and presented in Table 6-8. By 2025
total trips of trucks of 10m3 capacity to dispose of the sludge at the Matuail landfill sites is
approximately 10. The site is approximately 8 km from the Pagla STP. Most suitable route for
transporting sludge to Matuail landfill site from Pagla STP is shown in Figure 6-3. Total air pollution in
a day for the trips would be as presented in Table 6-9.
Table 6-8: Generation of sludge
Particulars 2011 2015 2020 2025 2030 2035
Dry solid content as total

102.00 113.25 129.07 147.10 167.66 191.08
suspended solids (MT/Day)
Dry solid content as total
suspended solids in STP 67.32 74.74 85.19 97.09 110.65 126.11
(MT/Day)
Truck Trips
7 8 9 10 11 13
(considering 10 MT capacity)
Page | 164
Table 6-9: Air pollution due to sludge transportation during plant operation
No Parameter Emission factor (g/km) Pollution loading (kg/day)

1 Dust 0.9 135
2 SO2 4.29 644
3 NO2 11.8 1,770
4 CO 6 900
5 VOC 2.6 390
trunk mains during the dredging and repair works during the operation phase. These gases are likely
to cause local discomfort to the people near the maintenance sites but unlikely to cause any public
health concerns. The odour may spread along the wind direction, particularly in the south and south-
west direction in winter and northwest direction in monsoon. The affected area is approximately
300m in radius.
Noise
The pumping machinery and air blowers generate noise during operation. Noise is also generated by
vehicles movement within the plant and outside, particularly during transporting the sludge to land fill
sites.
Occupational Health and Safety
Workers involved treatment plant operation will be exposed to dust, VOCs and odour. Also the
aerosols containing bacteria and fungi may affect the workers and staffs working at the plant. Dermal
contact with toxic material (e.g. sludge) is also very likely. Proper protective gears need to be worn at
all times during working hours.
6.4 Climate Change Impact

IWM provided modelling support to the World Bank on the study of Urban Flooding of Greater Dhaka
Area in a Changing Climate: Vulnerability, Adaptation and Potential Costs (November 2014). The study
carried out a detail assessment of changes to flood inundation and river water level due to the impact
of climate change. The results presented herein have been obtained from the study mentioned above.
Flood inundation map for the 2004 base case was simulated using flood models (Figure 6-15). Flood
depth maps were generated based on current DEM.
Page | 165
Figure 6-15: Flood map for 2004 hydrological condition
Current DEM was modified to take in to account the future socio-economic development as envisaged
following the Detailed Area Plan (DAP) of Dhaka. Hydrological condition corresponding to climate
change scenarios A1FI and B1 for 2025 and 2050 have been used to simulate flood inundation. The
simulated results show that the flood free areas for the two climate change scenarios were practically
the same 40% (B1-2050) and 39% (A1FI- 2050). Similarly, the deeply flooded areas were about 60% in
both scenarios. Again the increase in flood free areas was due to the increase in land levels driven by
increased population densities. It was found that compared to the base 2004 monsoon flooding, the
total flooded area (depth >0.25m) decreased from 78% to 72% in the 2025 scenarios (B1 and A1FI)
and then to 60% (B1-2050) and 61% (2050-A1FI). This happened despite increased upstream flow
(from Jamuna River spill), internal rainfall increases of 3.5% (B1-2025) to 9.9% (A1FI-2050) and
increased river levels of about 30cm around Dhaka. The main reason for the decrease in flooded areas
is the predicted increase in land levels in proposed built-up areas (as identified in DAP). The results
have been summarized in Figure 6-16.
The changes in peak water levels of rivers around Dhaka City for the A1FI scenarios are shown in
Figure 6-17. The simulated increase in the worst case scenario (A1FI-2050) is less than 30cm, which
indicates that climate change is not likely to have a major impact on peak water levels compared to
the 2004 level of flooding.
Page | 166
Figure 6-16: Flood depth comparison of greater Dhaka area for five scenarios
Figure 6-17: Changes in Peak River Water Levels of Rivers around Dhaka City for A1FI Scenarios
Conclusion on climate change impact on the project
The simulated climate change impacts on flood inundation and river water level indicate that no
appreciable changes are expected for the year 2025 and 2050. Therefore, no major mitigation
measures are required. However, the river water level in worst condition will increase by around
30cm. The level of land filling in the Pagla STP area and design of pumps for effluent discharge in to
Buriganga River may be reviewed by the DB/DBO contractor on this basis.
6.5 Environmental Impact Assessment of the project

Several impacts are anticipated in the pre-construction, construction and operational phase of the
project of varying levels. Negative impacts are mostly short-term impacts which can be mitigated by
implementing an environment management plan with close monitoring of changes to environmental
variables. Positive impacts are long-term. However, proper monitoring and adequate measures are
required to make positive impacts sustainable. For example, enhancement of the positive impacts is
Page | 167
possible if measures are undertaken to implement the recommendations of sewerage master plan for
implementing four other sewage treatment plants at Uttara, Mirpur, Rayerbazar and Dasherkandi
including pollution control at the industrial outfalls. An overall environmental impact caused by the
project is presented in Table 6-14.
The impact matrix following approach has been taken.
A. Impact Evaluation
0 points: no effect or negligible impact; L: little impact; M: Medium impact; H: high impact; “-“
negative impact; “+” positive impact
B. Risk Assessment
A typical eco-environmental risk assessment based on likelihood ranking (from “almost certain” to
“rare”), along with frequency level for each ranking and significance rankings. Consequence levels are
provided in Table 6-10, the likelihood of occurrence and rankings in Table 6-11 and risk assessment in
Table 6-13.
Table 6-10: Consequence Levels
Category Ranking Definition

• Very serious environmental effects with impairment of ecosystem function.
• Long-term, widespread effects on the significant environment (e.g. unique habitat,
Critical 5 national park)
• Habitat restitution time >100 years and requiring extreme substantial
intervention.
• Serious environmental effects with some impairment of ecosystem function (e.g.
displacement of species).
• Relative widespread medium–long term impacts.
Major 4 • Habitat restitution time >10 years and requiring substantial intervention.
• Potential for continuous non-compliance with environmental regulations and/or
company policy.
• Moderate effects on the biological environment but not affecting ecosystem
function.
• Moderate short-medium term widespread impacts
Moderate 3 • Habitat restitution time 1-5 years (possible limited and local areas up to 10 years)
with potential for a full recovery and limited or no intervention required.
• Potential for short to medium term noncompliance with environmental
regulations and/or company policy.
• Minor effects on the biological environment.
• Minor short-medium term damage to a small area of limited significant
Minor 2 • Full recovery in < 1 year without intervention required.
• Any potential non-compliance with environmental regulations and/or company
policy would be minor and short-term.
• No lasting effect.
• Low-level impacts on the biological environment.
Low 1 • Limited damage to a minimal area of low significant.
• Compliance with environmental regulations and/or company policy at all times.
• Possible beneficial effect or ecosystem improvement.
• No impact on ecosystem damage.
None 0 • No compliance required for environmental regulations and/or company policy at
all times.
• Possible beneficial effect or ecosystem improvement.
Page | 168
Limited + • Some beneficial improvement to ecosystem.

Positive • Benefits to specific flora and / or fauna.
Modest ++ • Moderate beneficial improvement to ecosystem.
Positive • Medium benefits to specific flora and / or fauna.
Significant • Major beneficial improvement to the ecosystem.
Positive +++ • Large scale benefits to specific flora and / fauna.
Table 6-11: Likelihood of Occurrence and Rankings
Impact Ranking Definition Impact Frequency

Likelihood
Almost The activity will occur under normal operating Very Frequent
Certain 5 conditions. (High frequency of occurrence –
(80 – 100%) occur more than one per month)
Very Likely The activity is very likely to occur under Frequent
(60 - 80%) 4 normal operational conditions. (Regular frequency. The event likely
to occur at least once per year)
Likely The activity is likely to occur at some time Occasional
(40 - 60%) 3 under normal operating conditions. (Occurs once every 1 – 10 years)
Unlikely The activity is unlikely to but may occur at Few
(20 - 40% 2 some time under normal operating (Unlikely to occur during the life of
conditions. operations – occurs once every 10 –
100 years)
Very The activity is very unlikely to occur under Rare
Unlikely 1 normal operating conditions but may occur in (Highly unlikely to occur during the
(0 - 20%) exceptional circumstances. life of the operation. Occurs less
than once every 100 years).
C. Impact Significance
The significance of impact for the proposed component-wise has been determined by calculating the
consequence and likelihood of occurrence of the activity, expressed as follows
Significance = Consequence X Likelihood
The above Tables illustrate all possible consequence X likelihood product results for the five
consequences and likelihood categories. The possible significance rankings are presented in Table
6-12.
Table 6-12: Impact significance rankings
Ranking Significance
(Consequence x Likelihood)
>16 Critical
9-16 High
6-8 Medium
2-5 Low
<2 Negligible
Table 6-13: Risk assessment
Likelihood / Consequence Severity

Frequency
Low Minor Moderate Major Critical
Page | 169
Almost Certain High High Extreme Extreme Extreme
Very Likely Moderate High High Extreme Extreme
Likely Low Moderate High Extreme Extreme
Unlikely Low Low Moderate High Extreme
Very Unlikely Low Low Moderate High High
Table 6-14: Environmental Impacts
Activity / Issue Impacts on Natural Resources
Air Soil Water
Air Quality
Hydrology
Erosion
Quality
Quality
Noise
Pre-construction Phase
Operation of vehicles and equipment during the site -M -M 0 -L 0 -L
preparation, stack yards and labour shed construction,

hauling of equipment
Likelihood: Very Likely; Consequence: Minor; Risk: Low
Discharge of waste water from labour sheds and work place 0 0 0o -L o -L o -L
o Likelihood: Very Likely; Consequence: Minor; Risk: Low

Generation of solid waste during site preparation -M 0 0 0 0 0
Air Soil Water

Air Quality
Hydrology
Erosion
Quality
Quality
Noise
Construction Phase
Construction and use of labour shed - generation of -L -L 0 -L 0 -M

wastewater, sewage, solid waste
Additional traffic/Rerouting of Traffic -M -M 0 0 0 0
Page | 170
Air Soil Water
Air Quality
Hydrology
Erosion
Quality
Quality
Noise
Construction Phase
Felling of trees/Clearing vegetation 0 0 -L 0 0 0
Waste water from construction site -L 0 0 0 0 0
Likelihood: Likely; Consequence: Minor; Risk: Low
Operation of project equipment, drilling, piling, welding and -M -M 0 0 0 0
cutting, demolition, crushing of stones and bricks, traffic

movement, generators, labour concentration
Operation of project equipment, demolition, crushing of -M -M 0 0 0 0

stones and bricks, traffic movement, generators, burning of
asphalt, off-road truck movement, excavation in dry
condition
Construction of the pipeline and associated facilities. -L -L 0 0 0 0
Boring, soil compaction, piling, heavy truck movement, -M -M 0 0 0 0

delivery of materials
Excavation of earth and backfilling -M -M -L 0 0 0

(specifically for open excavation)
Dewatering and trenching 0 -L 0 0 0 -L

Relocation of utilities -L -L -L 0 0 0

Civil and electro-mechanical works for construction and/or -L -L 0 0 0 0

rehabilitation of Sewage Lift Stations (SLS)
Construction of portals and drop shafts -L -L 0 0 0 0
(specifically for micro-tunnelling) Likelihood: Very Likely; Consequence: Minor; Risk: Low
Tunnelling -L -L 0 0 0 0
Page | 171
Air Soil Water
Air Quality
Hydrology
Erosion
Quality
Quality
Noise
Construction Phase
(specifically for micro-tunnelling) Likelihood: Very Likely; Consequence: Minor; Risk: Low
Air Soil Water
Air Quality
Hydrology
Erosion
Quality
Quality
Noise
Operation Phase
Solid waste or debris falling into the man-holes of trunk 0 0 0 0 0 0

mains
o Likelihood: Likely; Consequence: Minor; Risk: Low
Deposition of sludge, solid waste in trunk mains 0 0 0 0 0 0
Discharge of effluent during operation of treatment plant 0 -L 0 0 0 -L
Activities by workers 0 0 0 -L 0 -L
Operation of treatment plants and pumping stations -L -L 0 -L 0 -L
Transportation of Sludge -L -L 0 0 0 0
Activity / Issue Impacts on Ecological Resources
Page | 172
Flora Fish Amphibia Reptile Bird Mammal
AQ TR AQ TR AQ TR AQ TR AQ TR
Pre-construction Phase
Operation of vehicles and
0
o -L 0 o 0 o -L o 0 o -L o 0 o -L 0 -L
equipment during the site
preparation, stack yards
and labour shed
construction, hauling of Likelihood: Likely; Consequence: Minor; Risk: Low
equipment
Discharge of waste water 0

o -L 0 o 0 o -L o 0 o -L o 0 o -L 0 -L
from labour sheds and
work place Likelihood: Likely; Consequence: Minor; Risk: Low
Generation of solid waste 0

o -L 0 o 0 o -L o 0 o -L o 0 o -L 0 -L
during site preparation
Construction Phase
Construction and use of 0
o -L 0 o 0 o -L o 0 o -L o 0 o -L 0 -L
labour shed - generation
of wastewater, sewage,
solid waste
Additional 0
o -L 0 o 0 o -L o 0 o -L o 0 o -L 0 -L
traffic/Rerouting of Traffic
Felling of trees/Clearing 0
o -L 0 o 0 o -L o 0 o -L o 0 o -L 0 -L
vegetation
Waste water from 0

o -L 0 o 0 o -L o 0 o -L o 0 o -L 0 -L
construction site
Operation of project 0
o -L 0 o 0 o -L o 0 o -L o 0 o -L 0 -L
equipment, drilling, piling,
welding and cutting,
demolition, crushing of
stones and bricks, traffic Likelihood: Likely; Consequence: Minor; Risk: Low
movement, generators,
labour concentration
Operation of project 0
o -L 0 o 0 o -L o 0 o -L o 0 o -L 0 -L
Page | 173
equipment, demolition,
crushing of stones and
bricks, traffic movement,
generators, burning of Likelihood: Likely; Consequence: Minor; Risk: Low
asphalt, off-road truck
movement, excavation in
dry condition
Construction of the 0
o -L 0 o 0 o -L o 0 o -L o 0 o -L 0 -L
pipeline and associated
facilities. Likelihood: Likely; Consequence: Minor; Risk: Low
Boring, soil compaction, 0

o -L 0 o 0 o -L o 0 o -L o 0 o -L 0 -L
piling, heavy truck
movement, delivery of
materials
Excavation of earth and 0

o -L 0 o 0 o -L o 0 o -L o 0 o -L 0 -L
backfilling
(specifically for open Likelihood: Likely; Consequence: Minor; Risk: Low
excavation)
Dewatering and trenching 0
o -L 0 o 0 o -L o 0 o -L o 0 o -L 0 -L
(specifically for open
excavation) Likelihood: Likely; Consequence: Minor; Risk: Low
Relocation of utilities 0
o -L 0 o 0 o -L o 0 o -L o 0 o -L 0 -L
excavation) Likelihood: Likely; Consequence: Minor; Risk: Low
Civil and electro- 0

o -L 0 o 0 o -L o 0 o -L o 0 o -L 0 -L
mechanical works for
construction and/or
rehabilitation of Sewage
Lift Stations (SLS)
Construction of portals 0
o -L 0 o 0 o -L o 0 o -L o 0 o -L 0 -L
and drop shafts
(specifically for micro- Likelihood: Likely; Consequence: Minor; Risk: Low
tunnelling)
Tunnelling 0
o -L 0 o 0 o -L o 0 o -L o 0 o -L 0 -L
(specifically for micro-
tunnelling) Likelihood: Likely; Consequence: Minor; Risk: Low
Operation Phase
Page | 174
Solid waste or debris falling

0
o 0 0 o 0 o 0 o 0 o 0 o 0 0 0 0
into the man-holes of trunk
mains
Deposition of sludge, solid 0

o 0 0 o 0 o 0 o 0 o 0 o 0 0 0 0
waste in trunk mains
o
Discharge of effluent during +M

o +M o +M o +M o 0o +M o 0 o 0 0 +M 0
operation of treatment plant
Activities by workers 0
o 0 0 o 0 o 0 o 0 o 0 o 0 o 0 0 0

Operation of treatment 0
o 0 0 o 0 o 0 o 0 o 0 o 0 o 0 0 0
plants and pumping stations
Transportation of Sludge 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
6.6 Cumulative Impact Assessment

This section mainly focuses on cumulative effects that are caused by an action in combination with
other past, existing or potential future projects or human activities.
1. Past projects and activities: effects that are likely to result from the Pagla STP Project in
combination with other projects or activities that have been carried out in the past. Generally,
cumulative impacts are considered when the on-going effects due to such other projects are
expected to change over time to the extent that there would be a measurable effect on the
existing environment.
2. Future projects and activities: the effect of those projects and activities which have already
been approved and are being constructed or are planned to be constructed.
6.6.1 Past, Existing & Future Projects and Activities
Table 6-15 provides a list of past and future projects considered as part of this cumulative impact
assessment and the rationale for inclusion or exclusion. Mainly effects of such projects or activities
which overlap with the Project’s (Pagla STP) effects and are expected to measurably change over time.
Table 6-15: Past, Existing & Future Projects and Activities
Project or Activity Status Description of the Project / Activity Effects
Increase of Ongoing Projected population in the greater Deterioration of river water
Page | 175
population in the Dhaka (around 1530 km2) shows that quality due to untreated
catchment area of by the year 2025 the population will wastewater discharge even
Turag-Buriganga reach approximately 21million, by with Pagla STP functional as
river system 2050 it be around 30 million. The designed
additional population will generate
additional water and sewage loads.
Increase in polluting Ongoing It is evident from the past trend that Deterioration of river water
industries in the industrialisation in greater Dhaka is quality due to untreated
catchment area of progressing rapidly, particularly in the wastewater discharge even
Turag-Buriganga industrial clusters of Kodda, Konabari, with Pagla STP functional as
river system Sava ar, Gazipur and Tongi. If the designed
industries don’t have adequately
designed and functional ETPs then it
will add additional pollution loads to
the Buriganga-Turag river system
Shifting of 60% of Past; Out of 154 tanneries that got plots in Improvement of river water
Hazaribagh implemen Savar Tannery Estate, around 60% quality discharge.
tanneries to ted to- have started their production by
Hemayetpur, Savar date relocating from Hazaribagh. The
remaining tannery industrial units are
continuing the construction works in
the tannery estate and shifting
machinery from Hazaribagh to Savar.
Shifting of 100% of Future; It is expected that by 2022 all Improvement of river water
Hazaribagh expected tanneries from Hazaribagh will quality discharge.
tanneries to within relocate to Savar.
Hemayetpur, Savar 2022
Construction of Future Currently moderately high density but Improvement of river water
Mirpur Sewage expected will grow to very high density. The quality discharge.
Treatment Plant within primary urban centres are Mirpur,
2025 Pallabi and Kafrul which are expected
to have water-borne sewerage
systems discharging to WWTP located
within the Storm Water retention
pond at Goran Chatbari and
discharging to the Turag River.
Construction of Future Catchment is high density (will Improvement of river water
Rayerbazar Sewage expected continue densification). The primary quality discharge.
Treatment Plant within urban areas are: Kamrangirchar,
2023 Mohammadpur, Hazaribagh and
Dhanmondi (currently to Pagla STP
catchment to be re-directed) as well
as the south part of Mirpur. This will
reduce the pressure on the Pagla
catchment. The area is partially
served by storm water network
discharging to the Kalyanpur
Retention Pond. The STP will be
constructed within the area of the
retention pond. Adequate overflow
structures will divert the excess storm
water flows during monsoon periods
out of the STP treatment line and
within the retention pond. The areas
Page | 176
currently un-served by storm water

drains (southern half of the
catchment) will be provided with
separate sanitary sewers discharging
into the combined system of the
northern half of the catchment into
Buriganga River.
Construction of Future Currently relatively low population Improvement of river water

Uttara Sewage density but will grow to moderately quality discharge.
Treatment Plant high density. Mainly consisting of the
Uttara Thana/MODS 9 zone. The
primary urban centre is Uttara which
is expected to have a water-borne
sewerage system discharging to a
WWTP located at the north-west of
the Storm Water retention pond at
Goran Chatbari. If the acquisition of
land is impossible, then a small
section of the retention pond itself
could be allocated for the
construction of the STP. Eastern part
of the catchment is expected to be
on-site sanitation.
Construction of Future The catchment is a combination of Improvement of river water

Dasherkandi Sewage expected currently high density areas in quality discharge.
Treatment Plant within Gulshan, Tejgaon and north-east
2021 Khilgaon (will continue densification)
and low density area of Badda
(expected to become medium
density). High density areas expected
to have water-borne sewerage
systems discharging to WWTP at
Dasherkandi discharging into Balu
River. Hatirjheel Lake rehabilitation
project to discharge to Dasherkandi.
This will reduce the pressure on the
Pagla catchment.
All Industries have Future All industries need to have ETPs Improvement of river water
functioning ETP in expected functioning to meet the national quality discharge.
the Savar, Konabari, within standards for environmental
Kodda, Gazipur and 2030 compliance. Unfortunately, many of
Tongi industrial the industries in Dhaka watershed
clusters don’t have functioning ETPS. Some
industries have ETPs but they are
either not properly designed or are
not being operated. The government
has taken a strong stand on these
issues and are taking various
measures to enforce the existing rules
on pollution control through DoE and
other relevant agencies.
Page | 177
Construction of MRT Ongoing The MRT Line 6 will coincide with the Overlapping of the route of
Line 6 expected Western Trunk Main from Press Club Western Trunk Main and MRT
to finish to Shapla Chattar. Major excavation Line 6 will compound impact
by 2023 and construction work area expected on noise level, air quality,
along this reach. traffic commotion and
pedestrian disruption.
Rebuilding/reinstate During The Trunk Main construction will Compound impact on noise
ment of roadways constructi involve excavation of roadways or level, air quality, traffic
and utility services on of micro-tunnelling in order to lay the commotion and pedestrian
exposed during the Trunk pipelines. This may expose other disruption.
laying of trunk mains Mains existing utilities including water,
of the electricity, and telecommunications,
and require rebuilding of drains.
6.6.2 Mathematical modelling for a cumulative impact assessment on Buriganga-

Turag River Water
Mathematical modelling has been carried out to simulate cumulative effects of the project in
combination with other existing, planned and reasonably predictable future projects and development
activities in Pagla STP catchment and Buriganga-Turag river system.
Impact of treated wastewater
The treated wastewater from Pagla STP will be discharged into Buriganga River about 3 km
downstream from the China-Bangladesh Friendship Bridge at Postogola as shown in Figure 6-18.
Page | 178
Figure 6-18: A map showing the location of Pagla STP and its outfall
The water quality of the six rivers around Dhaka city (Buriganga, Balu, Turag, Lakhya, Tongi Khal and
Dhaleshwari) has deteriorated significantly due to pollution from different domestic and industrial
sources. As a result, the rivers, including Buriganga, are in critical condition, especially in the dry
season, when there is hardly any aquatic life in the rivers due to the very low level of dissolved oxygen
and high level of different pollutants. Figure 6-19 shows the profile of dissolved oxygen and EC along
the Buriganga River. It shows that the dissolved oxygen level is near to zero at the time of
measurement (February 2017) indicating major deterioration of water quality in Buriganga.
Figure 6-19: Dissolved oxygen (DO) and EC profile along Buriganga-Dhaleswari River (February 2017)
One of the major sources of pollution is the untreated sewage and wastewater from the Pagla
catchment. After the execution of the DSIP, it is expected that 65% of the population under Pagla
Page | 179
sewerage catchment will come under the sewerage network and the rest will be covered by on-site
sanitation. Impact of these changes has been assessed by water quality models of the river system. A
number of model scenarios were investigated to make a comprehensive assessment of the impact of
waste water treatment under with-project condition.
Estimation of waste loads
Ten locations have been identified from Amin Bazar to Muktarpur Bridge which discharges untreated
wastewater into the Turag-Buriganga River. The wastewater is generated from domestic or industrial
sources or both. Among the 10 locations, 5 locations contain purely domestic wastewater, 4 locations
contain a mixture of domestic and industrial wastewater and another 1 location contains only
industrial wastewater. About 25% of domestic wastewater from the Hazaribagh area, 10% from
Mohammadpur area and 15% from Dhanmondi area flow through sluice gates # 07, 08 and 09.
1-D Water Quality Model Development
The existing water quality model has been used for this current study. From 2004 to 2018 domestic
and industrial loads have increased due to population increase and industrial development. As there is
no field measurement the domestic and industrial loads have been projected for 2017-18 dry
condition following the projection in World Bank study (World Bank, 2007). The estimated and
projected pollution loads from Amin Bazar to Muktarpur Bridge for 2005 and 2018 are given in Table
6-16. Meanwhile, since 2014, many of the tanneries have been relocated shifted from Hazaribagh to
Hemayetpur, Savar. As a result, approximately 60% of pollutant discharge has been estimated to have
reduced. This issue has been taken care of in the water quality model.
Table 6-16: Domestic and industrial pollution loads from Amin Bazar to Muktarpur Bridge for Base 2005 and 2018
condition
Outfall ID Type Ammonia (Kg/d) Nitrate (Kg/d) BOD (Kg/d) Remarks
2005 2018 2005 2018 2005 2018
S-6 Domestic 1,661 2,089 - - 7,044 8,859
HAZ02 (S-7) Industrial 2,832 1,350 19 9 40,722 19,400
HAZ02 (S-7) Domestic 590 915 - - 5,903 9,154
HAZ01 (S-8) Industrial 265 126 4 2 435 204
HAZ01 (S-8) Domestic 86 158 - - 864 1,576
Within Pagla STP catchment
HAZ03 (S-9) Industrial 282 134 10 5 5,196 2,478

S-9 Domestic 266 422 - - 2,657 4,218
S-10 Domestic 124 155 - - 3,156 3,948
S-11 Domestic 900 1,123 - - 8,316 10,375
Dholai khal Domestic 900 1,123 - - 31,140 38,956
NAR01 Industrial 82 145 2 4 677 1,201
NAR01 Domestic 65 130 - - 649 1,303
Pagla STP Domestic 475 475 - - 15,064 15,064
NAR02_kasi Industrial 5,925 10,574
739 1,315 18 33
Total Load 9,269 9,661 54 53 127,748 127,310
Total load in
Pagla STP 3,445 3,991 17 11 68,154 79,323
Page | 180
The model used in this study is Level 3 of the WQ module (ECO Lab) in MIKE 11, which needs
boundary time series data for five-model variables: Dissolved Oxygen (DO), temperature, ammonia,
nitrate and BOD. A total of 12 boundaries have been defined at all open ends of the WQ model.
Pollution loads of Pagla STP
According to the Bangladesh Environmental Quality Standard of 1997, the quality of effluent discharge
into surface water bodies for BOD is 40mg/l. In this study, the BOD level of 40mg/l, 20mg/l and 10mg/l
have been considered in the model for sensitivity analysis. National quality standard for ammonia and
nitrate are not available. However, the study of quality standards in the effluent of sewage treatment
plants in other countries shows that allowable level for nitrate is 2.5mg/l, while the allowable level of
ammonia varies from 10mg/l to 5mg/l and. Considering the above values, the estimated effluent loads
from Pagla STP are as provided in Table 6-17.
Table 6-17: Pollution load of Pagla STP
Scenarios BOD load Ammonia load Nitrate load Remarks

(kg/d) (kg/d) (kg/d)
2005 68,154 3,445 17 Generated domestic and
industrial wastewater load
2018 79,323 8,345 11 Generated domestic and

industrial wastewater load
2025 (A) 31,432 6,405 843 Effluent of Pagla STP
2025 (B) 31,432 4,905 843 Effluent of Pagla STP
2025 (C) 25,432 4,905 843 Effluent of Pagla STP
2025 (D) 22,432 4,905 843 Effluent of Pagla STP
2025 (E) Effluent of Pagla STP same as

scenario 2025 (C), Aminbazar
2025 (F) 25,432 4,905 843 to Muktarpur Bridge
2025 (G)
Pollution load of other proposed STPs
The pollution load considered in the model for other proposed STPs are provided in Table 6-18.
Table 6-18: Pollution load of other proposed STPs
STPs Ammonia
STP capacity (MLD) BOD load(kg/d) Nitrate load(kg/d)
load(kg/d)
Uttara STP 240 1,200 9600 648
Mirpur STP 420 2,100 16800 1134
Rayerbazar STP 240 1,200 9600 648
Pagla STP 300 1,500 12000 810
Dasherkandi STP 500 2,500 20000 1350
Total 1,700 8,500 68000 4590
Page | 181
STPs Ammonia
STP capacity (MLD) BOD load(kg/d) Nitrate load(kg/d)
load(kg/d)
* Effluent Ammonia concentration 5mg/l
* Effluent BOD concentration 40mg/l
* Effluent Nitrate concentration 2.5 mg/l
Cumulative impact assessment results
The base scenario needed to be studied before the simulation of the cumulative impacts of other past
and future projects. For the purpose, the base scenario corresponding to the year 2018 has been
studied. Thereafter impacts of different projects on the water quality of Buriganga have been studied.
A discussion on the results can be found in Table 6-15. Results for the modelling exercises against
different scenarios have been presented in Table 6-16 and Figures 6-17 to 6-20.
The model simulated results show that definite positive impact of DSIP on the water quality of
Buriganga River around the outfall of Pagla STP. The model results also demonstrate that significant
positive impacts in the entire reach of Turag and Buriganga can only be achieved with full
implementation of the recommendations of the sewerage master plan and pollution control at the
industrial outfalls in Dhaka watershed. The DSIP is thus regarded as an important step to the overall
environmental improvement in the Dhaka watershed.
Table 6-15: discussion on model results
Scenario Discussions
Scenario 2005:
Pollution loads from all major outfalls in the river

have been taken as computed in the World Bank
study “Industrial Environmental Compliance and
Pollution Control in Greater Dhaka – Phase I
(2007)”. Pollution loading corresponds to the year
2005
Scenario 2018: The base case This may be considered as the base case (present condition).
This scenario assumes that 60% of Hazaribagh tanneries have
Pollution loads from all major outfalls discharging been shifted to Hemayetpur. Rest of the tanneries are
in river taken as projected for 2018 in the World discharging effluent without any treatment into the Buriganga
Bank study. At Hazaribagh outfall the projected River. Simulation results show that water quality in Buriganga
load has been reduced by 60% in the context of to be very low with the DO level near to 0.2 mg/l and BOD
shifting of tanneries to Hemayetpur, Savar. high at 26 mg/l.
Scenario 2025 (A): With-project case 1 The scenario corresponds to 2025 when the DSIP project is
expected to be completed. The Pagla STP is considered to
a) Considers that the DSIP is complete discharge effluent with a BOD level of 40mg/l, as per the
and in operation; standard set out in ECR 1997 (amended 2003). The DO level
b) All Hazaribagh tanneries have been only slightly improves near the outfall of Pagla STP. BOD level
comes down significantly to 13 mg/l. However, still the levels
Page | 182
shifted; are not acceptable. It is observed that this is an improvement

c) All wastewater have been diverted to is localised around the discharge site. The reason is that major
pollution load is from other domestic and mainly from
Pagla STP for treatment
industrial sources in the upstream of Buriganga river.
d) Effluent quality maintained at Pagla
outfall are as below
(i) BOD = 40mg/l
(ii) Total ammonia = 10mg/l
(iii) Nitrate = 2.5mg/l
(iv) Discharge = 300 MLD
Scenario 2025 (B): With-project case 2 This scenario corresponds to the with-project case but
considering the condition when the effluent is treated with a
a) Considers that the DSIP is complete stricter limit of the maximum level of ammonia to 5mg/l. This
and in operation; will lower the level of ammonia in Buriganga at the Pagla
b) All Hazaribagh tanneries have been outfall to 1.3 mg/l from 1.9 mg/l. This is not considered to be a
remarkable improvement.
shifted;
c) All wastewater has been diverted to
Pagla STP for treatment;
(i) BOD = 40mg/l
(iv) Discharge = 300 MLD
Scenario 2025 (C): With-project case 3 This is similar to the with-project case 2 except that the Pagla
STP effluent is treated to generate BOD content of 20mg/l.
a) Considers that the DSIP is complete This lowers the BOD concentration in Buriganga to 11 mg/l.
and in operation;
b) All Hazaribagh tanneries have been
shifted;
i. BOD = 20mg/l
ii. Total ammonia = 5mg/l
iii. Nitrate = 2.5mg/l
Page | 183
iv. Discharge = 300 MLD
Scenario 2025 (D): This is similar to the with-project case 2 except that the Pagla
STP effluent is treated to lower BOD content to 10mg/l. The
a) Considers that the DSIP is complete water quality in Buriganga improves significantly at and near
and in operation; the outfall but the overall water quality improvement in the
b) All Hazaribagh tanneries have been upstream and downstream remains the same.
shifted;
d) All wastewater has been diverted to
(i) BOD = 10mg/l
(i) Discharge = 300 MLD
Scenario 2025 (E): This scenario demonstrate the cumulative impact of other
sewage treatment plant projects as proposed in the Sewerage
a) Considers that the DSIP is complete Master Plan of Dhaka City.
and in operation;
b) All Hazaribagh tanneries have been
shifted; Quite a good improvement in BOD level in Buriganga River has
c) All wastewater has been diverted to been observed when the all the five STPs (Uttara, Mirpur,
Rayerbazar, Pagla, and Dasherkandi. The BOD level comes
down to 8 mg/l. However, the DO level is still not acceptable
d) Effluent quality maintained at Pagla with a value of 0.4 mg/l. The main reason is that the major
outfall are as below pollutant load is from the industrial sources in the Dhaka
i. BOD = 20mg/l watershed.
ii. Total ammonia = 5mg/l

iii. Nitrate = 2.5mg/l
e) Domestic wastewater treated by the
following proposed STPs
• Dasherkandi STP (500MLD)
• Rayerbazar STP (240MLD)
• Mirpur STP (420MLD)
• Uttara STP (240MLD)
Page | 184
Scenario 2025 (F): This is another case of cumulative impact due to other
projects.
a) Same as 2025 (E)
Some improvement in water quality in Buriganga River has
+ been observed when all industries from Dhaka city is
relocated outside Dhaka watershed. The maximum BOD level
b) Industries from core Dhaka shifted in Buriganga at Pagla outfall comes down to 8 mg/l.
Scenario 2025 (G): Significant improvement in water quality in Buriganga River

has been observed when the BOD concentrations at all the
a) Same as 2025 (F) industrial outfalls in Dhaka watershed have been lowered to
40 mg/l. The maximum BOD level in Buriganga at Pagla outfall
+ comes down to 0.5 mg/l, ammonia level 0.1 mg/l and nitrate
level 3.1 mg/l. Although the dissolved oxygen level improves
b) All Industries in Dhaka watershed have
but still remains critical at 2.8 mg/l.
ETP with effluent quality BOD=40mg/l
Table 6-19: Simulated water quality parameters at the outfall of Pagla STP under different scenarios
Scenario Scenario Scenario Scenario Scenario Scenario Scenario

2025 (A) 2025 (B) 2025 (C) 2025 (D) 2025 (E) 2025 (F) 2025 (G)
Scenario BOD=40, BOD=40, BOD=20, BOD=10, BOD=20, BOD=20, BOD=20,
WQ 2005 2018 Ammonia Ammoni Ammoni Ammoni Ammoni Ammoni Ammoni
parameters =10 a=5 a=5 a=5 a=5 a=5 a=6
Dissolve
Oxygen 0.2 0.2 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.4 0.4 2.8
Ammonia 2.2 2.8 1.9 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.2 1.2 0.1
Nitrate 3.5 3.5 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.6 3.6 3.1
BOD 26 26 13 13 11 10 8 8 0.5
Page | 185
Figure 6-20: Predicted DO concentrations in the Turag-Buriganga Rivers in different scenarios
Figure 6-21: Predicted Ammonia concentrations in the Turag-Buriganga Rivers in different scenarios
Figure 6-22: Predicted BOD concentrations in the Turag-Buriganga Rivers in different scenarios
Page | 186
Figure 6-23: Predicted Nitrate concentrations in the Turag-Buriganga Rivers in different scenarios
6.6.3 Cumulative Impact due to the overlapping of routes of Western Trunk Main
and MRT Line 6
The MRT Line 6 will coincide with the Western Trunk Main from Press Club to Shapla Chattar (refer
Figure 6-11). Major excavation and construction work area expected along this reach. Overlapping of
the route of Western Trunk Main and MRT Line 6 will compound impact on noise level, air quality,
traffic commotion and pedestrian disruption. The DB contractor should consult the design of the MRT
Line 6 (particularly the landing stations), once available and make necessary changes to the design the
construction of the Western Trunk Main. It might also be necessary to re-route the Western Trunk
Main along another alignment.
6.6.4 Cumulative Impact on utility works
The Trunk Main construction will involve excavation of roadways or micro-tunnelling in order to lay
the pipelines. This may expose other existing utilities (Figure 4-21) including water, electricity, and
telecommunications, and require rebuilding of drains. Working closely with these utilities could allow
for upgrades of these services at the same time. This would result in a positive impact to the
community, as disruptions and construction work are short-term and would only occur once for all
projects.
6.7 Social Impacts

Identified Project Impacts
The project will have both permanent and temporary impacts on the HHs, shops and community
properties, local people, women and children and other road users. The potential impacts will be
finally identified after detailed engineering design for trunk main and lifting pump stations are
finalized. Micro-tunnelling method for construction of trunk main will reduce impacts on the road side
residential and commercial entities. The impacts identified during social studies considering mixed
methods (Micro-tunnelling and open cut) of trunk main construction.
Page | 187
6.7.1 Impact on Small Ethnic Communities

The project does not trigger OP 4.10 on Indigenous Peoples. As per the ESIA, no people of Small
Ethnic Communities (SECs) will be affected by the project. The survey did not find any peoples of Small
Ethnic Communities on the plant site, or in its vicinities.
6.7.2 Land Acquisition and Resettlement Impact

It is assumed that no private land acquisition will be required for the implementation of the lifting
pump stations. But land acquisition may be required for construction of trunk main. A total of 50
decimal private lands has been provisioned for acquisition for the trunk main while another 50
decimal public land has been provisioned for inter-ministerial transfer to DWASA for three new lifting
pump stations. Eastern Trunk main will be implemented on the DWASA land, Western Trunk main
and South-western Trunk main is on the Dhaka South City Corporation and other government lands.
But the implementation of the project will cause resettlement impacts on the houses and business
(vendors, encroachers, wage labourers, etc.) in some particular sections of the Eastern Trunk Main
and throughout the South Western Trunk Main where there are non-titled persons and encroachers
and narrow alignment. In case of adverse impacts, a resettlement policy framework will be prepared
that will lead to prepare a resettlement action plan.
6.7.3 Use of Structures along Trunk Main

As per the field study, no premises beside the trunk main alignment will be affected permanently by
the project during the implementation of the project. During the social study it was found that most of
the structures were used for residential and or commercials purposes. Table 1.1 shows that a total of
1,836 structures will be temporarily impacted including 758 (40%) commercial, 271(14%) residential,
and 752 (40%) residential cum commercial premises and DWASA and other government
structures/offices.
Table 6-20: Use of structures
Semi Tin Under Grand

Type and Use Pucca %
Pucca made Constriction Total
Commercial 372 308 76 2 758 39.98
Residential 250 12 9 0 271 14.29
Residential cum Commercial 734 16 2 0 752 39.66
Government 21 0 0 0 21 1.11
Others 31 1 0 51 83 4.38
Vendor 0 3 0 0 3 0.16
WASA 6 2 0 0 8 0.42
Grand Total 1414 342 87 53 1896 100.00
Sources: Census and Survey, July-August, 2018
6.7.4 Impact on Residential Household

According to the survey results, about 11,195 HHs are using the structures along the trunk main line
which will be temporarily affected during the construction period. About 97% of HHs are living in the
Pucca structures (single or multi-storeyed buildings), only 1.30% are living in Semi-pucca structures
and 1.21% HHs in the Tin-made structures. The scenario reveals that the 97% of households, living in
the pucca structures, are using standard sanitation system and paying sewerage bills. People living in
semi-pucca and tin-made structures (altogether 2.51%) might use the non-sanitary system.
Page | 188
Table 6-21: HHs by category of structure
No. of Households
Structure Type Grand Total
Pucca Semi Pucca Tin made
Residential 3,569 83 121 3,773
Residential cum Commercial 7,325 47 14 7,386
Tenants of CRPs 20 0 0 20
WASA Persons 0 16 0 16
Grand Total 10,914 146 135 11,195
Percentage 97.49 1.30 1.21 100
6.7.5 Impact on Business Units

The survey identified that there are about 3,540 shops along the trunk main alignment of the
proposed DISP. These business shops could be temporarily affected during the construction period.
Table 6-22 presents that major quantities of business units (2,133) are being operated in the pucca
structures. On the other hand, 1021 business units are found operated in Semi-pucca structures, 341
in Tin-made structures and only Two business units are in Katcha structures.
Table 6-22: Number of business in the structures
Type of structures Commercial Residential cum Commercial Grand Total

Pucca 635 1498 2133
Semi Pucca 986 35 1021
Tin 378 6 384
Katcha 2 0 2
Grand Total 2001 1539 3540
6.7.6 Impact on community properties

The Survey reveals that there are about 43 community properties along the alignment. None of the
CPRs will be affected by the project but the users will face inconveniences in accessing them.
Movement of the people to the community properties particularly to mosque found cumbersome
during monsoon. During the construction period the users will be temporarily facing troubles but after
the construction period they will get much more benefit. During ESIA study it was revealed that the
local people could not move to the mosque and school during monsoon due to the overflow of the
sewage water. Adverse impacts on the community properties will need to be carefully handled during
the planning and implementation stage of the project. Advance notice to the community properties
particularly educational institutions would be given by the project authority so that community people
can be aware of the upcoming difficulties.
6.7.7 Impact on vulnerable groups

Along the Trunk main some low income earning people are living in small houses particularly from
Narinda to Pagla STP. They live on vending (vegetable, fruits, fish, butcher, chicken, boiled eggs,
pancake, chatpoti/fuska etc.) on the trunk main alignment. It is found that they live in semi-pucca or
Page | 189
tin-made houses those are usually inundated during monsoon. Due to road cutting existing sewerage
line may be disrupted and sewerage water will overflow and inundate the road side areas. Poor
people especially children may suffer from water borne diseases if the overflow of the sewage water is
not controlled. Poor and vulnerable people will get the opportunity to do work in the civil
construction that will help to enhance their quality of life.
6.7.8 Temporary Impact on Vendors and other shops

As per the field assessment, total 188 shops including 134 different categories of vendors, 38
squatters and 16 encroachers will be temporarily displaced during the project implementation period.
They have been doing their business on the trunk main alignment. The mobile vendors are dealing in
on the four-wheeled curt (locally called Van) , not in a particular place, and therefore, they can easily
shift their goods elsewhere. Such vendors are not considered affected since they will not lose their
income due to the project. Table 6-24 shows the number of squatters, encroachers and vendors
(without mobile vendors) by categories who are doing business in the same place for a long time.
Among the total 134 vendors, 74 are identified in Eastern Trunk main (Madhubagh-Pagla). Table 6-23
and Table 6-24 describe squatters, encroachers and vendors.
Table 6-23: Category of shops affected by trunk main alignment
Trunk Main Squatters Encroachers Total of Vendor
Madhubag to Pagla 27 16 74
Nawabganj to Narinda 5 0 30
New Market to Narinda 6 0 30
Total 38 16 134
Total 188
Table 6-24: Particulars of Affected Vendors
Trunk Main Tea & Pan

Fruit Salon Cobbler Mechanic Vegetable Tailor
Cigarette
Madhubag to 31 7
12 0 11 0 0
Pagla
Nawabganj to 10 1
2 1 6 7 2
Narinda
New Market to 6 1
4 0 13 3 0
Narinda
Total 18 1 30 10 2 47 9
134
Page | 190
Chapter 7: Mitigation Measures for

Potential Negative Impacts
Page | 191
7 MITIGATION MEASURES FOR POTENTIAL NEGATIVE IMPACTS

Mitigation is done to avoid, minimize or offset predicted adverse impacts and, where appropriate, to
incorporate these into an Environmental Management Plan or System. For each potential adverse
impact, the plan for its mitigation at each stage of the project should be documented and costed, as
this is very important in the selection of the preferred alternative.
The objectives of mitigation therefore are to:
• find better alternatives and ways of doing things;

• enhance the environmental and social benefits of a project;
• avoid, minimise or remedy adverse impacts; and
• Ensure that residual adverse impacts are kept within acceptable levels.
7.1 Mitigation Measures in the Pre-Construction Phase

Mitigation measures in the pre-construction phase are listed in Table 7-1.
Table 7-1: Mitigation measures in the pre-construction phase
Activity / Issue Potential Impacts Proposed Mitigation and Enhancement Measures

Operation of vehicles Emission of dust and • Ensure that all trucks, vehicles, and
and equipment during gases
the site preparation,
electrical devices used in the project
stack yards and labour area will comply with technical and
shed construction,
environmental safety regulations
hauling of equipment
• Install dust cover on vehicles at the
construction sites and during
transportation in the city. Dust control
(watering dusty areas) on non-paved
access roads
• Schedule the operation times for
vehicles, machines working in the
construction area to reduce air
emissions
• Use of adapted Protective Personal
Equipment (ear plugs, goggles, helmets,
• Schedule the operation times for
vehicles, machines working in the
construction area to reduce air
emissions
• Use of adapted Protective Personal
Page | 192
Activity / Issue Potential Impacts Proposed Mitigation and Enhancement Measures

Equipment (ear plugs, goggles, helmets,
Noise pollution • Perform the pre-construction activities

within the day time and minimize work
done during the night.
• Regulate the speed limitation for traffic
inside the site and in the surrounding
areas in construction sites.
• Construct the sound walls as feasible in
selected areas.
• Regularly carry out maintenance and
routine inspections on vehicles to
ensure that they are meeting the
technical standards. Old vehicles and
construction machinery with poor
quality shall be prohibited for being
used within the project‘s activities.
• Noise volume should not exceed 55
dBA at the nearest off-site reception
location.
Discharge of waste Water pollution • Arrange mobile toilets at work sites

water from labour
sheds and work place • Channelize water from labour sheds
and work place to nearby drains after
passing through settling ditches to
segregate sediments and solids
Generation of solid Soil pollution The solid waste to be generated (demolition waste
waste during site or cleared vegetation etc.) should be collected and
preparation disposed to land fill sites properly following
guidelines
7.2 Mitigation Measures in the Construction Phase

Mitigation measures during the construction phase are listed in Table 7-2.
Table 7-2: Mitigation measures during the construction phase
Activity / Issues Potential Impacts Proposed Mitigation and Enhancement Measures

Construction and use Pollution of water and soil Construction of temporary septic tank/sewage
Page | 193

of labour shed - treatment plant to serve the temporary work site
generation of facilities, or temporary sewer connection to existing
wastewater, sewage, sewer/drainage system
solid waste Health of labour Conduct health screening and management
Conflict with locals - Due to Ensure equitable opportunity for employment for
an increase in opportunities the locals and continue consultation with local
for a job in the construction representatives and community regarding social
activities, labourers from issues.
outside the locality will
migrate to the area. This
might create conflict with
the locals
Additional traffic For the laying of sewer Open trench segments would be temporarily
Rerouting of Traffic works, there will be covered to allow residents and service vehicles to
temporary disruption to the access driveways and loading areas. Trench
local community in terms of segments would be excavated and closed promptly,
access to roads, (especially minimizing the time that trenches are open in front
in dense areas and narrow of residence driveways and businesses.
roads), shops and
residences
Felling of trees, Felling of trees and clearing Notify Department of Forest, Department of
Clearing vegetation of vegetation may cause Environment and the City Corporations regarding
local ecological felling of trees along the pipeline routes or other
degeneration which might construction sites; follow national guidelines.
be irreversible
Waste water from the The potential impacts on With proper waste water management and spill
construction site groundwater quality are prevention/ control measures, these impacts could
associated with potential be controlled/minimized during the construction
spills/leaks to groundwater phase
and surface water from fuel
storage, wasa te handling,
etc. the
Operation of project Higher noise level – noise • Where sheet piles are needed and soil
equipment, drilling, pollution
piling, welding and
conditions allow, vibratory pile drivers
cutting, demolition, would be used instead of impact pile
crushing of stones and
drivers.
bricks, traffic
movement, generators, • Construction specifications would
labour concentration provide that noise levels for scrapers,
pavers, graders, and trucks should not
exceed 90 dBA, and pile drivers should
not exceed 95 dBA. For all other
equipment, specifications would
provide that noise levels should not
exceed 85 dBA.
• Substituting hydraulic or electric
models for impact tools such as jack
hammers and pavement breakers
Page | 194

would further reduce construction
noise
• Maintain all vehicles in good operating
condition
• Use temporary noise control barriers as
practicable
• Monitor noise level and manage site
activities accordingly
Operation of project High dust and other particle • Water unpaved surfaces
equipment, demolition, concentration in the air – air
crushing of stones and pollution. The impact will • Limit on-site vehicle speed to 15 mph
bricks, traffic depend on meteorological • Prohibit activities during high winds
movement, generators, and ground conditions.
burning of asphalt, off-
• Sweep streets
road truck movement, Dust can affect the ability of • Remove deposits on the road as soon
excavation in dry nearby vegetation to
as possible
condition survive and maintain
effective evapotranspiration • Cover construction materials
• Restore disturbed areas as soon as
Potential nuisance impacts
on residential areas in close practicable
vicinity of the construction
activities. It may also pose
health in certain cases.
Volatile organic compounds

(VOCs) may be carcinogenic
Emissions of CO2, CO, The CO2 emission is a • Adopt an engineering design approach
SO2, NOx and PM10 greenhouse gas that
which shall avoid or minimize emissions
will result from the contributes to climate
operation of the change to the atmosphere.
proposed project and
• Apply good engineering practice in the
road vehicles during CO and NO2 is highly toxic to
the construction of the human health at elevated choice of methods and equipment
pipeline and associated concentration specification to minimize fugitive
facilities.
SO2 is a toxic gas, may emissions.
impact both freshwater and • Fit vehicles with appropriate exhaust
terrestrial ecosystems by
contributing to acid system and emission control devices
deposition. Potentially
cause respiratory illness.
Vibration from boring, Construction activities • Activities which may generate

soil compaction, piling, would result in varying
heavy truck movement, degrees of ground-borne
significant vibration should be limited
delivery of materials vibration, depending on the during day-time.
stage of construction, the
• Identification of Vulnerable structure
equipment and construction
methods employed, the
Page | 195

distance from the and proper engineering practices
construction locations to
should be adopted to avoid any
vibration-sensitive
receptors and soil damage to the structure. In such cases,
conditions. in addition to the construction
Such vibration would be specifications, the guidelines in Annex
annoying to the residents V: PCR and Annex VI: Chance Find of
and is a potential risk to
old/vulnerable structures. EMF should be followed.
Particularly, old structures
which have significant
cultural value.
Excavation of earth and • Change in soil Proper engineering practices adopted during
backfilling backfilling and reinstatement. The stripped top soil
structure, will be backfilled carefully in position after the
excavation) degradation of completion of the pipe laying. Excess excavated
soil quality. material to be removed and disposed of in line with
regulations.
The impacts are of a temporary nature. Proper
engineering planning and design standards should
• Suffering to the be followed to complete the work within the
local community minimum duration. Efficient management practices
need to be followed.
Construction activity would be phased, and traffic
would be rerouted during construction. Traffic plans
• Traffic disruption would describe traffic operations in detail during the
• Along the construction period. Construction would be
scheduled to minimize disruption of existing traffic
alignment of the patterns to area residents and businesses. Affected
trunk mains neighbourhoods would be provided with
appropriate information.
properties of
significant Materials delivery or removal during peak traffic
cultural value hours along major arterials would be avoided when
possible. Flaggers would be present to direct traffic
could be located. around the construction site.
Excavation
In the event of a finding of properties of cultural
activities may value during construction, in addition to the
result in damage construction specifications, the guidelines in Annex
V: PCR and Annex VI: Chance Find of EMF should be
to these
followed.
vulnerable
structures.
Dewatering and The dewatering and Surface runoff from construction sites should be
trenching trenching activities may discharged into storm water drain via suitable
(specifically for open generate water, having high sediment removal facilities
excavation) suspended solids
concentration due to
turbidity.
Relocation of utilities Disruption of utility services Qualified Persons/Contractors working in the vicinity
Page | 196

(specifically for open in the locality of the sewerage system shall carry out a thorough
excavation) site investigation to ascertain the exact locations of
the existing utility system within and around their
project site and mark their locations and plot the
information in the proposal drawings. Submit plan
and drawings for the relocation of the utilities and
obtain permission from the agency concerned,
employ suitable equipment and qualified personnel
for utility relocation, make provision of water,
electricity, gas or other utilities as necessary for the
affected people.
Civil and electro- During construction and/or Proper engineering practices adopted during
mechanical works for rehabilitation of Sewage Lift construction/rehabilitation works. Solid waste to be
construction and/or Stations (SLS) in urbanized removed and disposed of in line with regulations.
rehabilitation of areas existing social life will The impacts are of a temporary nature. Proper
Sewage Lift Stations be impacted additional engineering planning and design standards should
(SLS) traffic of trucks and other be followed to complete the work within the
project vehicles, the minimum duration. Efficient management practices
concentration of labours, need to be followed.
generation of solid waste Construction activity would be phased, and traffic
and waste water from would be rerouted during construction, if necessary.
construction works, Materials delivery or removal during peak traffic
elevated noise and dust hours along major arterials would be avoided when
levels etc. possible.
Adopt an engineering design approach which shall
avoid or minimize dust emissions to the
atmosphere.
Abide by the construction specifications which

would provide a limit to noise levels due to different
activities.
Construction of portals Construction of portals and The impacts are of a temporary nature. Proper
and drop shafts drop shafts would likely be engineering planning and design standards should
(specifically for micro- located in fully developed, be followed to complete the work within the
tunnelling) urbanized locations on minimum duration. Efficient management practices
existing roads. As a result, need to be followed.
there would be a major Construction activity would be phased, and traffic
disturbance of social life would be rerouted during construction. Traffic plans
during the micro tunnelling would describe traffic operations in detail during the
activities, particularly, construction period. Construction would be
existing traffic flow will be scheduled to minimize disruption of existing traffic
disrupted requiring re- patterns to area residents and businesses. Affected
routing, the pedestrian neighbourhoods would be provided with
movement will be appropriate information.
restricted, and business and
commerce may be affected.
Tunnelling Compared to open The removed soil in the form of slurry should be
(specifically for micro- excavation, micro tunnelling properly extracted and transported to some land fill
tunnelling) will reduce the volume of site as permitted by the DoE and the City
soil to be removed for lying Corporations.
of pipes in the tunnel.
However, if the soil/slurry In the event of a finding of properties of cultural
are dumped over ground value during construction, in addition to the
Page | 197

and not removed timely it construction specifications, the guidelines provided
may cause a major impact in ESMF report’s Annex V: PCR and Annex VI: Chance
on the drainage system, Find of EMF should be followed.
traffic movement and
hardship of to the people of
the locality.
Along the alignment of the

trunk mains properties of
significant cultural value
could be located. Excavation
activities may result in
damage to these vulnerable
structures.
7.3 Mitigation Measures in the Operation Phase

Mitigation measures during the operation phase are listed in Table 7-3.
Table 7-3: Mitigation measures during the operation phase

Solid waste or debris Clogging of the trunk The man-holes need to be regularly checked and
may fall into the man- mains protected from solid waste dumping.
holes of trunk mains
Jetting-cum-suction machine, submersible dredger
pump and sewer cleaning machine of power bucket
type will be needed to the proper maintenance of
the trunk sewers.
The collected sludge will be disposed on identified

waste disposal sites regularly by packed tractor
trolley, mounted tanker and other environmental
friendly collection and disposal sources.
Maintaining the reliability of the equipment and

facilities
Deposition of sludge, Clogging of trunk mains Preventive maintenance programmes should be

solid waste in trunk undertaken as follows:
mains
• Regular checking of protection of the
drop shafts against any dumping of
solid waste or debris or entry of
overland flow
• Annual monitoring of deposition of
sludge in the trunk mains by remotely
controlled devices
• Cleaning of sludge in the trunk mains
Page | 198

Based on a number of performance indicators e.g.
volume of sewage flow, predictive maintenance
works to be undertaken
Maintaining the reliability of the equipment and

facilities
Discharge of effluent Water quality change • Establish operational procedures,

during operation of the
treatment plant
monitoring the parameters input and
output of the plant with automatically
monitoring and management program;
• Providing operational guidelines of
each system, regularly organizing
training sessions, operating
instructions for plant workers;
• Installing auxiliary pumps, air pump,
generators to avoid stop operation;
• Domestic wastewater from workers
are treated in septic tanks and leading
to collection pits of sewage plant;
• Technological wastewater and sludge
arising from the lab are surveyed to
the collecting tank for disposal.
Sludge management Contamination of water The DBO contractor should design proper sludge
and soil management methods which may include
composting, landfill, recycling or incineration. The
method to be chosen should be decided on the
composition of the sludge.
The trucks hauling used for transportation of sludge

to landfill sites through highly populated city areas
care should be covered.
Activities by workers The risk to health and • Training of workers to deal with an
safety
unexpected situation when working in
a hazardous environment;
• Plant managers to ensure that all
workers comply with regulations on
labour protection and safety;
• special protective clothes and gears
are provided to workers working in
areas exposed to hazardous
chemicals/gases;
Page | 199

• Ear buds, headphones are provided to
workers who are working in areas with
high noise level;
• Special working schedule to workers
who are working in a hazardous
environment which includes high
temperature, noise or dust to minimize
impacts on their health;
• Emergency plan and medical help to
be made available to workers working
in hazardous condition like sludge
removal from tunnels or sludge beds
etc.;
• Regular medical check-up of workers
working at the treatment plant;
• Provide adequate air circulation and
oxygen while working underground
sites like tunnel cleaning.
Operation of treatment Treatment quality • Compliance with noise, vibration, air

plants and pumping
quality and occupational health
stations
protection standards
• Influent to the pumping station to be
monitored semi-annually to verify the
quantity and quality of the wastewater
collected from the Pagla catchment.
• Pump station flow and water quality
will be estimated based on pump
operation logs and flow measurement
devices. The following parameters will
be monitored: flow, BOD, DO, faecal
coliform, suspended solids, ammonia
and pH.
• Keep records of the quantity and type
of scum, grease and oil skimmed from
the water surface of the pump station.
Measurements are to be taken during
all maintenance activities;
Page | 200

• Quality of effluent from the treatment
plant should be recorded and remedial
measures are undertaken if it does not
meet the quality standards; this should
be carried out once daily.
Page | 201

Management Plan
Page | 202
8 ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL MANAGEMENT PLAN
8.1 Scope of EMP

The primary objective of environmental management and monitoring is to record environmental
impacts resulting from the project activities and to ensure implementation of the “mitigation
measures” identified in Table 8-4 to Table 8-6 in order to reduce adverse impacts and enhance
positive impacts from specific project activities. Besides, it would also address any unexpected or
unforeseen environmental impacts that may arise during construction and operation phases of the
project. The EMP would clearly lay out: (a) the measures to be taken during both construction and
operation phases of the project to eliminate or offset adverse environmental impacts, or reduce them
to acceptable levels; (b) the actions needed to implement these measures; and (c) a monitoring plan
to assess the effectiveness of the mitigation measures employed. Environmental management and
monitoring activities for the project could be divided into management and monitoring: (a) during the
construction phase, and (b) during the operation phase.
8.2 Organization of Environmental Management and Responsibility

An Environmental Management Plan (EMP) is developed to ensure that the project is implemented in
an environmentally sustainable manner where all stakeholders including the project proponents,
contractors, sub-contractors, consultant understand the potential environmental risks arising from the
proposed project and take appropriate actions to properly manage that risk. Adequate environmental
management measures need to be incorporated during the planning phase to minimize any adverse
impact and assure sustainable development of the area.
The plan consists of a set of mitigation, monitoring and institutional measures to be undertaken
during project implementation and operation in order to eliminate adverse environmental and social
impacts, offset them or reduce them to an acceptable level. Local governments, stakeholder agencies,
consultants and contractors should follow the EMP during the design, pre-construction, construction
and operation phase to mitigate the anticipated adverse impacts and enhance the positive impacts. In
Figure 8-1 and Table 8-1, the organizations and stakeholders have been presented along with their
roles.
DWASA’s Intuitional Arrangement for DSIP Implementation is shown in Figure 8-2.
Page | 203
Figure 8-1: Institutional setup for environmental management
Table 8-1: Roles and responsibilities of various organizations
No. Organization Responsibility
1. Local Government Division LGD is the implementing line ministry which approves the project,
(LGD), provides instruction to executing agency DWASA on administrative and
contractual issues. It keeps liaison with the Ministry of Environment,
Ministry of Local Forest & Climate Change of safeguard issues. A steering committee is
Government, Rural formed with the Secretary of the LGD as the Chair to oversee the financial
Development & and physical progress of the project. The steering committee is generally
Cooperatives composed of representatives from the relevant Ministries and DWASA .
2. Department of • Define environmental impact assessment (EIA) procedures

Environment
• Approve environmental impact assessment report of the
project
• Inspect the compliance with the environmental regulations
during the project’s construction and operation
• Issue Environment Clearance Certificate (ECC) and
controlling, preventing and regulating pollution effecting
environment;
• Conduct inquiries on pollution of the environment and
rendering direction, guidance and assistance to any other
Page | 204
authority or organization regarding those matters.
3. Dhaka WASA • The executing agency will be DWASA. The work under the
DSIP will be executed through a Project Management Unit
(PMU) to be constituted by DWASA. The PMU will be
headed by a project Director.
• The PMU will be responsible for managing and supervising
overall DSIP activities, monitoring DSIP progress, including
safeguard compliance and reporting regularly to the
Ministry of LGRD&C and the World Bank. A Supervision
Consultant will support PMU in their work.
• A detailed project operation manual (POM), covering
technical, fiduciary, safeguards and management
requirements and procedures will be prepared.
• The PMU of the DWASA will be responsible for
implementing the EMP and ECoP of the project by the
respective contractor with support from the Supervision
Consultant, appointed by PMU of DWASA.
• During the implementation of the project, DWASA with
support from the Supervision Consultant will be
responsible for monitoring and making sure that the
environmental mitigation/ enhancement measures
(including health and safety measures) outlined in the EMP
are implemented in accordance to the provisions of the
Tender Document.
• A “third party” for monitoring of overall environmental
management of DSIP will be appointed by DWASA. The
figure shows the institutional set up for implementation of
the DSIP.
• Within DWASA, the Environmental Monitoring Division
(DWASA EMD) will be supporting PMU in the
implementation of the EMF. DWASA EMD will work closely
with other stakeholder agencies pertinent to the
safeguards issues, particularly, Department of Environment
(DOE).
• DWASA Training Institute will play an important role in
providing necessary training to DWASA staffs in safeguard
monitoring.
• Community Programme and Consumer Relations (CPCR)
Division of DWASA will be involved in engaging with the
Page | 205
community within the Pagla catchment, record their views

and complaints and covey to the PMU for necessary
actions.
• The Public Information Division of DWASA will be involved
in the publication of project related information and
notices in public media. They will also work in public
relations.
3. Dhaka South City The Pagla catchment falls within the jurisdiction of DSCC. Faecal sludge
Corporation (DSCC) management and solid waste management is the responsibility of DSCC.
DSCC shall collaborate with DWASA for possible treatment of faecal

sludge at the Pagla sewage treatment plant. DWASA shall be responsible
for proper treatment of “sewage sludge” generated at its sewage
treatment plants before discharge or end use.
DSCC will oversee that all solid waste generated by DSIP is properly
removed and disposed; collaborate with DWASA in traffic management
and provide road cutting permission; DSCC to ensure that the sanitation
measures are properly installed and executed; oversee that the city
drainage system is not hindered by the project; oversee that the wetlands
are not affected by project activities.
4. RAJUK Oversee that DSIP is conforming to the Detailed Area Plan (DAP) of Dhaka
city i.e. not encroaching into areas which are flood plains/flood zones,
solid waste/sludge is not dumped in ecologically critical areas like wet
lands or on agricultural lands or water retention areas
5. Titas Gas T&D Company Oversee that the existing power and gas lines are not disturbed during
construction works; if necessary, cooperate in re-locating the gas and
DPDC power lines.
6. Dhaka Transport Participate in consultation during the design of underground micro-

Coordination Authority tunnels to avoid conflict with the MRT 6 foundation works.
(DTCA)
7. Dhaka Metropolitan Police Cooperate in traffic management during construction works
8. Construction Contractor • The DB/DBO contractor shall develop site specific EMP
(DB/DBO)
before construction, as part of their method statement and
submit to PMU for reviewing and approval;
• The contractor has to submit a monthly report on
safeguard issues, mitigation, and results throughout the
construction period. In case of an unexpected problem, the
contractor will consult PMU and PMC;
• Ensure that the construction work will comply with the
approved EIA/EMP and the site EMP;
• Control and minimize environmental impacts;
• Ensure that all staff and workers understand the procedure
Page | 206
and their tasks in the environmental management

program;
• Ensure environmental hygiene.
9. Project Management • PMC should ensure the construction process is conforming

Consultants (PMC)
to the EMP;
• Monitoring the implementation of environmental
mitigation measures by contractors on a daily basis
• Review and recommend to PMU for approval of the site
specific EMP prepared by the DB/DBO contractor.
• Supervision of construction work including safeguard
implementation by contractors on a daily basis.
• Include environmental monitoring report as a part of
regular PMC reports;
• Responsible for monitoring environmental quality during
the construction phase
10. M&E Consultant In order to ensure proper environmental management of DSIP, a third
party monitoring will be done by M&E Consultant (to be hired by PMU,
DWASA, requirement is presented in Appendix I). They will be given the
responsibility to independently monitor the overall performance of
environmental management of DSIP, including compliance with relevant
GoB and WB regulations and the provision of the environmental
management framework (EMF) developed for the project. As a part of the
monitoring, the M&E Consultant will prepare a comparison of monitoring
outcomes carried out, so that lessons learned and best practices could be
replicated. They will prepare the Compliance Report and submit to the
PMU.
In order to effectively manage EMP implementation, an EMP

management team will be established and made operational after
awarding the contract to the contractor. Project Director, DSIP will be the
head of the team and will be assisted by the Executive Engineer,
Environmental monitoring division in addition to other engineers of the
PMU.
Page | 207
Figure 8-2: DWASA’s Intuitional Arrangement for DSIP Implementation
Social, Environmental and Communication Divisions under DWASA
There are five divisions within DWASA which are engaged and responsible to address the social,
environment and communication issues. These divisions together have 41 persons presently
employed. These strengths within DWASA would be capable of addressing the relevant issues under
DSIP. A training programme (detailed in section 8.3) would however be required to update their
knowledge base and skills.
People presently working in various divisions related to social, environment & communication are
shown in Table 8-2.
DWASA will hire a Senior Environmental Specialist and a Senior Social Specialist. The specialists will
assist the PMU on issues related to environmental and social management and oversee the
Construction Supervision Consultant (CSC) and contractors and will compile quarterly monitoring
reports on ESMP compliance, to be sent to the Project Director and also shared with the World Bank,
throughout the construction period. The Senior Environmental Specialist will be supported by a Junior
Environmental Specialist. Terms of references for the environmental and social staff of PMU is given in
Appendix I.
Table 8-2: Social, Environmental and Communication Division under DWASA
Division within DWASA Staffs

Public Information Division (5nos.) Deputy Chief Public Information Officer: 1no.
Asst. Public Information Officer: 1no.
Head Assistant: 1no.
Office Assistant cum Data Entry Operator: 1no.
Page | 208
Division within DWASA Staffs

Office Assistant: 1no.
Community Program & Consumer Relation Division Senior Community Officer: 1no.
(7nos.) Community organizer: 1no.
Asst. Consumer relation officer: 1no.
Environmental Monitoring Division (6nos.) Environmentalist: 1no.

Asst. Environmentalist: 1no.
Research Officer: 1no.
Head Assistant: 1no.
Chemist: 1no.
Chemical Division (11nos.) Asst. Chemist: 1no.
Lab Technician: 4nos.
Sample Collector: 4nos.
Deputy Chief Microbiologist: 1no.

Microbiology Division (12nos.) Microbiologist: 1no.
Asst. Microbiologist: 1no.
Lab Technician: 3nos.
Sample Collector: 4nos.
8.2.1 Coordination among Stakeholder Agencies

To coordinate among different stakeholder agencies for development projects, there is an established
high power committee headed by the Mayors of two City Corporations to coordinate such project
execution involving other utility organizations. Before starting of any such work, representatives from
all the utility organizations sit together to discuss regarding strategies of smooth execution of the
project without disturbing operation of other existing utilities. The concerned utility organizations
exchange the as-built drawings of their utility facilities to take protective measures against any
damage to their utilities. Furthermore, during important points of executions representatives from
different concerned organizations remain present at sites. DWASA shall inform all relevant agencies
and facilitate the meeting of the committee.
8.3 Training Programs

Since the effectiveness of the EMP implementation depends considerably on the understanding and
preparedness of their Engineers associated with DSIP and in particular their Environmental Team
(Consisting of Contractor’s Environmental specialist, Consultant’s Environmental Specialist, and
DWASA), it is important that the project authority makes an effort to sensitize the Engineers and
Page | 209
Environmental Team on management of environmental issues, in providing guidance, and encourages

them to build requisite capacities. Capacity building can be achieved with two strong strategies.
• Training program for existing staff;

• Technical Assistance: knowledge sharing with consultants, having the requisite expertise.
Capacity building training programs should be undertaken in the following areas:
Table 8-3: Capacity Building Programs
Content of the Participants Timelines Trainer

Program
General Participants of the training Before engagement of DWASA Training
environmental and program will be officials of Consultant and Institute will hire an
socioeconomic PMU, DWASA (Assistant Contractor for the appropriate local
awareness; Engineer, Sub-Divisional implementation of the expert to train
Environmental and Engineer, Executive Engineer DSIP project for 7 days. DWASA personnel.
social sensitivity of and Project Director) Under Dhaka WASA
the project including personnel from the recruitment of new
influence area; Environment Monitoring professionals may
Key findings of the Division, Public Information be made with
ESIA; Division and Community & background on the
Mitigation Consumer Relationship environment, if
measures; Division. required and
EMP; necessary training
Social and cultural will be provided.
values of the area.
General DWASA personnel including 3 training sessions Environmental
environmental and Sub-Assistant Engineers & during the tenure of the Specialist of the
socioeconomic Assistant Engineers who will project i.e. at the Consultant and the
awareness; in charge of Operation & starting, middle and Contractor.
Environmental and Maintenance and local near completion of the
social sensitivity of associate consultants and the project, each is
the project Engineers from the local comprising 7 days.
influence area; contractor.
Mitigation
measures;
Community issues;
Workshop/ Workshop, the seminar will At the beginning and the Arrangement: These
Seminar to be conducted with middle of the project. workshops/
Disseminate the stakeholders on the seminars will be
Basics of environmental concerns of arranged by both
Environmental DSIP such as City the Consultants and
Management Tools Corporations (DNCC & DSCC), the Contractor.
RAJUK, Dhaka Metropolitan
Police (for traffic
management), BPDB, local
councillors, elites of the
localities, social women
organizations etc. In the case
of heterogeneous
Page | 210
participants, separate
sessions will be arranged
accordingly.
Special Training These training programs on During the initial stages Environmental
Program for all the EMP and their of construction In all Specialist of the
Levels of responsibilities will be training program, the Consultant and the
Contractors’ arranged by the Contractors structured format will Contractor.
Personnel themselves, where be provided for
representatives from the reporting of all stages of
Consultant and DWASA will implementation to the
be present. The Contractors relevant agencies who
will be provided guidelines for are involved in EMP
the preparation of the implementation.
Environmental Action Plan in
line with the construction
work plan.
Training Division-wise training Will be decided during Environmental

Requirements of requirement of Social, the implementation Specialist of the
Social, Environmental and phase Consultant and the
Environmental and Communication Divisions Contractor.
Communication under DWASA is provided
Divisions under below:
DWASA Environmental Monitoring
Division
Core idea of environment and
environmental pollution;
Basic training on ESIA and
EMP; General procedure and
approach for implementation
of EMP; Basic training on
water and air quality and
standards for compliance.
Public Information Division
Reporting technique on
environmental assessment
and compliance; Public
awareness technique through
publications.
Community Program and
Consumer Relation Division
Training to disseminate
community program
effectively and to develop
fruitful consumer relation
including disseminating
environmental compliance
issues especially to the Low
Income Communities (LICs).
Chemical and Microbiology
Page | 211
Division
higher level training on water
and air quality and standards
for compliance.
8.4 Consultation and Disclosure

The participation and role of the 'community' have become an important component of all
environmental programmes and projects, both in terms of decision-making processes, and of creating
an enabling environment for the community to have a say over aspects that affect their lives.
The objectives of community participation are to generate public awareness by providing information
about the project to all stakeholders, particularly the projects affected persons (PAPs) in a timely
manner, and to provide an opportunity to the stakeholders to voice their opinions and concerns on
different aspects of the project. Community participation will help, in general, to understand the
perception of community, involvement in decision making, commitment from localities, optimum
utilization of resources, monitoring & evaluation of the project.
Community participation is very much important for all Category A (e.g. DSIP project) projects the
borrower should consult the city dwellers specially the project-affected groups and local
nongovernmental organizations (NGOs) about the project's environmental aspects and takes their
views into account. The borrower should initiate proper community participation, may be through
such consultations as early as possible.
Public information programmes to be undertaken to target the following audiences.
• Elected officials and heads of departments and agencies;

• Technical specialists within city/district departments;
• Business leaders, trade associations;
• Construction managers and developers;
• Neighbourhood groups;
• Schools and other youth activities; and
• News media.
The following activities might be considered:
• Prepare and distribute pamphlets during the construction phase

• Prepare press releases;
• Hold workshops;
• Prepare and distribute posters;
• Organize tours of facilities when they are completed.
Page | 212
Availability of the Document
The EMP document will be made available for public review in both English and Bengali. The summary
EMP will be published on the DWASA and WB websites, and the full environmental report will be
available upon request from the WB and will be accessible in DWASA website.
8.5 Environmental Mitigation Measures Plan
8.5.1 Mitigation Measures in the Pre-Construction Phase
The summary of the mitigation measures against anticipated negative impacts during the pre-
construction phase has been provided in Table 8-4.
Table 8-4: Mitigation measures against anticipated negative impacts during pre-construction phase
Potential Impacts Proposed Mitigation and Enhancement Measures Execution Supervision
Emission of dust • Ensure that all trucks, vehicles, and electrical Contractor PMC and
and gases devices used in the project area will comply with PMU
technical and environmental safety regulations M&E
[Please refer to • Install dust cover on vehicles at the construction Consultant
Schedule 2 of ECR sites and during transportation in the city. Dust
periodically
1997 (amended in control (watering dusty areas) on non-paved access
roads
2005)] Occasionally
• Schedule the operation times for vehicles, machines
working in the construction area to reduce air by DoE as
emissions per their
• Use of adapted Protective Personal Equipment (ear monitoring
plugs, goggles, helmets, gloves, masks) where plan for this
necessary
project
• Schedule the operation times for vehicles, machines
working in the construction area to reduce air
emissions
• Use of adapted Protective Personal Equipment (ear
plugs, goggles, helmets, gloves, masks) where
necessary
Noise pollution • Perform the pre-construction activities within the Contractor PMC and
day time and minimize work done during the night. PMU
[Please refer to • Regulate the speed limitation for traffic inside the M&E
Schedule 5 of ECR site and in the surrounding areas in construction Consultant
1997 & Schedule 1 sites.
periodically
of Sound Pollution • Construct the sound walls as feasible in selected
areas.
(Control) Rules, Occasionally
• Regularly carry out maintenance and routine
2006] by DoE as
inspections on vehicles to ensure that they are
meeting the technical standards. Old vehicles and per their
construction machineries with poor quality shall be monitoring
prohibited for being used within the project‘s plan for this
activities.
project
• Noise volume should not exceed 55 dBA at the
nearest off-site reception location.
Page | 213
Water pollution • Arrange mobile toilets at work sites Contractor PMC and
• Channelize water from labour sheds and work place PMU
(Please refer to to nearby drains after passing through settling M&E
Schedule 9 of ECR ditches to segregate sediments and solids Consultant
1997) periodically
Occasionally
by DoE as
per their
monitoring
plan for this
project
Soil pollution The solid waste to be generated (demolition waste or Contractor PMC and
cleared vegetation etc.) should be collected and PMU
disposed to land fill sites properly following guidelines M&E
Consultant
periodically
Occasionally
by DoE as
per their
monitoring
plan for this
project
8.5.2 Mitigation Measures in the Construction Phase
The summary of the mitigation measures against anticipated negative impacts during the pre-
construction phase has been provided in Table 8-5.
Table 8-5: Mitigation measures against anticipated negative impacts during the construction phase
Pollution of water Construction of temporary septic tank/sewage Contractor PMC and PMU
and soil treatment plant to serve the temporary work site M&E
facilities, or temporary sewer connection to existing Consultant
(Please refer to sewer/drainage system periodically
Schedule 9 of ECR Occasionally
1997) by DoE as per
their
monitoring
plan for this
project
Page | 214
Health of labour Conduct health screening and management Contractor PMC and PMU
M&E
Consultant
periodically
Conflict with locals Ensure equitable opportunity for employment for the Contractor PMC and PMU
- Due to an locals and continue consultation with local
increase in representatives and community regarding social issues.
opportunities for a
job in the
construction
activities,
labourers from
outside the locality
will migrate to the
area. This might
create conflict
with the locals)
For the laying of Open trench segments would be temporarily covered Contractor PMC and PMU
sewer works, to allow residents and service vehicles to access
there will be driveways and loading areas. Trench segments would
temporary be excavated and closed promptly, minimizing the time
disruption to the that trenches are open in front of residence driveways
local community in and businesses.
terms of access to
roads, (especially
in dense areas and
narrow roads),
shops and
residences)
Felling of trees and Notify Department of Forest, Department of Contractor PMC and PMU
clearing of Environment and the City Corporations regarding M&E
vegetation may felling of trees along the pipeline routes or other Consultant
cause local construction sites; follow national guidelines. periodically
ecological
degeneration
which might be Occasionally
irreversible by DoE as per
their
monitoring
plan for this
project
The potential With proper waste water management and spill Contractor PMC and PMU
impacts on prevention/ control measures, these impacts could be M&E
groundwater controlled/minimized during the construction phase Consultant
quality are periodically
associated with Occasionally
Page | 215
potential by DoE as per

spills/leaks to their
groundwater and monitoring
surface water plan for this
from fuel storage, project
waste handling,
etc.
(Please refer to
Schedule 3 of ECR
1997)
Higher noise level • Where sheet piles are needed and soil conditions Contractor PMC and PMU
– noise pollution allow, vibratory pile drivers would be used instead M&E
of impact pile drivers. Consultant
[Please refer to • Construction specifications would provide that periodically
Schedule 5 of ECR noise levels for scrapers, pavers, graders, and trucks
1997 & Schedule 1 should not exceed 90 dBA, and pile drivers should
not exceed 95 dBA. For all other equipment,
of Sound Pollution Occasionally
specifications would provide that noise levels
(Control) Rules, should not exceed 85 dBA. by DoE as per
2006] • Substituting hydraulic or electric models for impact their
tools such as jack hammers and pavement breakers monitoring
would further reduce construction noise plan for this
• Maintain all vehicles in good operating condition project
• Use temporary noise control barriers as practicable
• Monitor noise level and manage site activities
accordingly
High dust and • Water unpaved surfaces Contractor PMC and PMU
other particle • Limit on-site vehicle speed to 15 mph M&E
concentration in • Prohibit activities during high winds Consultant
the air – air • Sweep streets periodically
pollution. The • Remove deposits on the road as soon as possible
• Cover construction materials
impact will depend
• Restore disturbed areas as soon as practicable Occasionally
on meteorological
and ground by DoE as per
conditions. their
monitoring
Dust can affect the plan for this
ability of nearby project
vegetation to
survive and
maintain effective
evapotranspiration
Potential nuisance
impacts on
residential areas in
close vicinity of
the construction
Page | 216
activities. It may
also pose health in
certain cases.
Volatile organic
compounds (VOCs)
may be
carcinogenic
(Please refer to
Schedule 2 of ECR
1997)
The CO2 emission • Adopt an engineering design approach which shall Contractor PMC and PMU
is a greenhouse avoid or minimize emissions to the atmosphere. M&E
gas that contribute • Apply good engineering practice in the choice of Consultant
to climate change methods and equipment specification to minimize periodically
fugitive emissions.
CO and NO2 is • Fit vehicles with appropriate exhaust system and
emission control devices
highly toxic to Occasionally
human health at by DoE as per
elevated their
concentration monitoring
plan for this
SO2 is a toxic gas, project
may impact both
freshwater and
terrestrial
ecosystems by
contributing to
acid deposition.
Potentially cause
respiratory illness.
(Please refer to
Schedule 6 & 7 of
ECR 1997)
Construction • Activities which may generate significant vibration Contractor PMC and PMU
activities would should be limited during day-time. M&E
result in varying • Identification of Vulnerable structure and proper Consultant
degrees of ground- engineering practices should be adopted to avoid periodically
any damage to the structure. In such cases, in
borne vibration,
addition to the construction specifications, the
depending on the guidelines described in Annex V: PCR and Annex VI:
stage of Occasionally
Chance Find of EMF report should be followed.
construction, the by DoE as per
equipment and their
construction monitoring
methods plan for this
employed, the
Page | 217
distance from the project

construction
locations to
vibration-sensitive
receptors and soil
conditions.
Such vibration
would be annoying
to the residents
and is a potential
risk to
old/vulnerable
structures.
Particularly, old
structures which
has significant
cultural value.
[Please refer to
Schedule 5 of ECR
1997 & Schedule 1
of Sound Pollution
(Control) Rule,
2006]
Change in soil Proper engineering practices adopted during backfilling Contractor PMC and PMU
structure, and reinstatement. The stripped top soil will be M&E
degradation of soil backfilled carefully in position after the completion of Consultant
quality. the pipe laying. Excess excavated material to be periodically
removed and disposed of in line with regulations.
The impacts are of a temporary nature. Proper

Suffering to the engineering planning and design standards should be
local community followed to complete the work within the minimum
duration. Efficient management practices need to be
followed.
Traffic disruption
along the
would be rerouted during construction. Traffic plans
alignment of the
would describe traffic operations in detail during the
trunk mains
construction period. Construction would be scheduled
properties of to minimize disruption of existing traffic patterns to
significant cultural area residents and businesses. Affected
value could be neighbourhoods would be provided with appropriate
located. information.
Excavation
Materials delivery or removal during peak traffic hours
activities may
along major arterials would be avoided when possible.
result in damage
Flaggers would be present to direct traffic around the
Page | 218
to these construction site.

vulnerable
structures. In the event of a finding of properties of cultural value
during construction, in addition to the construction
specifications, the guidelines described in Annex V:
PCR and Annex VI: Chance Find of EMF report should
be followed.
The dewatering Surface runoff from construction sites should be Contractor PMC and PMU
and trenching discharged into storm water drain via suitable M&E
activities may sediment removal facilities Consultant
generate water, periodically
having high
suspended solids
concentration due
to turbidity.
Disruption of Qualified Persons/Contractors working in the vicinity of Contractor PMC and PMU
utility services in the sewerage system shall carry out a thorough site M&E
the locality investigation to ascertain the exact locations of the Consultant
existing utility system within and around their project periodically
site and mark their locations and plot the information
in the proposal drawings. Submit plan and drawings for
the relocation of the utilities and obtain permission
from the agency concerned, employ suitable
equipment and qualified personnel for utility
relocation, make provision of water, electricity, gas or
other utilities as necessary for the affected people.
During Proper engineering practices adopted during Contractor PMC and PMU
construction construction/rehabilitation works. Solid waste to be M&E
and/or removed and disposed of in line with regulations. Consultant
rehabilitation of periodically
Sewage Lift The impacts are of a temporary nature. Proper
Stations (SLS) in engineering planning and design standards should be
urbanized areas followed to complete the work withinthe minimum
existing social life duration. Efficient management practices need to be
will be impacted followed.
additional traffic
of trucks and other
would be rerouted during construction, if necessary.
project vehicles,
the concentration Materials delivery or removal during peak traffic hours
of labours, along major arterials would be avoided when possible.
generation of solid
waste and waste Adopt an engineering design approach which shall
water from avoid or minimize dust emissions to the atmosphere.
construction
Abide by the construction specifications which would
works, elevated
Page | 219
noise and dust provide a limit to noise levels due to different

levels etc. activities.
Construction of The impacts are of a temporary nature. Proper Contractor PMC and PMU
portals and drop engineering planning and design standards should be M&E
shafts would likely followed to complete the work within the minimum Consultant
be located in fully duration. Efficient management practices need to be periodically
developed, followed.
urbanized
locations on Construction activity would be phased, and traffic
existing roads. As would be rerouted during construction. Traffic plans
a result, there would describe traffic operations in detail during the
would be a major construction period. Construction would be scheduled
disturbance of to minimize disruption of existing traffic patterns to
social life during area residents and businesses. Affected
the micro neighbourhoods would be provided with appropriate
tunnelling information. Proper signalling, signage for traffic and
activities, pedestrian re-routing would be provided during
particularly, construction activities.
existing traffic
flow will be
disrupted
requiring re-
routing, the
pedestrian
movement will be
restricted, and
business and
commerce may be
affected.
Compared to open The removed soil in the form of slurry should be Contractor PMC and PMU
excavation, micro proper extracted and transported to some land fill site M&E
tunnelling will as permitted by the DoE and the City Corporations. Consultant
reduce the volume periodically
of soil to be
removed for lying
In the event of a finding of properties of cultural value
of pipes in the
during construction, in addition to the construction
tunnel. However,
specifications, the guidelines described in Annex V:
if the soil/slurry
PCR and Annex VI: Chance Find of EMF report should
are dumped over
be followed.
ground and not
removed timely it
may cause a major
impact on the
drainage system,
traffic movement
and hardship of to
Page | 220
the people of the

locality.
Along the
alignment of the
trunk mains
properties of
significant cultural
value could be
located.
Excavation
activities may
result in damage
to these
vulnerable
structures.
(Please refer to
international
standards and best
practices)
8.5.3 Mitigation Measures in the Operation Phase
The summary of the mitigation measures against anticipated negative impacts during operation phase
has been provided in Table 8-6.
Table 8-6: Mitigation measures against anticipated negative impacts during the operation phase
Clogging of the trunk The man-holes need to be regularly checked and STP O&M Chief
mains protected from solid waste dumping. Circle Engineer,
DWASA
Jetting-cum-suction machine, submersible dredger pump

and sewer cleaning machine of power bucket type will
be needed to the proper maintenance of the trunk
sewers.
The collected sludge will be disposed on identified waste

disposal sites regularly by packed tractor trolley,
Page | 221
mounted tanker and other environmental friendly

collection and disposal sources.
Maintaining the reliability of the equipment and facilities
Clogging of trunk Preventive maintenance programmes should be STP O&M Chief

mains undertaken as follows: Circle Engineer,
DWASA
• Regular checking of protection of the drop
shafts against any dumping of solid waste
or debris or entry of overland flow
• Annual monitoring of deposition of sludge
in the trunk mains by remotely controlled
devices
• Cleaning of sludge in the trunk mains
Based on a number of performance indicators e.g.

volume of sewage flow, predictive maintenance works to
be undertaken
Maintaining the reliability of the equipment and facilities
Water quality change • Establish operational procedures, STP O&M Chief
(Please refer to
monitoring the parameters input and Circle Engineer,
DWASA
Schedule 9 of ECR output of the plant with automatically
1997) monitoring and management program;
• Providing operational guidelines of each
system, regularly organizing training
sessions, operating instructions for plant
workers;
• Installing auxiliary pumps, air pump,
generators to avoid stop operation;
• Domestic wastewater from workers are
treated in septic tanks and leading to
collection pits of sewage plant;
• Technological wastewater and sludge
arising from the lab are surveyed to the
collecting tank for disposal.
Contamination of The DBO contractor should design proper sludge STP O&M Chief
water and soil management methods which may include composting, Circle Engineer,
landfill, recycling or incineration. The method to be
Page | 222
(Please refer to chosen should be decided on the composition of the DWASA

Schedule 9 of ECR sludge.
1997 for sewage)
The trucks hauling used for transportation of sludge to
landfill sites through highly populated city areas care
should be covered.
Risk to health and • Training of workers to deal with an STP O&M Chief
safety Circle Engineer,
unexpected situation when working in a
DWASA
hazardous environment;
• Plant managers to ensure that all workers
comply with regulations on labour
protection and safety;
• special protective clothes and gears are
provided to workers working in areas
exposed to hazardous chemicals/gases;
• Ear buds, headphones are provided to
workers who are working in areas with high
noise level;
• Special working schedule to workers who
are working in hazardous environment
which includes high temperature, noise or
dust to minimize impacts on their health;
• Emergency plan and medical help to be
made available to workers working in
hazardous condition like sludge removal
from tunnels or sludge beds etc.;
• Regular medical check-up of workers
working at the treatment plant;
• Provide adequate air circulation and oxygen
while working underground sites like tunnel
cleaning.
Treatment quality • Compliance with noise, vibration, air quality STP O&M Chief
(Please refer to
and occupational health protection Circle Engineer,
DWASA
Schedule 2, 4 & 5 of standards
ECR 1997) • Influent to the pumping station to be
monitored semi-annually to verify the
quantity and quality of the wastewater
collected from the Pagla catchment.
Page | 223
• Pump station flow and water quality will be

estimated based on pump operation logs
and flow measurement devices. The
following parameters will be monitored:
flow, BOD, DO, faecal coliform, suspended
solids, ammonia and pH.
• Keep records of the quantity and type of
scum, grease and oil skimmed from the
water surface of the pump station.
Measurements are to be taken during all
maintenance activities;
• Quality of effluent from the treatment plant
should be recorded and remedial measures
undertaken if it does not meet the quality
standards; this should be carried out once
daily.
8.6 Environmental Monitoring Program

The main aim of monitoring is to provide the information required to ensure that project
implementation has the least possible negative environmental impacts on the people and
environment. The Monitoring Programs (MPs) includes systematic measurement of key environmental
indicators over time within a particular geographic area. The main types are briefly described in Table
8-7.
Table 8-7: Types of monitoring activities
Monitoring Location Parameters to be Monitoring Resources Required

Monitored Frequency and
Responsibility
Baseline Data before the Preparatory Works for Construction Commences
Noise Level At construction Equivalent Sound One time during Pre- Noise Level Meter,
sites of drop Level (Leq) with construction stage - GPS, Anemometer
shafts for micro GPS location of Measurement during
tunnelling, earth measuring site night-time and day-
excavation sites and wind speed time by the
for trenches, and direction contractor
pump station
sites, treatment
plant site, sludge
Page | 224

Responsibility
disposal site
Air Quality At the general PM2.5, PM10 with One time during Pre- Particulate matter
area of GPS location, wind construction stage - sampling device, GPS,
construction speed and At least 8 hours Anemometer
direction
works continuous in wet
season and dry
season by the
DWASA/contractor
Surface Water Water sample TDS, Turbidity, pH, One time during Pre- DWASA water quality
Quality from natural khals DO, BOD, COD, construction stage - laboratory facilities
or water bodies Ammonia, E.coli One set each during
adjacent to the the dry season and
construction sites wet season by the
DWASA/contractor
Groundwater Water samples EC, E.coli One time during Pre- DWASA water quality
Quality from DWASA construction stage - laboratory facilities
production wells One set by the
adjacent to the DWASA/contractor
construction sites
Site Condition At the general General site Once before Digital Camera
area of condition, traffic preparatory work for
construction condition, construction
pedestrian
works commences by the
movement,
DWASA/contractor
vegetation
clearance etc. by
the visual survey
(photographs)
During Construction
Noise Level At construction Equivalent Sound Quarterly - Noise Level Meter,

sites of drop Level (Leq) with Measurement during GPS, Anemometer
shafts for micro GPS location of night-time and day-
tunnelling, earth measuring site time by the
excavation sites and wind speed contractor
for trenches, and direction
pump station
sites, treatment
plant site, sludge
disposal site
Air Quality At construction PM2.5, PM10 with Quarterly - At least 8 Particulate matter
sites of drop GPS location, wind hours continuous by sampling device, GPS,
shafts for micro speed and the Anemometer
direction
tunnelling, earth
Page | 225

Responsibility
excavation sites DWASA/contractor

for trenches,
pump station
sites, treatment
plant site, sludge
disposal site
Surface Water Water sample TDS, Turbidity, pH, Quarterly - by the DWASA water quality
Quality from same DO, BOD, COD, contractor laboratory facilities
locations during Ammonia, E.coli
baseline
monitoring
Groundwater Water sample EC, E.coli Quarterly - by the DWASA water quality
Quality from same contractor laboratory facilities
locations during
baseline
monitoring
Site Condition and At all construction General site Minimum weekly Digital Camera
community health sites condition, traffic report or as may be
and safety condition, directed by the
presence of PMU/Supervision
signage and Consultant
signalling for re-
routing traffic and
pedestrian, safety
signs for
pedestrians,
pedestrian
movement,
vegetation
clearance etc. by a
visual survey
(photographs)
Treated At all construction EC, E.coli Weekly by contractor DWASA water quality
wastewater sites laboratory facilities
including septic
wastes
Sanitation and Labour shed, site Visual inspection Weekly by

Waste offices of sanitation contractor,
Management situation, PMU/Supervision
collection, and Consultant
disposal of solid
waste as per
Page | 226

Responsibility
guidelines
Reinstatement of All work sites Visual inspection After completion of Camera

work sites of reinstatement works by the
works as per PMU/Supervision
guidelines Consultant
(photographs)
Occupational All construction Routine health Yearly - Health check- Designated

Health & Safety sites, labour shed check-up up every one year, Specialist/Laboratories
random inspection of for a health check-up
Usage of personal safety requirements
protective gears
and equipment
During Operation
Noise Level At pumping Equivalent Sound Yearly by DWASA Noise Level Meter,
stations, Level (Leq) with GPS, Anemometer
treatment plants GPS location of
measuring site
and wind speed
and direction
Air Quality At pumping PM2.5, PM10 with Yearly by DWASA Particulate matter
stations, GPS location, wind sampling device, GPS,
treatment plants speed and Anemometer
direction
Surface Water Water sample TDS, Turbidity, pH, Monthly by DWASA DWASA water quality
Quality from same DO, BOD, COD, laboratory facilities
locations during Ammonia, E.coli
baseline
monitoring
Groundwater Water sample EC, E.coli Monthly by DWASA DWASA water quality
Quality from same laboratory facilities
locations during
baseline
monitoring
Site Condition At pumping General condition Monthly by DWASA Digital Camera

stations, (photographs)
treatment plants
Cost of Monitoring
Page | 227
The tentative cost of monitoring activities has been presented in Table 8-8.
Table 8-8: Tentative cost of monitoring
Item Unit Cost Total cost of measurement at 4

sites (monitoring on a
quarterly basis for 5 years), TK
Monitoring
Air Quality (PM10 or Prevailing rate (~Tk. 20,000 1,600,000

PM2.5) per measurement)
Noise Level Prevailing rate (~Tk. 12,000 960,000

per measurement per day)
Water Quality (pH, DO, Prevailing rate (~ Tk. 25,000 2,000,000

BOD, COD, Ammonia, per sample)
Phosphate)
Soil quality Prevailing rate (~ Tk. 15,000 1,200,000

per sample)
Total Cost 5,760,000
8.6.1 Environmental Reporting
Baseline Monitoring Report
The contractor should submit a baseline survey report on basic environmental parameters in the area
surrounding the proposed project before construction begins. Subsequent monitoring can assess the
changes in those parameters over time against the baseline.
Impact Monitoring Report
The Contractor should submit an impact monitoring report during the construction phase and during
operation (for DBO contractors) on the biophysical and socio-economical (including public health)
parameters within the project area. The measurement should be conducted during the project
construction and operational phases in order to detect environmental changes, which may have
occurred as a result of project implementation, e.g. air emission, dust, noise, water pollution etc.
Compliance Monitoring Report
The compliance monitoring report should be prepared by the supervision consultants or “the
Engineer” or the independent M&E Consultants of the project, as may be the case. This report should
state how the specific environmental quality indicators or pollution levels comply with the
recommended environmental protection standards. The data to be reported in the Impact Monitoring
Report should be used after verification, if necessary. The author of the report may ask for additional
data from the Contractor, if required. The contents of the compliance monitoring report should be as
below:
Page | 228
Executive Summary
1 Introduction
1.1 Purpose of the Report
1.2 Structure of the Report
2 Project Information
2.1 Background
2.2 Works Undertaken during the Reporting Period (generally quarterly)
2.3 Status of Environmental Approval Documents
3 Water Quality Monitoring Requirements
3.1 Monitoring Locations
3.2 Monitoring Parameters and Frequency
3.3 Monitoring Equipment and Methodology
4 Impact Monitoring Results
4.1 Continuous In-situ Data
4.2 Spot Data - intermittent
5 Environmental Non-conformances
5.1 Summary of Environmental Exceedance
5.2 Summary of Environmental Complaint
6 Future Key Issues
6.1 Key Issues for the Coming Monitoring Period
6.2 Monitoring Schedule for the Coming Monitoring Period
7 Conclusions
8.7 Guidelines on environmental and social conditions in the BOQ/contract

documents
The environmental management program should be carried out as an integral part of the project
planning and execution. It must not be seen merely as an activity limited to monitoring and regulating
activities against a pre-determined checklist of required actions. Rather it must interact dynamically as
project implementation proceeds, dealing flexibly with environmental impacts, both expected and
unexpected.
For this purpose, it is recommended that the Project Director (PD) for this specific project takes the
overall responsibility of environmental management and monitoring. The PD will form a team with
required manpower and expertise to ensure proper environmental monitoring, and to take
appropriate measures to mitigate any adverse impact and to enhance beneficial impacts, resulting
from the project activities. The PD through its team will make sure that the Contractor undertake and
implement appropriate measures as stipulated in the contract document, or as directed by the PD to
ensure proper environmental management of the project activities. It should be emphasized that local
communities should be involved in the management of activities that have potential impacts on them
(e.g., drainage congestion). They should be properly consulted before taking any management
decision that may affect them. Environmental management is likely to be most successful if such
decisions are taken in consultation with the local community.
The environmental management during the construction phase should primarily be focused on
addressing the possible negative impacts arising from:
Page | 229
• Cutting/ clearing of crops/ trees/ vegetation along RoW of trunk mains, and associated impact
on terrestrial fauna
• Air pollution
• Traffic/ communication problems
• Noise pollution
• Drainage congestion
• Water and soil pollution
• Destruction of aquatic habitat and reduction of fisheries, aquatic fauna
Guidelines on Environmental and Social safeguards are generally incorporated in the Schedule of
Works/ BoQ. The Schedule of Works for a DBO Project are as follows:
1. General items
2. Design
3. Civil works
4. Procurement of pipes & appurtenances for trunk sewer and collection network
5. Sewer works for the treatment plant
6. Sewer installation for trunk main and collection network
7. Mechanical equipment
8. Electrical equipment
9. Internal roads and landscaping
10. Operation & maintenance works for 3 years
Environmental and Social safeguard guidelines to be included in the General items of Schedule of
Works and comprise the following points:
1. Insurances for Contractor’s equipment, insurances for injury to persons and damage
to properties, contractor’s personnel, and other insurances.
2. Quality assurance and control plan
3. Environmental management plan
4. Traffic management plan
5. Erection and removal of signboards
6. Health and safety plan
A detailed write-up on the above issues is generally included in the employer’s requirement part of
the bidding document.
Some but not limited to the following conditions should be included in the employer’s requirement
with the contract document for the DB/DBO contractor.
The DB/DBO contractor shall
a. design the Works to minimise adverse environmental impacts;
Page | 230
b. meet all the obligations under the prevailing environmental regulations and the
Environmental Management Plan;
c. The Contractor shall at all times operate and maintain the Works in accordance with the
approved Environmental Management Plan and approved Contractor’s Documents including:
i. the Operating and Maintenance Manuals
ii. the Emergency Response Plan
iii. Traffic Management Plan
iv. the Water Quality Testing Plan
v. the Health and Safety Manual
vi. the Quality Assurance Manual
d. The Contractor shall undertake all monitoring, sampling and testing in accordance with:
i. The minimum frequencies and sampling methods specified in these Employer’s
Requirements;
ii. The approved Water Quality Testing Plan;
iii. The Environmental Management Plan;
iv. Any additional requirements specified by the applicable regulatory authorities
For a DB/DBO contract The Employer should specify the scope of the Contractor’s responsibilities for
preparing and implementing the EMF and the EMP. If the EMP has already been prepared it should be
included in the Employer’s Requirements as an appendix.
Under the general requirement for Planning, design, approvals and documents of the Bid document
the following requirements are mandatory:
a. design the Works to minimise adverse environmental impacts;

b. meet all the obligations under the prevailing environmental regulations and the Environmental
Management Plan;
Under the general requirement for Operation Management in the Bid Document the following
requirements are mandatory:
maintain the site in tidy condition and take measures to control potential environmental nuisance,
including but not limited to, odours, litter, pests, insects, rodents and birds;
Under the general requirement for Performance during the Operation Service Period in the Bid
Document the following requirements are mandatory:
The Contractor shall at all times operate and maintain the Works in accordance with the
approved Environmental Management Plan and approved Contractor’s Documents including:
i. the Operating and Maintenance Manuals
ii. the Emergency Response Plan which includes managing emergencies in the event of chemical
spills; contamination of the water source; pollution of the environment;
iii. the Water Quality Testing Plan
iv. Traffic Management Plan
v. the Health and Safety Manual
vi. the Quality Assurance Manual
Under the general requirement for Water Quality Testing Plan in the Bid Document the following
requirements are mandatory:
Page | 231
i. The Contractor shall develop a water quality testing plan (the “Water Quality Testing Plan”)
including methods, procedures, schedules and frequencies of sampling and analysis
ii. a plan to monitor noise and other local environmental impacts
iii. a program to monitor whether the Works is complying with the Environmental Management
Plan
Under the general requirement for Overall description of the Operation Service in the Bid Document
the following requirements are mandatory:
i. The Contractor shall treat wastewater, including septic wastes, to meet the specified
standards and safely discharge the treated wastewater into the environment (or at the
specified discharge point)
8.8 Environmental and Social Staff Requirement of the Contractor

To execute the project smoothly, considering environmental and social impacts, the contractor should
include the following key persons in their environmental and social team:
• Project Manager
• Environmental Specialist
• Social Safeguard Specialist
• Water Quality Analyst
• Occupational Safety Specialist
• Security and Intelligence Expert
8.9 Labour Employment, Accommodation & Treatment

During the implementation of the DSIP the contractor will be responsible for the recruitment of
labour, accommodation facilities, medical treatment, professional’s liabilities insurance, and all other
safety facilities in a reasonably safe and hygienic environment as per guideline of the World Bank.
The Project Implementation Unit (PIU) of DWASA and construction supervision consultant will monitor
the overall activities of the construction labour facilities. A separate grievance redress mechanism will
be established in this project particularly for the labourers. The guideline and suggestions for DWASA
and the design and supervision consultants will follow the Inter alia of the guidelines should address
following the issues are separately applicable for male and female construction workers:
i. There is an existing labour law in the country mentioning all issues relating to labour
deployment, health safety etc. Following World Bank guide lines and GOB laws labourers are
to be treated. Identifying alternative locations and setup "labour camps" during the
implementation of the civil works at each package/segment.
ii. Contractor will give always a priority to the local labour both (male and female) those who are
interested to work.
iii. Contractor will be overall responsible to ensure hygienic living
conditions Health and safety issues of the labourers are to be given priority. In the work place
Page | 232
labourers do not usually use a helmet, gloves, and other necessary personal protective
equipment (PPE) which cause accidents. It is to be ensured using a helmet, gloves, etc. in the
workplace during construction.
iv. Ensure water supply and sanitation in the construction camps with clean, arsenic-free drinking
water, sanitation and other facilities.
v. Contractor will ensure the measures required for the safety and dignity of female workers
(e.g., living accommodation, sanitation and washing facilities, etc.);
vi. Contractor will ensure that they do not recruit any child labour (who are under 14 years of
age); Deployment of children in a harmful working environment is strictly prohibited by law in
Bangladesh. It is to be maintained in the work place and supply chain (Bangladesh labour
(Amendment) Act 2013 (Act No. 30 of 2013)
vii. Preventing confrontation of workers with the local communities who might adversely react to
the presence of large numbers of non-local people. People will be in competition for getting a
job as unemployment is a major issue in Bangladesh. Some of them will be local and some will
come from other areas. Work experience, education, skills, foreign language, expatriates,
customs may be different. Preferential employment for the project affected or impacted
persons is to be considered.
viii. Contractor will prevent exposure to health risks linked to sexually transmitted diseases (STDs).
8.10 Estimated Budget for Implementing the EMP

A summary of the budgets for recommended environmental management, mitigation and monitoring
measures have been presented for each of the following key EMP implementation activities:
• Implement mitigation measures;

• Environmental training;
• Environmental monitoring cost during construction and operation cost of the project.
The estimated budget for EMP implementation is given in Table 8-9.
It is expected that most of the environmental monitoring tests in accordance with the environmental
monitoring plan (Table 8-7) will be conducted within DWASA laboratory. As such, the laboratory
equipment at the plant and at DWASA Central laboratory needs to be upgraded to cater to the need
of extensive tests. Tentative price of items to be procured for the water quality laboratory of DWASA
has been listed is given in Table 8-10.
Table 8-9: Estimated budget for implementing EMP
Page | 233
Table 8-10: List of equipment to be procured for DWASA lab capacity development
Price
Sl Name of the
Test parameter / Application Manufacturer Quantity in
no. Equipment
USD
BOD Trak II
1 Respirometric BOD Biochemical Oxygen Demand (BOD5) HACH LANGE 1 8500
Apparatus
DRB 200 Dry Chemical Oxygen Demand (COD) ) and

2 HACH LANGE 1 5500
Thermostat Reactor Total Organic Carbon (TOC)
Chemical Oxygen Demand (COD) and

3 COD Reactor HACH LANGE 1 2800
Total Organic Carbon (TOC)
Reichert
4 Colony Counter For counting bacterial colonies 1 5000
Technologies
5 Incubator For culturing bacteria and fungus HACH LANGE 2 14000
Orchidis
Microscopic identification of bacteria,
6 Microscope Laboratory, 1 7000
fungus and algae.
France
Digisystem
7 Water bath Incubate samples in water at a constant Laboratory 1 1400
temperature over a long period of time Instrument.
Orchidis
8 Autoclave Autoclaves are used to sterilize Laboratory, 1 5500
microbiological media and equipments. France
Used in microbiological test to prevent
9 Laminar air flow ESCO 1 5000
contamination.
10 Algae Torch Used in Chlorophyll-a and Cyanobacteria bbe 1 42000
Page | 234
Price
Sl Name of the
no. Equipment
USD
measurement.
11 Spectrophotometer
Aluminum, Boron, Cadmium, Chloramine HACH LANGE
( Mono), Chloride, Chlorine(Free),

Chlorine(Total), Chromium, Cobalt, Color,
Copper, Fluoride, Hardness (Total), Iron
(Ferrous), Lead, Manganese, Nickel,
Nitrogen (Ammonia), Nitrogen(Nitrate),
Nitrogen (Nitrite), Chemical oxygen
Demand (COD), Phosphate, Silica, Sulfate,
Sulfide, Surfactants-Anionic(Detergent),
Suspended Solids, Total Organic Carbon
(TOC), Trihalomethanes, Zinc.
DR 6000 and DR 6000 1 20000
DR 2700 DR 2700 1 8500
Alachor, Arsenic, Atrazine, Barium,

Bromine, cyanide, Cyanuric acid,
Formaldehyde, Iodine, Mercury,
Molybdenum, Ozone, PCB, Phenols,
Potassium, Quaternary ammonium
compounds, Selenium, Silver, Toxicity,
TTHM (Trihalomethanes, Total), TPH
(Total Petroleum Hydrocarbons), Volatile
Acids
12 Portable multi meter Used in pH and D.O. measurement. HACH LANGE 1 2000
Basic Conductivity For the measurement of conductivity and
13 HACH LANGE 1 1400
Bench top Kit TDS.
Portable turbidity
14 Used in turbidity measurement. HACH LANGE 1 3500
meter
15 Flocculator Used in Jar test 2 2800
Produces deionized water, which used in

Thermo
16 De-ionized plant the test to prepare sample control or 1 55000
Scientific
blank preparation
For preserving the chemical and biological LG 1400

17 Refrigerator 2
agent Electra
18 Air-conditioner For providing optimum temperature General 6 8500
Computer and
19 Data processing, analysis and record. HP 2 1400
printer
Used in alum purity test, Mixed Liquor

Barnstead 14000
20 Furnace Suspended Solid (MLSS), Mixed Liquor 1
Thermolyne
Volatile Suspended Solids (MLVSS).
Page | 235
Price
Sl Name of the
no. Equipment
USD
Total Suspended Solids (TSS), Total Solids

Orchidis 5500
21 Oven (TS) and drying glass ware at a constant 2
temperature
Nuve
Vacuum pump and
22 For the filtrating sample. Welch thomas 2 2000
filtration unit
Shimadzu 5000
23 Weighing machine Chemical weight measurement 2
OHAUSU
Microbiological test, Cooled sample in an

24 Desiccators N/A 2 550
anaerobic condition.
Digisystem
Sample preparation, mixing and
25 Centrifuge Laboratory 1 1100
separating.
Instrument.
26 Vortex mixture Mixing sample properly Digisystem 1 800
27 Magnetic stirrer Stirring sample N/A 10 70
28 Electric Hotplate Microbiological media preparation Ocean 2 1400

Online turbidity
29 Turbidity measurement HACH LANGE 1 11000
meter
HAWS- 1400
30 Safety shower Safety eye wash and shower 1
COMIMEX
2800
31 DR 890 Colorimeter Portable meter HACH LANGE 1
Specific gravity 400

32 Hydrometer (relative density) HACH LANGE 3
Page | 236
Chapter 9: Social Management Plan
Page | 237
9 SOCIAL MANAGEMENT PLAN
9.1 Basic Planning Principles and Impact Minimization

Considering the potential adverse impacts associated with the use of private lands and displacement
of private activities from public lands, including its own, DWASA will adhere to the following
guidelines:
• Prior to finalizing the sewer line layouts and details of the civil works for lifting pump stations,
DWASA will undertake community and stakeholder consultations – separately with men and
women – on the project’s objectives, scopes and social safeguard and non-safeguard
implications. As noted above, safeguard impacts may also consist of displacement / closure of
business activities that may have encroached into the public lands along the Trunk Mains.
While consultations will remain open to all, DWASA will ensure participation of the following
entities and peoples.
• All formal/informal local entities and persons with interests and concerns about sanitation
and water supply, as well as others with stakes in the project and are deemed key actors to
influence design and implementation of the project activities.
• The persons, such as public land users, private landowners, business owners and others, who
would be affected by the project activities.
• Project design will most certainly consider avoiding/minimizing land acquisition from private
ownerships. In cases of absolute necessity, DWASA will use private lands and lay the
pipelines, to the extent feasible, in ways so that temporary displacement / closure of
commercial and other activities from public and private lands remain at a minimum.
• Installation of pipelines of Trunk Main will be completed in a timeframe that would be
shortest required by construction works (e.g, curing time required for RRC works), in order to
minimize disruptions to commercial activities and, pedestrian and vehicular movements.
• DWASA will prepare and implement the mitigation plans in consultation with the
communities, including those who would be affected, living along the travel path of the
pipelines.
• As required for safeguard compliance, DWASA will prepare and fully implement the mitigation
plans like RP / ARP, before the commencement of the civil works under a given Contract
package.
• DWASA will undertake social screening of all construction activities to identify potential social
safeguard issues and adopt and implement impact mitigation measures consistent with the
Bank’s OP 4.12 and any other applicable operational policies.
9.2 Addressing Gender Issues

Although it is an integral part of daily life for all, sanitation has important gender implications for
women: lack of an on-plot (or homestead) facility exposes women and girls to danger when seeking a
facility elsewhere, particularly at night; women and adolescent girls bear the disproportionate burden
of dealing with the consequences of poor sanitation, as the primary caregivers in the households; and
women and girls have the primary responsibility for cleaning the immediate living environment and
promoting and maintaining a hygienic condition around the households. It is therefore essential to
ensure that female voices are heard by the decision-makers, so that the project is designed to improve
household-level sanitation services.
Page | 238
The project will deploy female workers in typical works as applicable for the women. The grievance
redress mechanism adopted for workers in the SMRPF will look into the matter of women workers. In
case of Gender Based Violence GBV) within the project it will be taken care of following the policy
SMRPF. It will be duly reported in the monthly project report of the Consultant and submitted to
DWASA and to the World Bank as well. In case of GBV in the project area but beyond the project
activities the Resettlement Plan Implementing Agency will note it in their record.
The project will address two gender-related issues as confirmed by gender analysis: (a) gap in access
to safe and reliable sanitation facilities and the time spent in addressing the health burden of poor
sanitation; and (b) gender gap in employment in the sector. (It is to be noted that the project will be
gender tagged.)
Gender Gap in Sanitation:
Evidence shows that there are gender-related differences in decision-making in sanitation and related
services, and construction and maintenance of sanitation facilities. Women's participation in decision-
making in sanitation is also limited. This eventually leads to gender-related gaps across the value
chain (Gates Foundation, 2017). Measurement and evaluation in the sector is most often limited to
access and use, with very limited attention to gender-disaggregated data and much less consideration
for participation and empowerment. To overcome these gaps, the project will employ a two-fold
strategy: (i) DWASA will be encouraged to engage with women as a part of their communication
campaign to ensure that their specific service needs are responded to and (ii) The project will develop
specific indicators to record gender-disaggregated data on access and participation.
Gender Gap in Employment:
DWASA is meant to provide water supply and sanitation services to some 15 million people in the city.
It is however recognized that various constraints, financial and others, have long prevented the
agency to operate at a level that could be considered satisfactory. Yet, regardless of the persistent
operational difficulties it faces, there is one inequity that clearly stands out: DWASA employs far fewer
women at any level of operation. Being the largest and Capital of the country, the city has plenty of
women with a variety of technical and other expertise, as well as those who are at the lowest
socioeconomic strata -- always in search livelihood. In this regard, the project will encourage DWASA
to employ as many women as possible in the sector as a whole, and especially in the new jobs that the
project would create. DWASA will set a target in consultation with Bank's task team.
9.3 Citizen Engagement Strategy

DWASA’s citizen engagement strategies will include (i) Community / Stakeholder Consultations as the
primary tool to promote stakeholder participation in the project design and implementation process;
(ii) Two separate Grievance Redress Mechanisms (GRM) to respond to the needs of beneficiaries and
to address and resolve grievances and complaints regarding implementation of the stipulations
adopted in this RSMF, as well as other issues that are of significance, but may have been overlooked
by the decision-makers. The second GRM will deal exclusively with issues that involve workers
employed by the Contractors for site development, construction and other activities. (iii) Citizen
Report Cards that will assess community/stakeholder satisfaction and generate beneficiary feedback
on social outcomes of the project.
Page | 239
The project will support DWASA to ensure citizen engagement throughout its implementation period
and monitor their involvement in decision-making. Building community awareness and gathering
beneficiary feedbacks will be carried out through open community meetings, workshops, etc., by
widely publicizing these events using leaflets/brochures and other communication means. The project
will track progress in ensuring citizen’s engagement by measuring the proportion of the beneficiaries
are aware of what were supposed to be done and are satisfied with DWASA’s actual performance on
the ground. Below are elaborations of citizen engagement strategies that would be used by the
project.
9.4 Community/Stakeholder Consultation

Extensive consultations7 were undertaken with local people during the Social Impact Assessment.
Participants included various stakeholder groups, such as business owners and others in permanent
buildings, titled and non-titled households living by the Trunk Main alignment; roadside vendors
selling vegetables, fruits and various other perishables sitting in groups and alone in the open; and
pedestrians. The main topics of consultations were project objectives, its scope of work and, most
importantly of its socioeconomic implications consisting of adverse impacts that would be caused
during the implementation of civil works, as well as the possible mitigation measures that DWASA
would implement. The participants were also informed of the grievance redress mechanism (GRM)
and grievance redress committees (GRC) and, if needed, how they could lodge grievances and
complaints to the GRCs.
Stakeholder consultations will continue throughout the project preparation and implementation
period. The Social Screening instrument will be designed to have the participation of local residents,
including those who are among the would-be affected persons. The Census of affected persons and
properties will also provide opportunities to have face-to-face discussions with the affected
persons/households. As described in Section B, consultations will continue during the implementation
of RPs / ARPs and will focus more and more on those who have been affected.
9.5 Documentation, Monitoring and Reporting

DWASA, assisted by the DSM consultant, will ensure preparation and availability of the following and
any other documentations as and when requested by the World Bank:
• Minutes of the community / stakeholder consultations conducted during preparation of the SIA,
and Social Screening of the activities under each Contract package of the project and its social
safeguard implications with respect to displacement from private and public lands; private land
acquisition; temporary and permanent displacement of roadside businesses and residential
premises; relevant mitigation measures adopted in the RSMF, and the GRCs and their functions
and the procedure to use them. Consultations during social screening will focus on more
substantive issues like the following:
7 Consultation is defined as a continuous two-way communication process consisting of: “feed-forward” the information on
the project’s goals, objectives, scope and social impact implications to the project beneficiaries, and their “feed-back” on
these issues (and more) to the policymakers and project designers. In addition to seeking feedback on project-specific issues,
participatory planning approach also serve the following objectives in all development programs: public relations,
information dissemination and conflict resolution.
Page | 240
• Travel paths of the Trunk Main pipelines, as shown in the layout plan, and the pump stations, as
well as the social safeguard impacts, such as land acquisition, displacement from public lands
including possible dismantling of buildings that may have encroached into the road and, most of
all the temporary inconveniences in movements that would be created by open cut canals for the
pipelines.
• Inventory of different categories of affected persons, based on the census of affected persons /
households and assets, which were used for the preparation of the resettlement budget.
• Records of complaints and grievances, and the decisions - both positive and negative - given by
the project and PMU level GRCs. The information will contain the details described above under
GRM.
9.6 Implementation Arrangements & Capacity Building

DWASA will appoint an experienced Social Development Specialist to perform the tasks required to
deal with social safeguard and other issues that are to be addressed to comply with the corporate
requirements. The specialist will assist the PD to oversee implementation of this RSMF, which
includes, among other tasks, (i) Social screening of all project sites; (ii) Census of the project affected
persons/households and assets; (iii) Preparation and implementation of the impact mitigation plans
like RP / ARP; (iv) Preparation of land acquisition proposals and track progress in the acquisition
process; and (v) Preparation of the bi-monthly updates and those required by the Bank's
Implementation Support Missions. The social development specialist of DSM consultant, as indicated
below, will actively assist the PMU Social Specialist to perform the tasks described above.
The DSM consultant will have a Social Development Specialist who will perform, jointly with PMU
specialist, the tasks described above. In addition, the DSM specialist will be responsible for preparing
and implementing the impact mitigation plans like RP / ARP as required in terms of the number of
project affected persons (PAPs), Contract package, or the project as a whole. The DSM consultant
may engage an organization to carry out the process tasks, such as social screening; census of PAPs,
and affected assets and valuation thereof; preparatory tasks for compensation delivery; and all other
tasks that are required in preparation and implementation of RP/ARP. The DSM consultant will
directly appoint the organization and the lead firm will administer the contract.
As noted above, DWASA has recently implemented a project with quite complex resettlement issues.
Most of its officials who staffed its PMU are still there and are most likely to be working in the
proposed project. Nevertheless, the project will support the training of the DWASA officials who
would join the PMU and would variously contribute to the management of social issues, including
safeguards.
9.7 Guidelines for Land Acquisition and Impact Mitigation
9.7.1 Land Requirements & Resettlement Issues
Although DWASA does not anticipate land acquisition, there are some stretches of the existing
alignment which are narrow to accommodate the new pipelines. Moreover, the lands that are seen
free of encumbrances are actually not so in reality. It is suspected that parts of the roads (travel path
of the sewer lines) at many points have been encroached into by adjacent private buildings. There are
also small-scale businesses that are operated on sidewalks and road shoulders. Pending finalization of
Page | 241
the pipeline layout plans and Social Screening, it is assumed that DWASA may have to (i) acquire some
private lands at some points; (ii) resume the public lands that have been encroached into – which will
mean partial/full dismantling of an unknown number of buildings, and temporary displacement /
closure of various small businesses housed in permanent structures, and those that are operated on
sidewalks and road shoulders.
Considering the potential impacts, DWASA proposes to obtain private and public lands, which may
have been under authorized and unauthorized private uses, by using the following means:
Private Lands:
Wherever found absolutely necessary, DWASA will use the present Acquisition and Requisition of
Immovable Properties Act, 2017, and mitigate the associated adverse impacts in compliance with the
Bank’s OP 4.12 on Involuntary Resettlement.
Public Lands (Including DWASA’s Own Lands):

• Under Authorized Use: If the required lands are presently under lease from DWASA or any
other GOB agencies, DWASA may seek to use them by fulfilling the lease conditions. DWASA
would obtain the lands owned by other agencies through inter-governmental transfer that will
also involve a cost.
• Under Unauthorized Use: Such lands may belong to DWASA itself or other GOB agencies.
Subject to inter-governmental transfer, DWASA will use the lands by mitigating the associated
adverse impacts consistent with the Bank’s OP 4.12 on Involuntary Resettlement.
9.7.2 Impact Mitigation Principles

Where adverse impacts are found unavoidable, DWASA will plan to mitigate them in accord with the
following the principles:
• Resettlement of the project affected persons will be planned and developed as an integral
part of the project design.
• Absence of legal titles in cases of public land users will not be considered a bar to assistance,
especially for the socioeconomically vulnerable groups.
• Vulnerability, in terms of socioeconomic characteristics and ethnicities of the affected
persons/ households will be identified and mitigated according to the provisions adopted in
this RSMF.
• Homestead-losers, including the poor and vulnerable households squatting on public lands,
will be assisted with physical relocation and provision of basic facilities like water supply,
sanitation, etc.
• DWASA will negotiate with people, who are economically well-off and use public lands/
properties for free, to relinquish occupation of the lands without or with a minimum of
financial or any other form of assistance8.
• Assets like equipment, machineries or parts / components thereof that can be dismantled and
moved away intact will not be eligible for compensation, but the owners will be paid the
actual costs to dismantle and move them.
8
It was found under all previous projects that well-off influential people built expensive and durable structures
on public lands for their own use or to rent them out to others. They ranged from local politicians, musclemen
and other influential persons.
Page | 242
• No compensation will be paid for facing temporary inconveniences by business operators and
traders, unless they are required to completely stop their operations during the construction
period.
• To ensure sustenance of their income streams, DWASA will undertake measures to find spaces
in the vicinities, for the sidewalk vendors to temporarily relocate until the civil works are
completed. Or, they will be allowed to move on their own to any vacant spaces they may find
suitable.
• Where the project activities cause community-wide impacts, affecting community facilities
like educational institutions, places of worship and the like, DWASA will rebuild them with its
own resources and / or provide alternatives in consultation with the user communities.
9.7.3 Eligibility for Compensation/Assistance

Regardless of their tenure status to the lands used for the project, the affected persons / households
will be eligible for compensation and assistance. Pending social screening to identify other impacts
and affected persons, DWASA will mitigate impacts on the following:
• Private Landowners: Persons who have legal rights to the affected lands and other assets,
such as houses / structures, trees, etc., built and grown on them.
• Non-Titled Persons: Socio-economically vulnerable persons / households who do not have
legal rights to the affected lands, but use them for residential, commercial and livelihood
purposes.
• Owners of Displaced Businesses: Compensation for income loss from businesses that are
(i)displaced from private lands and those belonging to DWASA and other public agencies; and
(ii) required to temporarily close down during implementation of the civil works. In both
cases, compensation / assistance will apply to the actual owners of the affected businesses.
• Employees of Affected Businesses: who are employed in the above two types of affected
businesses.
• Rental Income Earner: From built premises situated on private lands. DWASA will urge those,
who earn rental income by erecting buildings on public lands, to relinquish occupation of the
lands without or with a minimum of financial or any other form of assistance.
• Leaseholders: Owners of affected business and other economic activities on formally leased-in
public lands, where leases stipulate compensatory conditions in cases when lands are taken
back or acquired before lease expiration.
• Community and Groups: Where local communities and groups are likely to lose income
earning opportunities or access to crucial common property resources used for livelihood
purposes.
COMPENSATION PRINCIPLES & STANDARDS
The following principles and standards will be used to determine compensation and assistance for
persons / households in the different impact categories:
Acquired Lands and Other Assets

• Replacement costs for an equal amount of land of the same use and quality, including the
registration costs and stamp duties.
• Replacement costs of houses / structures and other immovable built items (e.g. water supply,
sanitation, drainage, etc) at current market prices of the same building materials, plus the
current costs of labor to build them.
• Current market prices of trees and other assets which are irreplaceable.
• Current market prices of crops in the field or on trees, if the lands are used before harvests.
Page | 243
• If the acquired land is agricultural and amounts to 20 percent or more of the total productive
lands owned by the affected household, a transition allowance at three times the value of the
crops produced a year in the acquired land.
Displacement from Homesteads

• Displaced from private lands: Relocation assistance in lands the affected households can
personally arrange to buy, or in public lands arranged by DWASA.
• Displaced from public lands: Relocation assistance for socioeconomically vulnerable
households in public lands arranged by DWASA.
• Provision of pre-acquisition level basic utilities, such as water supply, sanitation, electricity,
etc.
Loss of Business, Employment and Rental Income
Temporarily Closed Businesses:

Where business activities come to a complete closure during construction, the owners will be paid for
income loss at rates based on average daily net income for smaller of the number of days needed to
reopen the individual businesses, or complete the civil works.
Partially Affected Businesses:

Where business premises are partially dismantled and the remainders are structurally safe and
useable, compensation, calculated as above, for smaller of the number of days needed to repair and
reopen the individual businesses, or complete the civil works.
Businesses Completely Displaced from Present Premises:

• Relocation site in public lands, plus compensation for 45 days based on average daily net
income, OR
• Compensation, calculated as above, for the number of days the business owners need to
find alternative locations themselves, which will be paid for a maximum of 90 days.
Loss of Employment Income from Displaced & Temporarily Closed Businesses:

Persons who have been continuously employed by the displaced and temporarily closed businesses
for at least six months up to the day of PAP census (cut-off date), will be compensated for the period
until their employers restart their operations, or for a maximum of 30 days. The daily rates will be
based on their monthly salary or daily wages paid by the employers.
Loss of Income from Rented-out Premises:

Three months’ rent at the current rates for loss of rental income from premises affected on private
lands.
Leasehold Lands
• Formally Leased-in from DWASA or Other Public Agencies: Compensation as stipulated in the
lease agreement.
• Formally Leased-in Kha s: Compensation, if any, stipulated in the lease agreement.
Unforeseen Impacts
DWASA will adopt and implement policies, in consultation with the affected persons / stakeholders
and the Bank, to mitigate any adverse impacts that may have so far remained unknown and not
covered in this RSMF.
Cut-Off Dates
Page | 244
Will be established to identify the nonland assets that will qualify for compensation and discourage
abuse of the mitigation policies by defrauding the project. These are the dates on which census of the
affected persons and assets are taken. No person or his / her assets will qualify for compensation
unless they are recorded in the census taken on the cut-off dates.
9.7.4 Compensation Payment

In cases of acquisitions, a part of the compensation for lands and other affected assets built or grown
thereon will be assessed and paid to the title holding PAPs by the Deputy Commissioner (DC), the
heads of the Acquiring Body. If this payment, ‘compensation-under-law’ (CUL), is found lower than
their replacement costs and / or market prices, DWASA will directly pay the difference or ‘top-up’ to
make up for the shortfall.
With and without acquisition, compensations / assistance due to all other PAPs, such as encroachers
and non-titled PAPs, business owners and employees and those, who are not covered by the 2017
Acquisition Act, but qualify according to this RSMF, will also be directly paid by DWASA.
Top-up Determination and Payment: Where an owner loses lands and other assets in more than one
mouza or land administration unit, the person will be counted once, and his/her top-up will be paid
together. The amount of top-up due to the affected person will be determined by comparing the total
amount of CUL paid by the DC for lands and other assets acquired at all locations with the total
replacement costs and/or market prices thereof.
Compensations / entitlements due to the PAPs, including those who are not covered by the
acquisition act, but eligible according to this RSMF, will be paid in full before they are evicted from the
acquired private and public lands.
Based on the principles proposed for impact mitigation, the following matrix (Table 9-1) defines the
specific entitlements for different types of losses, entitled persons, and the institutional responsibility
to implement.
Table 9-1: Entitlement Matrix
LOSS OF COMMERCIAL & OTHER LANDS
Ownership Entitled Person Entitlement Responsibility

Type
Private Lands Legal Owners, Compensation-under-law (CUL) or replacement • CUL paid by DC
as determined costs, whichever is greater.
by DC, or by If applicable • Top-up & TA paid
courts in cases • Top-up equal to the difference between CUL by DWASA
of legal disputes and replacement costs.
• Transition allowance (TA) for income loss (see
Loss Category 5 below).
Public Lands Leaseholders • Contractual obligations with the public Paid by DC and/or
(including agencies, as determined by DC, and / or DWASA
DWASA’s) • Contractual obligations with DWASA
Under Lease
LOSS OF HOMESTEAD LANDS
Location Entitled Person Entitlement Responsibility

Homesteads on Legal Owners, In addition to CUL & applicable top-up (as for
Page | 245

Private Lands as determined Commercial & Other Lands):
by DC, or by • Relocation assistance, including land By DWASA
courts in cases development, where households choose to
of legal disputes relocate on their own, Or developed plots if
they decide to relocate in public lands
arranged by DWASA.
• Restoration of pre-acquisition level basic
utilities (water supply, sanitation, electricity,
etc.).
Homesteads on Vulnerable • Relocation assistance, including developed By DWASA
Public Lands Non-Titled plots in public lands to be arranged by
Persons DWASA.
• Provision of water supply & sanitation
facilities.
Loss of Houses/Structures Used for Living, Business & Other Activities
Type & Entitled Person Entitlement Responsibility

Location
All Houses / Legal owners, as • Compensation-under-law (CUL) or CUL paid by DC.
Structures on determined by replacement cost, whichever is greater.
Acquired DC, or by courts in • Transfer Grant (TG) to cover the carrying TG paid by DWASA
Private Lands cases of legal costs of household goods, at one-eighth of
disputes. the replacement costs of the affected
structures.
• Allowed to keep the salvageable materials.
Shiftable & Vulnerable Non- • Shiftable structures: House Transfer Grant HTG and HCG paid
Non-shiftable Titled Persons (HTG) and House Construction Grant by DWASA
Structures on (HCG), @ BDT 50 per sft of floor area with
Acquired Public a minimum of BDT 5,000 and maximum of
Lands BDT 8,000.
• Non-shiftable structures: HCG @ BDT 70
per sft of floor area with a minimum of
BDT 8,000 and maximum of BDT 10,000.
• Allowed to keep the salvageable materials.
LOSS OF TREES ON ACQUIRED PRIVATE & PUBLIC LANDS

On Private Lands Legal owners as • Current market value of trees, based on By DCs (included in
determined by species, size and maturity. the CUL) and/or
DCs, or by courts • Current market prices of fruits on trees, if By DWASA
in cases of legal they are felled before harvest. (included in the
disputes • Owners are allowed to cut the trees and top-up)
keep them.
On Public Lands Non-titled Persons As those stipulated above for trees and By DWASA
fruits.
LOSS OF BUSINESS, EMPLOYMENT & RENTAL INCOME
Impact Type Entitled Person Entitlement Responsibility

Business:
• Temporary closure Business Owners Compensation, based on daily net income, By DWASA
of businesses in (premise/land for the actual number of days the
Page | 246

existing premises owners & tenants) businesses remain closed or needed to
complete the civil works, whichever is
smaller.
• Partially affected Business Owners Compensation, calculated as above, for the By DWASA
businesses (premise/land number of days needed to repair and
owners & tenants) reopen the individual businesses, or
complete the civil works, whichever is
smaller.
• Businesses Business Owners • Relocation site in public lands, plus By DWASA
requiring removal (premise/land compensation, calculated as above, for
from the existing owners & tenants) the number of days needed to reopen
premises and spots the individual businesses, for a
maximum of 45 days, or
• Compensation, calculated as above, for
the number of days the business owners
need to find alternative locations
themselves, which will be paid for a
maximum of 90 days.
Loss of employment Business Compensation at current daily wage rate By DWASA
income Employees for the period needed to reopen the
businesses, which will be for a maximum of
30 days.
Loss of income from Legal Owners Three months’ rent at the current rates to By DWASA
rented-out premises the owners of the premises.
UNFORESEEN LOSSES

As may be identified during As identified As determined in consultation By DWASA
subproject preparation & with the Bank and stakeholders.
implementation
9.8 Preparation of Mitigation Instruments

Once the layout plans for pipelines and other civil works are finalized and land acquisition needs
determined, the major preparation tasks will consist of:
• Land Acquisition Proposals (LAPs). Where lands from private and public ownerships,
excepting those owned by DWASA itself, are to be acquired, LAPs will be prepared as per the
standard requirements of the Acquiring Body.
• PAP Census and Fixing the Cut-off Dates. To prepare RPs and ARPs, assess details of the
impacts and impacted persons / households with respect, but not limited, to the impact
categories and compensation / assistance eligibility criteria proposed in this RSMF. The dates
on which censuses are taken will constitute the cut-off dates for non-titled persons /
households, and those on which the legal notice under Section 4 of the acquisition act is
served will be the cut-off dates for private landowners. (Private landowners are not allowed
to alter the appearance of the lands by erecting new structures or otherwise, after the Notice
4 is served.)
Page | 247
• Market Surveys for Valuation of Affected Assets. To determine the replacement costs /
market prices of lands, houses / structures and other replaceable, and market prices of
irreplaceable, affected assets.
9.8.1 Community/Stakeholder Consultations
In addition to the community / stakeholder consultations already undertaken, DWASA will again
consult the stakeholders, especially the would-be affected persons / households, roadside businesses
and others about the adverse impacts that could not have been avoided. In particular, DWASA will,
• Consult and provide information to the PAPs on specifics of the mitigation measures and the
processes that will be followed to implement them;
• Inform the affected landowners of the legal documents required to claim compensation from
DC, and explain the procedure where the landowners may need to have them processed anew
(DWASA will actively assist the landowners to procure any documents required for CUL
payment); and
• Explain the functions and limitations of the Grievance Redress Committees, and how the
aggrieved PAPs could lodge their complaints and grievances.
Stakeholder consultation will be carried out throughout the project preparation and implementation
period and DWASA will consider stakeholder inputs and feedback to minimize the project’s adverse
impacts at any stage of the project cycle.
9.8.2 Documentation
While RPs / ARPs will include a summary of the impacts and impacted persons/households, DWASA,
assisted by DSM consultant will ensure availability of the following and any other documentations as
and when requested by the Bank:
• Minutes of stakeholder consultations undertaken during social screening (and Census of PAPs
and affected assets) on the potential adverse impacts that would be caused by land
acquisition and displacement from public lands, the mitigation measures adopted in the
RSMF, as well as the implementation procedures, etc.
• Inventory of different categories of PAPs based on social screening and the census of affected
persons / households and assets.
• Replacement costs / current market prices of different types of assets, as determined through
market price surveys.
• Entitlement files of individual PAPs, with the accounts of losses, CUL payment by DCs, and top-
up and any other entitlements payment by DWASA.
• Records of complaints and grievances and the decisions given by Grievance Redress
Committees, DWASA, or by LGD under the Ministry of LGRD&C.
Page | 248
9.8.3 Monitoring and Reporting
Monitoring will consist of an array of steps related to land acquisition, and preparation and
implementation of impact mitigation plans. DSM consultant will assist DWASA to set up and operate a
computerized system to monitor and report progress and performance in land acquisition and
resettlement activities. DWASA will provide the Bank with the following information for its review of
performance and compliance with the OP 4.12:
• Contract-wise bimonthly updates indicating progress in land acquisition and CUL payment by
DC, and any issues that are to be addressed to facilitate the acquisitions;
• Contract-wise bimonthly updates on DWASA’s part of the payment: (i) top-up and other
applicable entitlements to the CUL recipients; (ii) compensation / entitlements to the affected
non-titled persons; and (iii) compensation / entitlements to any other persons / groups not
covered in this RSMF, but found later to be affected by the project.
• Detailed report for Bank’s Implementation Support Missions covering the entire resettlement
program, which will include, among other information, the latest status in land acquisition and
compensation payment by DC and DWASA; implementation of any other stipulations adopted
in the RP; detailed accounts of the GRC activities, including those that are dealing with labor
issues; and any issues that are to be addressed to improve performance of the resettlement
program.
DWASA will conduct independent Mid-term and End-term reviews to assess (i) how effectively and
efficiently impact mitigation plan like RPs or ARPs have been prepared and implemented; (ii) adequacy
of the mitigation policies and measures; and (iii) the extent to which the intended social development
objectives have been achieved. For review and concurrence, DWASA will share the consultants’ TORs
with the Bank.
9.9 Land Acquisition & Resettlement Budget
The needs for private land acquisition and that of displacement from public lands, as well as the
associated impacts thereof will be known after the layout plans and design of the sewer lines are
finalized. Choice of technology - micro-tunnelling / open cut -- may also have significant cost
implications for the project itself, as well as the impacts associated with land acquisition and
resettlement. Considering the situation DWASA has decided that it would propose a lump sum of BTD
1201 million/USD 14.30 million) in the DPP for the project. This could be revised as and when
required during implementation of the civil works. DWASA will include a budget for land acquisition
and resettlement in the RP / ARP which will be subjected to Bank review and clearance, prior to
requesting Bank clearance for financing. Detailed policy including budget has been discussed in the
ESMF.
Page | 249
Table 9-2: Estimated Land Acquisition and Resettlement Cost of DSIP
A. Land Acquisition Cost Total Rate Total Cost Remarks

Land (in (per Decimal)
Decimal)
1 2 3 4 (2X3)
Cost of private land 50 15,480,000 774,000,000
Cost of structure affected on private LS 100,000,000 Includes structures required to
land dismantled/shifted due to the
Trunk main and lifting pump
stations
Cost of Govt. land 50 5,160,000 258,000,000
Sub-Total A 1,132,000,000
Contingency @ 2.5% on Sub-total A 28,300,000
Total 1,160,300,000
B. Resettlement Benefits
Compensation for structures LS 30,000,000 Includes compensation for
(Squatters, structures to be
Vendors, encroachers) dismantled/shifted from the
trunkmain alignment. Mobile
vendors have no structures and
therefore, compensation is not
assessed
Other resettlement benefits LS 10,000,000 Will be paid following the policy
of SMRPF
Sub-Total B 40,000,000
Contingency @ 2.5% on total (on B) LS 1,000,000
Total 41,000,000
Grand Total 1,201,300,000
BDT in million 1,201
USD in million 14.30
9.10 Social Monitoring Program
Social Monitoring will be primarily carried out by Resettlement Plan Implementing Agency at the field
level. DWASA and Supervision Consultant will also monitor social issues including gender issues,
citizen engagement, grievance mechanism for affected people and workers, treatment of laborer, labor
camps and other amenities, etc. on regular basis. World Bank will be monitoring the social issues on a
timely fashion. Major indicators of social monitoring include-
✓ Local people are consulted well ahead of civil construction is started

✓ Local people are noticed about timeline and activities of the project
✓ No of total laborers engaged in civil works
✓ No of workers engaged from local people
✓ No of female workers engaged
✓ Separate labor shed including breast feeding corners and other facilities installed for women
workers
✓ Equal wages are provided for the men and women workers in case of similar works
✓ Gender-based violence (if any) are properly documented and addressed
✓ Grievance Redress Mechanism is properly functional
Page | 250
Chapter 10: Stakeholder and Public

Consultations
Page | 251
10 STAKEHOLDER AND PUBLIC CONSULATION
10.1 Introduction
Social survey, Focus Group Discussions (FGDs) and public consultations (formal and informal meetings)
were carried out for documenting the existing socio-economic condition in the project areas and for
assessment of the social impact of project activities. The FGDs were conducted involving major
stakeholders. The public consultations were carried out in public places within the project areas and
along the routes of the proposed trunk mains for documenting views, opinions and concerns of the
local people. This section presents the major findings from the FGDs and public consultations.
10.2 Consultation with the Stakeholder Organisations

During the study several consultative meetings were held with different agencies (listed below) to
share the issues concerning, alignment of eastern and western trunk main and modality of
reconstruction or replacement, perceived advantage and disadvantage of open cut construction and
micro tunnelling and prevailing situation along the route of trunk mains.
Agencies with which consultation was made are:
1. Dhaka Mass Rapid Transit Development Project

2. Titas Gas Transmission & Distribution Company Limited
3. Power Development Board (PDB)
4. Bangladesh Railway
5. Bangladesh Telecommunications Company Limited (BTCL)
6. Dhaka South City Corporation (DSCC)
The consultant along with the DWASA representative, arranged a meeting with above mentioned
agencies. Cooperation from different agencies was at the highest level and they have provided useful
information and suggestions which assisted the study.
Meeting with Dhaka Mass Rapid Transit Development Project Authority
On December 19, 2018 a meeting was held

with Additional Chief Engineer and Additional
Project Director (Civil) of Dhaka Mass Rapid
Transit Development Project. IWM
disseminated about the EIA study for DSIP
Project of DWASA particularly the
reconstruction of sewer trunk main namely
Eastern trunk main and Western Trunk Main.
MRT appreciated the proposal and assured to

give all necessary information’s about the
proposed route. He briefly discussed the
concept and layout of the metro line stations. He mentioned that for the metro rail project all the
utility lines along the MRT line all have been shifted to both edge of the road in a common trench. He
Page | 252
however opined that although it appeared there are some spaces left along the route but after certain
distances there will be several metro rail stations which will occupy almost all the space and it would
be a massive structure with extensive pilling. Under such circumstances he opined that it will not be
wise to construct following open trench or micro tunnelling in the road from High Court Circle to
Shapla Chattar. He suggested to follow the existing route of the western trunk main by overcoming
the existing obstacles like box culvert by open excavation or micro tunnelling. For Eastern Trunk Main
from Madhubagh to Pagla can be laid according to the judgment of DWASA considering over ground
and underground obstruction.
Meeting with Titas Gas Transmission & Distribution Company Limited:
A meeting was held on December 18, 2018 with Deputy General Manager, Titas Gas Transmission and
Distribution Company Ltd. IWM disseminated about the EIA study for DSIP Project of DWASA
particularlythe reconstruction of sewer trunk main namely Eastern trunk main and Western Trunk
Main.
The Deputy General Manager informed that

along the route of Eastern and Western Trunk
Main there are Titas Gas transmission and
distribution mains of diameters at different
depths. However, as these gas lines are very old
their exact depth and coordinated are not
available with Titas Gas Transmission &
Distribution Company Limited. He informed that they have taken a project for coordinating and
locating each and every gas lines with the GPR method of survey, but it will take time to get the
output. He also informed that from the distribution line house connation of each household have
been made. It will obstruct to construct trunk sewer by open excavation method. But till then it will be
risky to construct sewer lines with micro tunnelling. He indicated that in most of the cases shifting of
gas lines will be necessary for which total cost involved for rehabilitation have to be paid.
Meeting with Bangladesh Railway (BR)
Meeting with Bangladesh Railway was held on

December 18, 2018. Mr. Md. Gous Al Muneer,
Division railway manager, Bangladesh Railway
participated in the discussion. He informed that
the railway has no objection to construct the
trunk main by an open excavation of micro
tunnelling method. He informed that there is rail
crossing at Doyaganj point and crossing of the
railway the contractor has to prepare the
construction drawing from crossing the railway line, the submitted drawings will be evaluated and
approved by the GM (Western Zone), BR. After approval necessary endorsement will be sought from
Government Inspector of Bangladesh Railway (GIBR).
Page | 253
Meeting with Power Development Board (PDB)
PDB suggested a consultant team to contact PGCB and DPDC for the information of underground and
above ground electric line. Accordingly, we have contacted them. They have suggested that in case of
micro tunnelling, this will not hamper their underground lines if it is laid below 7 m depth. For open
excavation they have suggested that proper protection has to be made to protect the electric pole and
to overcome the underground electric cables. However, during detail design of DWASA project they
will provide drawings if necessary.
Meeting with Bangladesh Telecommunications Company Limited (BTCL)
The proposed route of the trunk mains was discussed with BTCL and they have informed consultant
team that fibre optical line and other cables are laid along the Eastern and Western trunk main
alignment. They do not have any problem with the proposed route. But they suggested that during
the execution of works proper protection will need to be taken by DWASA. If necessary, they will they
will engage their inspector in case of any emergency.
Meeting with Dhaka South City Corporation (DSCC)
A meeting was held on December 17, 2018 with

Executive Engineer, Planning and Design of
DSCC. Consultant Team disseminated about the
EIA study for DSIP Project of DWASA particularly
the reconstruction of sewer trunk main namely
Eastern Trunk Main and Western Trunk Main.
The Executive Engineer informed that generally
DWASA seek for permission for open excavation
and HDD (horizontal Directional Drilling).
Considering the emergency DSCC consultation with the other agencies road cutting permission is
generally given. For micro tunnelling they do not have the policy to allow as such. So they are not in a
position to allow permission of micro tunnelling on DSCC roads at this moment. The issue of micro
tunnelling if necessary may bring to noticed to the Honourable Mayor of DSCC.
10.3 Community/Stakeholder Consultation
In order to assess stakeholder needs, expectations, perceptions, and choices as well as to ensure their
rights and have their voices heard, a two-fold consultation process was carried out during the study. In
this regard, Stakeholders Consultation Meetings (SCMs)were conducted with various categories of
stakeholders and later within the occupation and gender-based groups were consulted through FGD.
Eleven (11) SCMs were carried out at different location within the Pagla Catchment area with 414
people (385 males and 29 female). Schedule and Outcomes of each SCM is attached to annex1 & 5
respectively The SCMs were held with prior notice to the stakeholders particularly the Ward
Councillors. Among the participants’ local residence, Ward Councillor, Union Parishad Chairman,
Member, Secretary, Teacher, Businessmen, Housewife, Engineer, Student, Service holders, were
present in the consultation meetings. During consultations, a Bangla Leaflet was disbursed among the
participants to disseminate the message of the project and make aware about the project as well. The
Bangla Leaflet is attached to annex 3. All of the meetings were held at easy accessible public places
Page | 254
including Union Parishads, Ward Councillors’ office, School, Community Centre, etc. where all
categories of people were present. Lists of the participants of consultation meetings are attached in
Appendix H.
Recommendations and suggestions of the Stakeholders

• The construction and implementation of the project will be quite challenging for DWASA due
to massive traffic congestion and high density in some sections of the Trunk main, so DWASA
should take care of such situation and make ensure the alternative such as working at night,
avoid open cut etc.
• City Corporation and DWASA implement some similar types of activities including storm sewer
line in the same area but there is lack of cooperation between these agencies and therefore
city dwellers suffer from inundation and overflow of sewage water.
• Households pay bills for the water & sanitation services but they don’t get always proper
services.
• After completion of the pipe installation the concern agencies do not repair the road. DSIP
should plan to reconstruct the road pavement after completion of the project.
• Due to blockage and leakage in the sewerage line drinking water gets polluted. The DSIP
should ensure the proper maintenance after implementation of the project.
• The project must cover all HHs under the Pagla Catchment area through a network or non-
network sanitation system to provide similar facilities to every HHs.
• They wanted immediate implementation of the project. They are also eager to know the time
period of the project.
• During the implementation of the project a committee must be formed with DWASA, DSM
consultants and LGI representatives for proper monitoring and supervision of the construction
works.
• Due to unplanned houses in the Dhaka specially in the old city and the narrow roads the
sewerage line and water pipeline sometimes mixed together in many places due to the
installation of other pipes by various agencies. It leads to spread of water borne diseases
particularly during monsoon.
• Requested to use the high quality pipe and other construction material for long time
sustainability
• Complete the construction work as quickly as possible and clear the waste and construction
material on a daily basis so the inconvenience of the people in daily movement will be
minimum.
• The implementation works should be in phased approach all along the alignment so that the
movement of the local people/transport/vehicle will be least interrupted.
• During the implementation period, the employment of the local labour should be given
priority according to their skills and expertise.
Page | 255
• Project specification including timeline, budget, name of the contractor, etc. would be
displayed in the work site prior to start the civil work so that local people can supervise the
work.
• Local people would be notified through electronic media and banner/leaflet well ahead of
starting the civil work so that they can take necessary cautionary measures.
• If there are any resettlement impacts on the local community, the project should ensure
proper compensation for the affected HHs
10.4 Outcomes of FGDs

The specific issues and concerns about the needs, expectations, perceptions and choices of the
occupation and gender-based groups within the different categories of stakeholders were obtained
through the FGDs. Ten (10) FGDs were conducted at different locations of the Project area with five
different occupational/gender groups. The outcomes of the FGDs is mentioned below. Detail
Outcomes of each FGDs is attached to Appendix J.
• The project needs to be implemented as early as possible to make Dhaka city clean and
environmental sustainable by ensuring sewerage facilities
• The people are aware about the project and want to support as much as possible during the
implementation of the project
• The present sanitation and sewerage system are not working well in maximum areas.
• House owners opined to keep transport access to their houses during construction by
exploring alternative design option.
• Vulnerable labour groups wanted to be employed in civil construction since they have wide
experience in the same avenue.
• People made complaints about the bad quality of water due to leakage of the sewerage line.
• Water borne diseases are increasing day by day due to dirty water
• The businessmen mentioned that during the construction they would be affected by losing
their income if adequate measures are not taken.
• Everybody wants the quick implementation of the DSIP activities and they are ready to help
and cooperate for smooth implementation.
• The people will be adversely affected by the project should have provision for adequate
compensation
• Proper services should be ensured during the operation period
10.5 Concern raised by the women in the consultation meetings and FGDs
An awareness program on management of water and sanitation (such as public health awareness, use
of water, hygiene and sanitation, etc.) should be facilitated by the project authority so that the
beneficiaries of the project can get the maximum benefit of the project.
Page | 256
• Female members should be included is the decision making process of the project through the
inclusion of GRC and other management committee so that the participation of women
including work opportunity and decision making during implementation can be ensured.
• Female members are engaged with household chores including the use of water for daily
activities. Leaking of sewage line and mixing with water supply system make the drinking
water polluted and therefore female and children get affected by the water borne diseases.
• As the women maintain water management responsibilities of the households, so they face
severe drinking water crisis since the sewage water inundate and pollute the drinking water.
• Movement of the female and children becomes difficult due to frequent road cutting and
inundation with the sewage water.
• Employment of the women in civil works or other project activities is demanded by the poor
female group. Equal honorarium for similar nature of the job was expected.
10.6 Outcomes of KII

ESIA study includes key informant interviews with the DWASA senior officials to know about the
present status sewerage lines, logical methods of laying the pipe under the DSIP, mitigation measures
in case of adverse impacts of the project, additional land requirement for the project, existing
grievance mechanism of DWASA, etc. The project Director, Ex- Managing Director, Deputy Managing
Director and Executive Engineer of DWASA were consulted as key informants.
• The project alignment will follow the existing WASA road (Eastern Trunk Main) is 30 feet width
which is sufficient for Trunk Main pipe installation so that there will be very
minimum/temporary resettlement impacts on the residents and the local community.
• As per the design of the project no private land acquisition is required
• The existing pumping stations are owned by DWASA and also have adequate area/space for
rehabilitation activities by the project
• Expansion of the Pagla STP (200 MLD); and construction of Pagla sewer networks activities will
have very little impact on the local community due to having an adequate area of DWASA and
no local community living adjacent to the area.
• By the environmental and social impact assessment, a mitigation plan will be development to
minimize any adverse impact by the project.
• Stakeholder/community consultation will be done and opinions and recommendations will be
incorporated in the designing of the project
• The DSIP will use 1.80 diameter pipe for the Trunk main. The methods of pipe installation are
not yet finalized. It may open cut or micro tunnelling or mixed that depends on the
consultant’s recommendation
• Civil work will be carried out at day and night time by shifting construction workers. But
construction will be done using the latest technology and road will be cleared immediately
after construction is completed.
Page | 257
• Grievance Redress Committee (GRC) will be formed at the local level and project level
following the guideline to be adopted in the Social Management and Resettlement Policy
Framework (SMRPFF).
• The project might have a temporary impact on business during construction. If there is any
land acquisition of transfer from other departments for any of the project interventions,
necessary compensation and resettlement benefits will be paid as per GOB ARIPA 2017 and
World Bank OP 4.12.
• The community will take part in the decision making process during the planning, design and
implementation of the project. Work will not be executed without consultation with the local
people.
Page | 258
Chapter 11: Grievance Redress Mechanism
Page | 259
11 GRIEVANCE REDRESS MECHANISM

DWASA will establish two Grievance Redress Mechanisms (GRMs) for the project as a whole, and
constitute multiple Grievance Redress Committees (GRCs) at locations that would be easily accessible
to the people who are likely to be affected by the project. The GRCs will deal with complaints and
grievances about any irregularities in applying the provisions adopted in any issues transpiring from
the project activities. The complaints may range from land- and displacement-related issues,
compensation payment to various inconveniences created by pipeline installation works (e.g., open
cut canals) for pedestrian and vehicular movements. Based on consensus, the GRCs will basically try
to resolve grievances / complaints amicably and quickly, in order to facilitate the implementation of
the civil works.
Where decisions made at the project levels are found unacceptable by the aggrieved persons and
complainants, GRCs will refer such unresolved cases to the PMU with details of the complaints and
hearings, for a decision by the Project Director. If a decision made at PMU level still remains
unacceptable, the case will be referred to the Local Government Division (LGD) of the line ministry for
review and final decision. A decision accepted by an aggrieved person at any level of the hearing will
be binding on DWASA. It is also important to note that the GRM does not pre-empt an aggrieved
person’s right to seek redress in the courts of law.
GRC memberships, as suggested below, will be gender-representative. Female members will account
for at least a third of the total number of GRC members. The GRCs at the project level will have the
following memberships.
GRC Membership at Project Level

(a) Executive Engineer in charge of the Work/Contract Package (Convener - non-voter)
(b) Elected Member of DSCC (or Union Parishad/Upazila Parishad) - Voting Member
(c) Elected Female Member of DSCC (or Union Parishad/Upazila Parishad) - Voting Member
(d) Female Headmaster/Professor of local Girls' High School/College - Voting Member
(e) A representative of the affected persons - Voting Member
(f) A representative of any CSO working in the area - Voting Member
(g) Social/Environmental Specialist of DSM Consultant (Member Secretary - non-voter)
GRC Membership at PMU Level

(a) Project Director
(b) Executive Engineer in charge of Work / Contract Package
(c) Social / Environmental Specialist of DSM Consultant (Member Secretary)
One of the DWASA officials overseeing RSMF implementation under a Contract package will be given
the responsibility to receive, review and sort the cases in terms of nature of grievances and urgency
ofthe resolution, and schedule hearings in consultation with the GRC convener. All cases at the GRC
level will be heard within three weeks of their receipt; but those related to financial matters for poor
and vulnerable will be heard in two weeks or earlier. For the cases reviewed at PMU, decisions will be
communicated to the project level GRCs in one week. Decisions, if any, on unresolved cases at the
LGD level will be made in no more than four weeks.
Page | 260
To ensure that grievance redress decision are made in formal hearings and in a transparent manner,
DWASA will use the following guidelines:
• The person designated by DWASA/Convener will receive all grievance redress applications
without making a judgment about the merits of the complaints. DWASA/Convener will
maintain a Grievance Register containing all complaints regardless of their merits.
• The designated person will give the complainants signed receipts with their names, addresses,
dates, and brief descriptions of the complaints, and will officially inform the complainants
about the hearing dates.
• Reject a grievance redress application with any recommendations written on it by a GRC
member or others, such as politicians and other influential persons;
• Remove a recommendation by any person that may have been written separately and
submitted with the grievance redress application;
• Disqualify a GRC member who has made a recommendation on the application or separately
before the formal hearing;
• Where a GRC member is removed, appoint another person in consultation with the Project
Director, and keep the World Bank informed about the change and the reason to do so; and
• The convener will also ensure strict adherence to the impact mitigation policies and guidelines
adopted in this RSMF and the mitigation standards, such as compensation rates, established
through market price surveys.
To ensure impartiality and transparency, hearings on complaints will remain open to the public. The
GRCs will record the details of the complaints, the reasons that led to acceptance or rejection of the
individual cases, and the decisions agreed with the complainants. DWASA will keep the records of all
resolved and unresolved complaints and grievances and make them available for review as and when
asked for by the World Bank and other interested entities/persons.
GRM for Dealing with Labour Issues
The GRM with its present scope addresses the grievances / complaints lodged by the project affected
persons and other local stakeholders. But according to the lessons learned in various project contexts,
there is also an urgent need to establish a separate GRM to deal exclusively with those that involve
workers employed by the Contractors for site development, construction and other activities. Such
grievances may involve wage rates and unpaid overtime works; irregular and partial payments; lack /
inadequacy of living accommodations; lack of clean drinking water and sanitation facilities; lack of
medical care in emergencies; lack of safety and dignified treatment of female workers; oppressive and
abusive treatment by labour suppliers/sardars, supervisors, and others who also deal with workers.
The GRCs dealing with labour grievances/complaints will have members who are directly and
indirectly associated with the construction and other works under the individual Contract packages.
Each GRC will have 5 members:
(a) DWASA official who is in charge of all construction and other activities at individual work
sites, will act as convener;
(b) Resident engineer of the DSM consultant;
Page | 261
(c) A male worker representing the workers;

(d) A female worker representing the workers;
(e) A DWASA official, designated by the Project Director, who is not associated with the
construction activities in the field, but a member of the PMU.
The convener will designate an official to receive the complaints and carry out the tasks as described
above for the GRCs dealing with complaints of project affected persons and others. Where the
complaint is lodged against a person (e.g., labour sardars, supervisors and those who directly work
with labourers) who is present in the site, the GRC will hear it in no more than one week. The
convener will ensure that,
• The complainant does not lose his / her job, and is not intimidated into withdrawing the
complaint before the formal hearing.
• Most importantly, where the complaint is not related to a worker’s performance, the
convener will ensure that the complainant remains on the job – irrespective of
favourable/unfavourable decision -- for a certain period of time, unless he/she quits
voluntarily.
• All unresolved complaints are referred to the Project Director, who will make the final
decision.
To ensure impartiality and transparency, hearings on complaints will be held in a non-threatening

environment and will remain open to all other workers in the site. The GRCs will record the (i) details
of the complaints -- separately for men and women; (ii) reasons that led to acceptance or rejection of
the individual cases, as well as the number of accepted and rejected cases; and (iii) decisions agreed
with the complainants. DWASA will keep records of all resolved and unresolved complaints and
grievances and make them available for review as and when asked for by the World Bank and other
interested entities/persons.
World Bank's Grievance Redress Service
Communities and individuals who believe that they are adversely affected by a Bank-supported
project may submit complaithe nts to the project-level GRCs, or the Bank’s Grievance Redress Service
(GRS). The GRS ensures that complaints are promptly reviewed in order to address project-related
concerns. Project affected communities and individuals may submit their complaint to the Bank’s
independent Inspection Panel which determines whether harm occurred, or could occur, as a result of
Bank's the non-compliance with its policies and procedures. Complaints may be submitted at any time
after concerns have been brought directly to the Bank's attention, and Bank Management has been
given an opportunity to respond. For information on how to submit complaints to the Bank’s
corporates, the complainants should visit the World Bank website. For information on how to submit
complaints to the Inspection Panel.
Page | 262
Chapter 12: Conclusions and

Recommendations
Page | 263
12 CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATION
12.1 Conclusions
The ESIA reveals that there will be both negative and positive impacts due to the proposed operation,
construction of the rehabilitation and expansion of the Pagla Sewage Treatment Plant, Trunk Mains
and the sewage collection network. The positive environmental impacts of the Project are the
improvement of overall sanitation system of DWASA. The project also will have a long-term positive
impact on public health in the catchment area and reduce the waste water management costs at the
household level. Contrary to the present situation, all waste water and sewage will be discharged into
the Buriganga River after adequate treatment at Pagla Sewage Treatment Plant. As a result, the water
quality in the Buriganga River will improve.
There will be minimal need for relocation or land acquisition for the project. Exact impacts are
addressed in the Resettlement Policy Framework (RPF). All other negative impacts are temporary,
mostly occurring in the pre-construction and construction phase. These impacts can be mitigated by
implementing the environmental management plan (EMP). The expansion/rehabilitation of the Pagla
STP will be within the existing plant area, owned by DWASA. There will be no need for land
acquisition. However, there will be some short-term negative environmental impacts during the pre-
construction and construction phases and long-term minor negative impacts on air, noise, soil and
water during the operational phase, which can be mitigated by implementing the environmental
management plan (EMP).
An EMP has been formulated to mitigate the negative impacts during various phases (pre-
construction, during construction and post construction/O&M) of the Project to acceptable levels.
Also public consultations, including consultation at different levels have been organized in addition to
the preparation of the resettlement policy framework as per World Bank guidelines to address
resettlement and compensation issues.
To ensure that these enhancement and compensation measures are implemented correctly and
negative impacts avoided, the EMP along with adequate budget is to be included in the contract
documents of the Project with a separate line item on environmental management in the BOQ. The
main monitoring parameters include monitoring of
Excavation works with disposal, biological monitoring and enhancement, environmental quality
monitoring (air, noise, surface water, and vibration), health and safety, etc. Most of the potential
impacts are short-term that can be avoided or mitigated by adopting mitigation measures and
relevant ECoPs.
To keep the project influence area environmentally friendly, DWASA should ensure that the
Contractor prepare site specific EMPs including Emergency response plan, Oil Spill Contingency Plan
and Workers Health and Safety plan and Environmental Pollution Abatement and Mitigation Measures
Plan, regular and effective monitoring of environmental quality parameters as indicated in this ESIA
report.
Based on the assurance of minimal disturbance to the natural environment and implementation of
EMP in every step of the project activities, the excavation can proceed and DOE may issue necessary
Page | 264
environmental clearance to such a nationally important project. DWASA should follow the guidelines
illustrated in the EMP and other legal and administrative requirements to carry out the activities for
improvement of the overall sanitation system.
12.2 Recommendations
The implementation of the project is suggested to proceed following the recommended mitigation
measures as outlined in the EMP (Environmental Management Plan). The EMP shall be included in the
bid document of civil works and need to become part of the civil works contracts. The timely
implementation of EMP will reduce negative impacts. The ESIA is a living document and will need to
be updated prior to starting the intervention by DWASA to reflect any significant changes in the
project scope of work with recommended mitigation measures or to respond to the regular
environmental monitoring results, collection and analysis of detailed bio-physical and environmental
data.
Page | 265
REFERENCES
ADB (2009), “Initial Environmental Assessment Report for Hanoi University of Science and technology
(HUST) under New Model University Project”, prepared by SMEC International Pty. Ltd., Viet
Nam
Alam M.K., Hassan A.K.M.S., Khan M.R., and Whitney J.W. (1990), “Geological Map of Bangladesh”,
Geological Survey of Bangladesh.
BARC (2012), “Fertilizer Recommendation Guide (FRG)”, Bangladesh Agricultural Research Council,
Dhaka.
BBS (2012), “Bangladesh Population and Housing Census 2011, Community Report, Zila: Dhaka”,
Bangladesh Bureau of Statistics, Statistics and Informatics Division, Ministry of Planning, GoB.
BMD and NMD (2016), “Climate of Bangladesh, A joint report by Norwegian Meteorological
Department and Bangladesh Meteorological Department”.
DWASA (2006), “Study on Drainage Master Plan for Dhaka City and DND Area”, prepared by IWM for
Dhaka Water Supply and Sewerage Authority.
DWASA (2012), “Sewerage Master Plan of Dhaka City, Final Report”, prepared by IWM for Dhaka
Water Supply and Sewerage Authority.
DWASA (2014), “Water Supply Master Plan of Dhaka City, Final Report”, prepared by IWM for Dhaka
Water Supply and Sewerage Authority.
DWASA (2014), “Updating / Preparation of the Storm Water Drainage Master Plan for Dhaka City
under the Dhaka Water Supply and Sanitation Project” (DFR of Drainage Master plan of Dhaka
City), JPZ- FCEA-SARM-JV.
DWASA (2016), “Rehabilitation of Sewer Network to Improve the Sewage Flow to Pagla Sewage
Treatment Plant”, by IWM for Dhaka Water Supply and Sewerage Authority.
DWASA-RAJUK-BUET-LGED (2007), “Integrated Development of Hatirjheel Area including Begunbari
Khal” funded by GoB.
GoB (1997), “Environmental Conservation Rules 1997, Department of Environment”, Ministry of
Environment and Forest, Government of the People’s Republic of Bangladesh, June 1997.
GoB (2005), “SRO No. 220-Rule/2005, Revision of the Environment Conservation Rules 1997”, Ministry
of Environment and Forest, Government of the People’s Republic of Bangladesh, Dhaka.
Hunting (1980), “Aeromagnetic survey of Bangladesh”, Geology and Geophysics Ltd.
JICA (1987), “Basic Design Study Report on the Sewerage Construction and Rehabilitation Project for
Dhaka City in The People’s Republic of Bangladesh”.
Karim, M. F. and M. J. Haider (1994), “Impact of Geo-Engineering Mapping for Waste Management in
Greater Dhaka City”, First International Congress on Environmental Geotechnics, Alberta,
Canada.
Karim, M. F., Haider, M., J., Chowdhury, M. and S. Kabir (2003), “Engineering Geomorphology for
Ground Improvement in Part of Dhaka city and Tongi Area. The Ground Beneath Our Feet: A
urban Planning”, Atlas of Urban Geology, v.14, p.187 – 194, UN-ESCAP, New York.
Page | 266
Rahman, M.Z. and Karim, M. F. (2005), “Geological Advantages for Construction of Underground
Metro Railway Transit System in Dhaka City”, Bangladesh Journal of Geology, Vol. 24. p. 19-37,
2005.
Sharmin, N. (2005), “Fate of Major Pollutants in Pagla Sewage Treatment Plant”, M.Sc. Thesis,
Department of Civil Engineering, Bangladesh University of Engineering and Technology (BUET),
Dhaka, Bangladesh.
WHO (1993), “Assessment of sources of air, water and land pollution – A guide to rapid source
inventory techniques and their use in formulating environmental control strategies – Part one:
Rapid inventory techniques in environmental pollution”, World Health Organization, Geneva.
World Bank (2001), “World Bank Operational Policy”.
World Bank (2007), “Industrial Environmental Compliance and Pollution Control in Greater Dhaka
Watershed” by IWM for the World Bank.
Page | 267

Environmental and Social Impact Assessment of Pagla STP and Trunk Mains

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Environmental and Social Impact Assessment of Pagla STP and Trunk Mains

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Public Disclosure Authorized

MINISTRY OF LOCAL GOVERNMENT, RURAL DEVELOPMENT AND CO-OPERATIVES (LGRD&C)

Dhaka Water Supply and Sewerage Authority (DWASA)

Dhaka Sanitation Improvement Project (DSIP)

Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA)

Environmental and Social Baseline

Alternatives for STP Treatment Technologies

Alternatives for STP Sludge Management and Disposal

Alternatives for Construction Methods for Laying of Trunk Mains

Environmental and Social Impacts

Impact of expansion/ rehabilitation of the existing Pagla STP

Impacts of Eastern and Western Trunk Main Construction

Impact assessment in the Operation Phase

Impacts of Trunk Main

Cumulative Impact Assessment

Impact on Small Ethnic Communities

Impact on Residential Household

Temporary Impact on Vendors and other shops

Environmental Management Plan (EMP)

Organization of Environmental Management and Responsibility

Key roles and responsibilities of various organizations

9. Project • PMC should ensure the construction process is conforming to the

implementation by contractors on daily basis.

Social, Environmental and Communication Divisions under DWASA

• Training program for existing staff;

Consultation and Disclosure

Potential Proposed key Mitigation and Enhancement Measures

Mitigation measures during construction phase

Potential Impacts Proposed key Mitigation and Enhancement Measures

Construction activity would be phased, and traffic would be rerouted

Mitigation measures during operation phase

Potential Proposed key Mitigation and Enhancement Measures

Potential Proposed key Mitigation and Enhancement Measures

Environmental Monitoring Program

Different types of Monitoring Activities

Monitoring Location Parameters to be Monitoring Frequency and

Monitoring Location Parameters to be Monitoring Frequency and

Estimated Budget for Implementing the EMP

The estimated budget for EMP implementation is given in below:

Estimated Budget for Implementing EMP

Social Management Plan

Addressing Gender Issue

Documentation, Monitoring and Reporting

Implementation Arrangements and Capacity Building

Public Lands (Including DWASA’s Own Lands):

Key Recommendations from Stakeholder and Public Consultation

Consultation with the Stakeholder Organisations

Grievance Redress Mechanisms (GRMs)

Conclusions and Recommendations

4.2.9 Soil Quality .................................................................................................................... 98

6.1 Impact assessment in the Pre-Construction Phase ........................................................... 147

8.10 Estimated Budget for Implementing the EMP .................................................................... 233

Table 4-25: Population of the Pagla catchment areas ...........................................................................125

Table 7-3: Mitigation measures during operation phase ......................................................................198

Acronyms and Abbreviations

PAP Project Affected Person

1.2 The Proposed Project

• Component 2. Sewerage and Wastewater Treatment: This component is expected to include

1.3 Objective of ESIA

This ESIA covers the following investments under Component 2:

The ESIA study followed key specific objectives as below :

1.4 Methodology of ESIA

The team participated in the study can be found in Appendix G.